DIVISION OF CREATIVE AND 
PERFORMING ARTS
     Art and Theatre Arts
     Mass Media
          Broadcast
          Public Relations
          Journalism     
     Music

DIVISION OF EDUCATION, HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EXERCISE
SCIENCE
     Education
     Health/Physical
     Education/Exercise Science

DIVISION OF HUMANITIES
     English
     International Studies
          French
          German
          Spanish
          Russian
     Philosophy
     Religious Studies
     Speech Communication

DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCE 
AND MATHEMATICS
     Astronomy and Physics
     Biology
     Chemistry
     Computer Information Sciences
     Geology
     Mathematics and Statistics

DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCE
     Economics
     Geography
     History
     Political Science
     Public Administration
     Psychology
     Sociology/Anthropology
GENERAL INFORMATION
 


HISTORY AND MISSION

The early history of the
College of Arts and Sciences
is synonymous with that of
Washburn University. The
University was chartered in
1865 as Lincoln College and
renamed Washburn College
in 1868. Until 1903, the
College of Arts and Sciences
comprised the total
curriculum. 
   Today the College remains
an integral part of Washburn
University, providing an
environment in which a student
of any age can obtain a
liberal education within an
urban setting. Maintaining a
standard of excellence in all
of its programs, the College
strives to motivate and
challenge students to develop
creative thinking, aesthetic
awareness, and discriminating
judgment, as well as a sense
of purpose and a zeal for
continued independent and
formal learning. 
   From its inception, the
College of Arts and Sciences
has been entrusted with the
responsibility for providing
the liberal education central
to the mission of Washburn
University.  Through its
faculty the College remains
the advocate for liberal
education as a force for
continual learning and
adapting to change.  Faculty
commitment to the triad of
teaching, scholarship
and service helps guide
students in specialized ways
while exposing them to broad
areas of knowledge encompassed
by liberal education.  This
combination of generalized and
specialized learning leads to
the integrated understanding
characteristic of an educated
person.

FACILITIES 

The College of Arts and
Sciences uses a physical plant
that includes facilities among
the most modern in the nation. 
  The Departments of Art and
Theatre Arts, Music, and
Philosophy are housed in
GARVEY FINE ARTS CENTER
featuring MULVANE ART GALLERY,
the UNIVERSITY THEATRE, and
WHITE CONCERT HALL, known as
the  Stradivarius of concert
halls.  The departments of
Physics and Astronomy,
Biology, and Chemistry are
located in STOFFER SCIENCE
HALL, boasting various modern
laboratories, an astronomical
observatory, and a
planetarium. 
    MARGARET MULVANE MORGAN
MEMORIAL BUILDING is the home
of the departments of
Mathematics and Statistics,
English, Speech Communication,
and International Studies. A
modern computer center is
located in the new CHARLES R.
BENNETT COMPUTER CENTER
with terminal capabilities in
STOFFER, MORGAN, and HENDERSON
LEARNING RESOURCES CENTER. 
Computer Information Sciences
is also housed in the Bennett
Computer Center. 
   The Department of Education
is located in CARNEGIE HALL
while the departments of
History, Mass Media,
Psychology, Political
Science, and Sociology and
Anthropology are included in 
HENDERSON LEARNING RESOURCES
CENTER, which uses the most
innovative classroom design
and instructional aids
including an audio and
production laboratory and
closed circuit television
studio, a distance learning
classroom with remote site
educational capability. 
Housed in Henderson is a video
production facility with
NewTech videotoaster
equipment.  
   The Department of Health,
Physical Education, and Dance
makes use of several
facilities including the FIELD
HOUSE, MOORE BOWL,
TENNIS COURTS, AND PLAYING
FIELDS. The newer PETRO ALLIED
HEALTH CENTER is the home of
this department. 
   Audio-visual services are
provided to faculty and
students through the MEDIA
DISTRIBUTION area in HENDERSON
LEARNING RESOURCES CENTER. In
addition, the Centers
INSTRUCTIONAL BROADCAST
PRODUCTION area contains
television studio and cable
television facilities for
airing university telecourses. 

LIBRARY FACILITIES 

Major library facilities for
the College of Arts and
Sciences are contained in
Washburn University s Mabee
Library. Situated in the
center of the campus, it
provides space for 300,000
volumes. There are 334,319
volumes in the present
holdings of all library
facilities. The most modern
library design and technology
is used in this new structure.
In addition, within many
departments are reading rooms
and specialized library
collections which are
available for general use by
contacting the individual
departments. The collections
include the following: 
History maintains an extensive
collection of historical maps. 
    Art and Theatre Arts has a
viewing room containing 60,000
slides including
representations of most media,
periods, and regions of
world art. 
   Biology maintains extensive
research specimen collections
of birds, bird eggs, insects,
wood samples and a herbarium.
Chemistry houses the recent
volumes of chemistry journals
and the past volumes of
Chemical Abstracts. 
   Education has an extensive
curriculum library containing
primary and secondary school
textbooks, professional books
and childrens story books. 
   International Studies
maintain collections of
foreign language practice
tapes, for use in its
well-equipped language
laboratory, current foreign
language magazines, travel
guides, reference
grammars and dictionaries. 
  Music has a listening
library containing over 2,000
classical recordings and 300
musical scores. Tapes of
Topeka Symphony Orchestra
concerts are also on file.
Sociology and Anthropology
maintains a varied collection
of plaster fossil casts of
human prehistoric skulls and
other anthropological
artifacts. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

Each candidate for a degree
must meet the general
requirements for graduation
and the specific requirements
for the degree desired. 

DECLARING A MAJOR 

In order to insure the early
and proper selection of a
field of concentration,
students seeking a
baccalaureate degree are
required to file a Declaration
of Major form by the time they
have completed 54 credit
hours. Candidates for the
associate degree must file the
declaration of major at the
completion of 24 credit hours.
A student is free at any time
to change majors, or to add a
second or third major, by
following the prescribed
procedures. 
   Declaration of a major is
made on a Declaration of Major
and Degree form which the
student secures from the
department chairperson, the
Academic Advising Center, or
the Registrars Office. The
student fills out the form in
consultation with the
chairperson of the department
he or she plans to major in.
If the student meets the
requirements for acceptance
into the department, the
chairperson signs the form and
assigns the student an
advisor. The student is given
a copy, and the remaining
copies are returned to the
Academic Advising Center. 
  A separate form should be
submitted for any change of
major, change of degree, or
additional major or degree.

OPTIONAL MINOR 

An Optional Minor for the
Bachelor of Arts degree in the
College of Arts and Sciences
shall consist of no less than
15 hours in one discipline as
specified by the department.
Of these, 6 hours must be at
the upper division level.
Students must have a grade
of C or better in each course
in the Optional Minor. The
Optional Minor is not to be
confused with any department s
required minor or required
correlated courses. 

FILING FOR GRADUATION 

Candidates for the
baccalaureate and associate
degree must file an
Application for Degree form in
the Office of the University
Registrar in order to initiate
a graduation check.  (See the
academic calendar for the
exact date.)
   The University confers
degrees at the end of each
semester and at the end of the
Summer Session. However, the
University has only one
commencement a year at the end
of the spring semester.
Students who are scheduled to
complete final requirements
for the degree and major
during the following summer
sessions may be permitted to
participate in the spring
Commencement. Such candidates
need to have declaration of
major forms and Application
for Degree forms on file in
the University Registrar s
Office. (See the appropriate
class schedule for date
deadlines.) 

DEGREE AND MAJORS OFFERED 

DEGREES OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts Degree 

Each candidate for the degree
is required to complete the
following: 
   One hundred twenty-four
hours, 84 of which must be
graded and 40 of which must be
at the 300 or 400 level. 
   A major consisting of no
less than 24 hours of which 12
must be at the upper division
level. 
   Eighty-four hours outside
the major discipline.
   Mathematics 110 (MA 110) or
Mathematics 116 (MA 116) or a
course with MA 116 as a
prerequisite with a grade of C
or better. 
   Six hours of English
composition, three of which
must be at the upper division
level (EN 300), and PE 198,
Lifetime Wellness are
required.
   Distribution hours in Arts
and Humanities, Social
Sciences, and Natural Sciences
and Mathematics.  Students
must complete 15 hours in Arts
and Humanities with at least 3
hours selected from the area
of Art, Music, or Theatre; the
remaining credit hours must be
selected from at least two
other disciplines.  No more
than 6 hours may be counted
from any one discipline in Art
and Humanities.  To meet the
distribution requirement in
the Social Sciences, students
must complete 15 hors, from
this group, with no more than
6 hours counted from any one
discipline in Social
Sciences,  To meet the
distribution requirement in
Natural Sciences and
Mathematics, students must
complete 12 hours of Natural
Sciences and Mathematics
courses; the credit hours must
include courses from at least
two disciplines other than
Mathematics.  Courses are
selected in consultation with
an advisor from the approved
courses in each of the
distribution
groupings. 
   Candidates must have a
cumulative grade point average
of at least 2.0 and a grade of
C or better in each course in
the major, required correlate
courses and the two required
English composition courses. A
double major may be completed
within the 124 hour total by
meeting all the requirements
of the two majors. Students
may also elect a minor in the
College of Arts and Sciences.
The minor shall consist of no
less than 15 hours specified
by the department of which 6
must be at upper division
level. Candidates for a minor
must have a grade of C or
better in each course in the
minor. This optional minor is
not to be confused with any
department s required minor or
required correlated courses.
See the General Information
section of the catalog
concerning hours transferred
to Washburn University.  

Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree 

Each candidate for the degree
is required to complete the
following: 
   One hundred twenty-four
hours, 84 of which must be
graded and 40 of which must be
at the 300-400 level. 
   A major consisting of no
less than 85 hours, 12 of
which must be at the 300-400
level (See Art Department in
index for specific
requirements). 
   Six hours of English
composition, three of which
must be at the upper division
level (EN 300), and PE 198,
Lifetime Wellness.
   Nine hours in each of the
three distribution groups
(Arts and Humanities, Social
Sciences, and Natural Sciences
and Mathematics) with courses
selected from at least two
disciplines in each group, to
include 3 hours in Art, Music,
or Theatre within the 9 hours
of Arts and Humanities. 
Courses are selected in
consultation with an advisor
from the approved courses in
each of the distribution
groupings.
   Candidates must have a
cumulative grade point average
of at least 2.0 and a grade of
C or better in each course in
the major, and in English
Composition. See the General
information Section of
the catalog concerning hours
transferred to Washburn
University. 

Bachelor of Education Degree 

The Bachelor of Education
degree is designed to meet the
needs of those who want to
teach in elementary school or
middle school and those who
plan to teach physical
education. 
   The Bachelor of Education
Degree requires at least 52
semester hours of credit in
general education with
specific course requirements
in Social Science, Natural
Science, and Humanities
and Creative and Performing
Arts. The Department of
Education requires regular
academic advising to
facilitate the student s
successful completion of
degree requirements. 
   To obtain a Kansas Teaching
Certificate, the student must
satisfy Kansas State Board of
Education Certificate
requirements in addition to
degree requirements. 
   Majors in physical
education programs must meet
the specific requirements of
the selected specialization as
described in the Physical
Education section of this
catalog. 

Bachelor of General Studies 

The Bachelor of General
Studies is an
interdisciplinary program
designed by students in
cooperation with the Director
of General Studies and a
three-member faculty board.
The program requires prior
approval. See General Studies
in index. Each candidate is
required to fulfill the
following: 
   Same requirements as are
applicable to all Bachelor of
Arts degrees, except subject
matter requirements. 
   Completion of at least 32
hours of credit after approval
of the program. 
   The maintenance of at least
a 2.0 for each of the required
core courses. 
   No more than three
correlated courses from
outside the College of
Arts and Sciences. 
   At least 30 hours in the
area of concentration from
within the College of Arts and
Sciences. Completion of
Interdisciplinary Studies 390. 

Bachelor of Music Degree 

Candidates for the degree,
Bachelor of Music, may choose
a major in music performance
or a major in music education.
All students graduating with
the Bachelor of Music degree
will be expected to appear in
recital. Participation in two
large ensembles or
accompanying is required
during each semester of
full-time enrollment. In
addition, all full-time
students are required to
attend recitals and programs. 

Music Performance Major. The
major in music performance
consists of a total of 124
hours, including 24 hours in
private lessons. Those
electing the performance major
must complete six hours of
English Composition, three of
which must be at the upper
division level (EN 300) and PE
198 Lifetime Wellness. In
consultation with the advisor,
the student must elect nine
hours in each of the three
distribution groups (Arts and
Humanities, Social Sciences,
and Natural Sciences and
Mathematics) with courses
selected from at least two
disciplines in each group, to
include 3 hours in Art, Music,
or Theatre within the 9 hours
of Arts and Humanities. 
Courses are selected in
consultation with an advisor
from the pproved courses in
each of the distribution
groupings. Music courses may
not be used in fulfilling the
Humanities requirements.
Candidates must have a
cumulative grade average of
at least 2.0 and a grade of C
or better in each course in
music and in English
Composition. 

Music Education Major. The
major in music education is
designed for those who wish to
teach in public or parochial
schools. This degree program
amounts to 142 hours and may
necessitate work beyond the
eight semesters shown in the
curriculum. Those majoring in
music education will take the
courses outlined in the
catalog and choose their
electives to cover the general
education requirements and the
professional education
requirements for the
Kansas Degree Secondary
Certificate as specified in
the catalog. Candidates must
have a cumulative grade
average of at least 2.0
and a grade of C or better in
each course in the major and
in English Composition. 

Bachelor of Public
Administration Degree 

The Bachelor of Public
Administration (BPA) degree is
designed to meet the needs of
students seeking careers in
the public or quasi-public
sector or seeking to continue
their education in
professional programs. 
   Each candidate for the
degree is required to complete
the following: 
   One hundred twenty-four
hours, 84 of which must be
graded and 40 of which must be
at the 300-400 level. 
   A major consisting of at
least 30 hours, but not in
excess of 40 hours, in
Political Science Courses. At
least 15 or these hours
will be in upper division
courses. See Political Science
in the index. 
   Eighty-four hours outside
the major. 
   Six hours of English
composition, three of which
must be at the upper division
level (EN 300), and PE 198
Lifetime Wellness.
   Distribution hours in Arts
and Humanities, Social
Sciences, and Natural Sciences
and Mathematics.  Students
must complete 15 hours in Arts
and Humanities with at least 3
hours selected from the area
of Art, Music, or Theatre; the
remaining  credit hours must
be selected from at least two
other disciplines.  No more
than 6 hours may be counted
from any one discipline in Art
and Humanities.  To meet the
distribution requirement in
the Social Sciences and
Mathematics, students must
complete 12 hours of
Natural Sciences and
Mathematics courses; the
credit hours must include
courses from at least two
disciplines other than
Mathematics.  Courses are
selected in consultation with
an advisor from the approved
courses in each of the
distribution groupings.
   Candidates must have a
cumulative grade average of at
least 2.0 and a grade of C or
better in each course in the
major, required correlate
courses, and English
composition. 

Bachelor of Science Degree 

Each candidate is required to
complete the following: 
  One hundred twenty four
hours, 84 of which must be
graded and 40 of which must be
at the 300-400 level. 
   A major consisting of at
least 30 hours, and no more
than 48 in one department, of
which 12 must be at the upper
division level. Majors for the
Bachelor of Science degree are
limited to the following
disciplines: Biology,
Chemistry, Computer
Information Sciences,
Mathematics, Medical
Technology and Physics. 
   Thirty hours, constituting
a minor, to be chosen from the
Natural Sciences and
Mathematics Division in
departments other than the
major, and with at least 20 of
these hours in one department.
The minors must be approved by
the student s major department
chairperson. 
   Seventy-Six hours outside
the major discipline, 30 of
which must be allocated to the
required minor. 
   Nine hours in each of the
three distribution groups
(Arts and Humanities, Social
Sciences, and Natural Sciences
and Mathematics) with courses
selected from at least two
disciplines in each group, to
include 3 hours in Art, Music,
or Theatre within the 9 hours
of Arts and Humanities. 
Courses are selected in
consultation with an advisor
from the approved courses in
each of the distribution
groupings.
   Mathematics 110 (MA 110),
Mathematics 116 (MA 116) or a
course with MA 116 as a
prerequisite with a grade of C
or better. 
   Six hours of English
Composition and PE 198
Lifetime Wellness.
   Candidates must have a
cumulative grade average of at
least 2.0 and a grade of C or
better in each course in the
major and minor and in English
Composition. See the General
Information section of this
catalog concerning hours
transferred to Washburn
University. 
   In addition to offering the
traditional Bachelor of
Science Degree in Physics or
Mathematics, Washburn
University offers a 3-2
engineering program in
cooperation with Kansas State
University and the University
of Kansas. Under this program
a typical student will take
three years of prescribed
curriculum at Washburn and
then transfer to Kansas State
University or the University
of Kansas. Upon completion of
one year of prescribed
work at either of the
institutions named, the
student will be awarded the
Bachelor of Science degree
from Washburn, and upon
completion of the requirements
of the selected school, the
appropriate engineering degree
will be awarded by that
school. Bachelor of Science
candidates should meet with
the chairperson of their major
department no later than their
third semester to complete a
declaration of major card. 

Bachelor of Science in General
Science 

An alternative program to the
Bachelor of Science described
above is the Bachelor of
Science in General Science. A
student may elect this program
by substituting the following
requirements for the major and
minor requirements listed
above. The candidate must
take at least eight hours of
course work in each of the
subject areas of Biology,
Chemistry, Computer
Information Sciences,
Mathematics and
Physics/Astronomy. These hours
must be in courses that would
count toward a major in each
of the respective departments.
Also, an additional 20 hours
of course work that would be
appropriate for majors in the
listed departments must be
completed by the student, at
least 12 hours of which must
be in upper division courses.
Students desiring middle
school teaching certification
in General Science should
contact the certification
office in the Department of
Education for specific
requirements relative to that
certification. Candidates for
this program should meet with
the chairperson of the Natural
Science and Mathematics
division no later than their
third semester to complete a
declaration of major card. 

Requirements for Baccalaureate
Degrees

To receive a B.A., B.Ed.,
B.F.A., B.M., B.P.A., or B.S.
degree from Washburn
University, a student must
complete a minimum of 99
semester hours of credit in
courses that either are
offered in the College of Arts
and Sciences or would normally
be taught by a discipline in a
college of arts and sciences. 
Exempted from this policy is
the existing articulation
agreement between the
Department of Health, Physical
Education and Exercise Science
and the Physical Therapist
Assistant program.  For
general elective credit for
one of these degrees, no more
than a total of ten hours of
credit in physical education
activities courses (beyond
the two hour graduation
requirement) and music
ensemble courses will count. 
Certain other courses applied
toward special certificates
and associate degrees will not
count for general elective
credit for the baccalaureate
degrees specified above. 
Among the courses offered in
post-secondary insitutions,
some are of such a nature that
they will not be counted
toward the degrees offered in
the College of Arts and
Sciences.  Such courses
include, but are not limited
to, those focusing on
keyboarding, shorthand,
drafting, coding, record
maintenance, and manual
skills.  The Curriculum
Committee of the College of
Arts and Sciences determines
which courses will be credited
toward the degrees listed
above.

The Associate of Arts Degree 

The following Associate of
Arts degrees are offered in
the College of Arts and
Sciences: 
Computer Information Systems 
Early Childhood Education 
Humanities and Creative and 
     Performing Arts      
Natural Science and      
Mathematics  
See requirements common to all
Associate degrees in the
index. For specific
requirements of the Associate
degrees in Computer
Information Sciences and Early
Childhood Education, contact
the appropriate department;
for the remaining degrees, see
the Assistant Dean of the
College of Arts and Sciences. 

MAJORS OFFERED 

Anthropology 
     Anthropology - BA 

Art 
     Art - BA 
     Art - BFA 
     Art Education - BFA 
     Art History - BA 

Biology 
     Biology - BA - BS 
     Secondary Education - BA 
          - BS 

Chemistry 
     Chemistry - BA - BS 
     Secondary Education - BA 
          - BS 

Computer Information Sciences 
     Computer Information 
          Systems - AA - BA - 
          BS 
     Computer Information 
          Science - BA - BS 

Economics 
     Economics - BA 

Education 
     Early Childhood Education
          - AA -BA 
     Elementary Education - 
          B.Ed. 
     Secondary - Certification 
     Graduate - M.Ed. 
          a. Elementary      
     Curriculum and
          Instruction
          b. Elementary      
     Curriculum and
          Instruction    
          (Language Arts 
          Emphasis) 
          c. Reading
          d.Interrelated 
          Special Education 
          Elementary     
          e.Interrelated 
          Special  Education 
          Secondary 
          f. Educational 
          Administration
          Elementary and 
          Secondary
     
English 
     English - BA 
     Emphasis in: 
     Literature 
     Writing 
     Secondary Teaching - BA 

French 
     French - BA 
     Secondary Education - BA 

General Science 
     General Science - BS 

General Studies 
     General Studies - BGS 

German 
     German - BA 
     Secondary Education - BA 

History 
     History - BA 
     Secondary Education - BA  

Humanities and Creative and
Performing Arts 
     Humanities and Creative 
     and Performing
     Arts - AA 

Mass Media
     Mass Media - BA

Mathematics and Statistics 
     Mathematics - BA - BS 
     Mathematics (Secondary 
     Education
     Specialization) - BA- BS 
     Mathematics (Actuarial 
     Science Specialization) -
     BA - BS 

Medical Technology 
     Medical Technology - BS 

Music 
     Music - BA 
     Music - BM 
     Music Education 
     Music Performance: Piano,
     Organ, Voice, Strings,
     Brass,Percussion,      
Woodwinds 

Natural Sciences and
Mathematics 
     Natural Sciences and 
     Mathematics -AA    

Philosophy 
     Philosophy - BA 

Physical Education
     Physical Education (K-12)
     - B.Ed.
     Physical Education - BA

Physics and Astronomy
     Physics - BA - BS
     Secondary Education - BA 
     - BS

Political Science
     Political Science- BA
     Public Administration - 
     BPA

Psychology
     Psychology - BA
     Psychology (Clinical)- MA

Religion
     Religious Studies - BA

Sociology
     Sociology - BA

Spanish
     Spanish - BA
     Secondary Education- BA

Speech Communication
     Speech Communication - BA

Theatre
     Theatre - BA

UNDERGRADUATE COURSES AND 
PROGRAMS

Each course description
carries a statement of
conditions under which the
course may be taken, and the
amount of credit given for
its satisfactory completion.
The absence of stated
prerequisites in the course
description implies that the
course number indicates the
status of students eligible to
take the course.
   Course numbers: Students
with fewer than 54 hours
completed may take courses
numbered 100-299. Students
with more than 54 hours
completed may take courses
numbered 100-499. Courses
numbered 400-499 are also open
to graduate students. Courses
numbered 500-699 are open to
graduate students only.
Courses numbered 300-499 are
open to students during the
semester in which they
achieve junior standing,
provided they have enrolled in
enough lower level courses
during that same semester to
meet the requirements of
junior rank. Exceptions to
this rule may be made by
consent of the department head
and the Dean. Forty hours of
junior-senior work are
required for completion of any
degree. 

AMERICAN CITIZENSHIP

A Department of American
Citizensh 
the gift contributed, in part,
by the George I Alden Trust.
The Departments of History and
Political Science administer
the American Citizenship
Program.  Specific courses are
listed under History and
Political Science. 
   The courses in the American
Citizenship Program are
designed to offer students a
study of history that will
give them a broad view of what
has happened in the past as a
basis for an adequate
understanding of what is
happening now and to give
them, further, a study of
political science that will
contribute toward their
competence as effective
citizens. The courses are
organized to meet the needs of
four specific groups of
students: first, those
who want well-rounded training
as part of a liberal arts
program; second, those who are
preparing for graduate work in
history and political science;
third, those who are preparing
to go to a professional
school; and fourth, those who
plan to teach in secondary
schools. 
   The program for majors in
history and/or political
science who plan to teach
includes interdisciplinary
cooperation in the study
of the structure, key
concepts, and methodology of
the various areas, work with
new ideas in social studies
curriculum projects, the
inclusion of media resources,
the importance of current
affairs, and the study of
education that is
multicultural in nature.
   Lectures by speakers of
note, open to the public, are
offered by the program
periodically from the proceeds
of the James Willis Gleed
Fund. 


ANTHROPOlOGY 

             
(Sociology and 
 Anthropology Department) 

Henderson Learning Center, 
Room 218  
(913) 231-1010 ext. 1608 

Associate Professor Johnson,
Chair
Professor Field
Professor Otudeko
Professor Zelkovitz 
Associate Professor Halford 
Assistant Professor Booth
Assistant Professor Childers
 
The curriculum offered in
Anthropology is designed to:
(1) provide a basis for later
professional or graduate
training; (2) satisfy the
needs of the student, major or
nonmajor, who is interested in
a broad liberal arts
education; and (3) provide
training for students who
intend to seek immediate
employment in occupations that
utilize an anthropological
background. The department
attempts to plan a program to
meet the needs of each
student. We recommend that
prospective majors and minors
consult with program advisors
as early as possible.
Requirements for graduation
are explained below. 

The Major 

Students majoring in
Anthropology must complete a
minimum of 30 hours of credit
in the department. These hours
must include 112, 362, and
324; and one course from each
of the following: SO 100
or SO 101; 114 or 303; 317 or
319 or  must be selected from
these and other courses in the
discipline of Anthropology. At
least 15 of the required total
of 30 hours must be upper
division courses. In addition,
students majoring in
Anthropology must met the
following requirements: (1)
any three hours of Computer
Science and any three hours of
Statistics or (2) first and
second semesters of a single
Modern Foreign Language or (3)
an established minor or (4) a
second major  Students are
encouraged to take IS 170
(Library Research Strategies). 
Students must receive a grade
of C or better in each course
applied to the major. 
   It is recommended that the
major in Anthropology develop
a correlate area in a
subdiscipline of Anthropology
(ethnology, physical
anthropology, archaeology, or
linguistics), nine hours
to be chosen from the
department or from other
departments in consultation
with a department advisor. 
Department honors are
awarded to majors who attain:  
   (1) a 3.5 GPA in all
coursework in the major
   (2) a 3.5 GPA in all
upper-division Anthropology
coursework 
   (3) a 3.5 GPA in the two
capstone courses (AN 324,
362), and  
   (4) a 3.2 GPA in all
university coursework.

The Minor 

To minor in Anthropology,
student must complete a
minimum of 15 hours of credit
in Anthropology. These hours
must include AN 112 and any
other 4 courses in
Anthropology, two of which
must be upper division
courses. Students must have a
grade of C or better in each
course applied to the minor. 
Sociology majors are permitted
to minor in Anthropology. 

COURSE OFFERINGS
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General Education program. 
See page 30 for details)

</ AN 112 Cultural 
Anthropology  (3) 
A nontechnical survey of the
diversity of man and his
culture; technoenvironmental
adaptation, social and
political organization, belief
systems and aesthetics. 
*Approved General Education
course

AN 114 Introduction to 
Archaeology  (3) 
The course introduces the data
and theory of archaeological
science. Drawing on selected
examples from world
prehistory, the course
examines excavation
techniques, dating methods,
and procedures for
reconstructing the artifacts,
skeletal remains and
events of prehistory. 

AN 207/SO 207 Race & Ethnic
Group Relations (3) 
How racial and ethnic group
contacts are resolved,
including expulsion,
annihilation, segregation,
assimilation and pluralism.
Social power and intergroup
conflict are emphasized. A
major segment is devoted to
discrimination and racism in
the United States.
Prerequisite: SO 100 or AN
112. 

AN 225 Kansas Archaeology (3)
The archaeological record in
Kansas with consideration of
theethno-historic period.
Archaeological techniques will
be demonstrated and field
trips will be taken when
weather permits. Prerequisite:
AN 112 or 303.  

AN 300 Special Topics in 
Anthropology (1-3) 
Topics will vary from semester
to semester and will be
announced in advance. May be
taken for more than one
semester. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. 

AN 302/SO 302 Culture and
Human Sexuality (3)
A theoretical and empirical
survey of human sexual beliefs
and activities in selected
Western and non-western
cultures. Prerequisite:  AN
112 or SO 100 or consent of
instructor.

AN 303 Human Prehistory (3) 
A nontechnical survey of man s
primate background, fossil
primates and fossil men,
living races of man, and the
growth and differentiation of
the cultures of man from the
earliest beginning to the
development of civilization.
Prerequisite: AN 112 or 114.
      
AN 304/S0 304 The Family (3)
Changes that have occurred in
definitions of family and
family functions, the effects
of the changes on status and
roles of family members, and
family disorganization, with
emphasis placed on the United
States family and families in
non-western societies.
Prerequisite: SO 100 or AN
112. 

AN 311 Primate Social
Patterns  (3) 
A comparative study of primate
and social structures,
emphasizing free-ranging
baboon, chimpanzee, and
gorilla societies. The
course will also survey recent
laboratory primate research
and will also include
observational studies at the
local zoo.  

AN 312/S0 312 Culture, Health
and Illness  (3) 
Sociocultural causes of
illness; health care delivery
systems, patient-practitioner
relationships; prevention of
illness. Prerequisite: SO 100
or AN 112 or consent of
instructor. 

AN 313 Religion, Magic and
Witchcraft  (3) 
A cross-cultural examination
of the many ways in which
human beings have conceived of
the  supernatural , including
magicoreligious beliefs and
practices in both the
non-Western and Western
worlds. Major theories about
the origins and social
functions of such beliefs and
practices will be explored.
Prerequisite: AN 112 or
consent.

AN 317/S0 317 Peoples & 
Cultures of Africa (3) 
A survey of the indigenous
cultures and societies of
Africa through the study of
kinship, politics, economics,
religion and contemporary
socio-cultural change.
Prerequisite: AN 112 or
consent. 

AN 318 North
AmericanArchaeology  (3) 
A non-technical survey course
about the diversity of human
experiences in North America
form earliest settlement on
this continent to the present
time. The course will also
provide an opportunity to
investigate ancient tool
making techniques.
Prerequisite: AN 112 or AN 114
or consent of instructor.

AN 319 North American 
Indians (3) 
Selected North American Indian
cultures from Mexico to
Alaska. Includes the major
culture areas of North
America, such as the
American Plains Indians,
Pueblos, Eskimo, Northeast
Woodlands,Southeast, and
contemporary Mexican.
Prerequisite: AN 112.  

AN 320 Maya and Aztec 
Civilizations (3) 
The high civilizations of
Mesoamerica including Olmec,
Maya, Aztec, Inca and other
cultures. Emphasis is placed
on their development and
demise and their effect on the
remainder of the pre-Columbian
world. Prerequisite: AN 112 or
303 or consent of instructor. 

AN 321 Anthropology of 
Women  (3) 
The roles and statuses of
women around the world are
examined in the three
sub-systems of
culture-material, social and
ideational- including in-depth
studies of women in
horticultural, peasant,
and modern societies.
Prerequisite: AN 112 or
consent of instructor. 

AN 322 Peoples and Cultures
Anthropology Through Film (3)
Historical and modern cultures
of the world. Selected
cultural examples will be
analyzed in terms of various
theoretical approaches.
Prerequisite: AN 112. 

AN 323 /SO 323 The City and
Urban Life
Comparative study of the
origin and development of
cities.Focuses on processes of
development, rural-urban
migration, interrelationships
between people, urban
cultures, social institutions,
use of space and competing
theoretical perspectives. 
Examines Latin American,
African, European as well
as American cities. 
Prerequisite:  AN 112, SO 100,
or consent. 

AN 324 History and Theory of
Anthropology (3) 
The course explores the
development of key themes in
anthropology, such as the
origins of the human species,
the  nature-nurture  debate,
the sources of cultural
diversity, and the direction
of social change. The
approaches of various
influential thinkers are
compared and contrasted, and
the major current  schools of
thought  are clarified. One of
two capstone courses required
of Anthropology majors. 
Prerequisite:  declared
major, junior/senior standing,
or consent.

AN 326/S0 326 Aging and 
Society (3) 
The social position of the
aged, paying particular
attention to American society,
using historical and
cross-cultural considerations.
The situation and problems of
older persons will be examined
from the vantage point of
sociological theories of
aging and related empirical
studies. Prerequisites: SO 100
or consent of instructor. 

AN 333 Culture and 
Personality (3)
Cultural, social and
psychological dimensions of
significant relationships that
affect personality
development. Attention will
be given to cross-cultural
studies of personality.
Prerequisite: SO 100 and AN
112; PY 100. 

AN 335 AppliedAnthropology (3)
Uses of anthropology in, the
modern world, and its
relationship to planned
cultural change. Prerequisite:
SO 100, AN 112, or consent. 

AN 336 Work, & Life in a
Changing Economy (3) 
An examination of changes now
taking place in economic life
around the world and their
impact upon employers,
workers, and consumers. Topics
include workplace unrest, the 
global assembly line , the
impact of multinational
corporations, and practical
ethical problems raised by
international marketing and
management. Prerequisite: AN
112 or consent. 

AN 337 Creativity &Society:
Anthropology &  The Arts  (3) 
An exploration of the
relationship between the
artist,  the arts, and the
wider society. Considers what
constitutes creativity  in
different cultures, how the
artist s role varies, and the
social functions served by
visual art, music, literature,
dance, drama, and other
expressive forms. Cases are
drawn from a wide range of
culture, including the
contemporary U.S.
Prerequisite: AN 112 or
consent. 

AN 338 Advanced Social
Problems: Strategies for
Change  (3) 
This course examines possible
solutions to major
contemporary social problems,
including poverty, racism,
sexism, educational
inequality, and environmental
abuse. Theories of social
change are explored and
alternative futures for
American society are
considered. Prerequisite: SO
100, 101, or consent. 

AN 361 Supervised Study (1-3)
Under supervision,
Anthropology
majors may undertake a
research project or undertake
extensive reading in some
aspects of the discipline or
engage in a field experience.
Prerequisite:  declared major,
junior/senior standing
and consent.  May be elected
twice for a maximum of three
hours. 

AN 362/SO 362 Methods of
Social Research (3)
Specific research techniques
employed by Sociologists,
Anthropologists, and other
social scientists are
considered, including polls
and surveys, the interview and
participant observation.  Each
student will complete an
outside  project.  One of two
capstone courses required of
Anthropology majors. 
Prerequisite:  declared major,
junior/senior standing, or
consent. 

AN 363 Internship  (1-3) 
Field training to provide
students with experience in an
operational or research
setting through assignment to
local social agencies or
museums approved and
supervised by a faculty
member. Prerequisite: declared
major, senior standing and
consent.  May be elected twice
for a maximum of three hours. 
 
AN 368 Experimental 
Archaeology (3) 
The course is designed as a
technical analysis of material
culture including lithic
technology, artifact
reproduction and lifestyle
reconstruction. Prerequisite:
AN 112 or 114 or consent. 
 
AN 372 Archaeological Field
School  (1-6) 
Field experience in excavation
procedure, laboratory
preparation and artifact
analysis. Offerings include
classroom instruction in
regional and site prehistory.
Prerequisite: AN 112 and 114
or consent.

AN 400 Special Topics in 
Anthropology (3) 
Topics will vary from semester
to semester and will be
announced in advance. May be
taken for more than one
semester. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. 


ART  



Garvey Fine Arts Center, Room
133 (913) 231-1010 ext. 1639 
Professor Hunter, Chair
Professor Navone 
Professor Soppelsa 
Associate Professor Esser 
Associate Professor Taylor 
Assistant Professor Almond 

The degree programs in art are
designed to meet a variety of
student needs. Our B.A. in
Studio Art is considered a
basic liberal arts degree,
easily combined with other
degree programs in the college
for purposes of obtaining a
double major. The B.F.A. is
our professional degree
program for students
interested in a career in Art
and advancement into graduate
programs in art. The
B.F.A.-Ed. is similar to the 
B.F.A. and includes K-12
teacher certification. The
B.A. in Art History is
structured for the non-studio
artist interested in museum
studies and/or advanced degree
work in Art History. 

The Major 

Requirements for the Bachelor
of Arts Degree in Art (BA) 

The Bachelor of Arts in Studio
Arts is a degree consisting of
thirty-nine (39) credit hours
in Art plus the general
education requirements of the
college.  
   An Art major must complete
six (6) hours in Art History
(Ar 101 and 102) and the
following studio courses:
Design 120 and 121, Three
Dimensional Design 260
and 262, Drawing 140 and 141,
and one course from the 300
level sequence in Art History.
The remaining twelve (12)
studio hours of the forty hour
major are to be taken from any
of the studio areas, nine (9)
hours must be upper division.
These courses will be selected
in consultation with the
student s Art advisor.

Requirements for the 
Bachelor of Arts Degree with
Areas of Emphasis

Core requirements common for
all areas of emphasis - total
21 hours

AR 101 and 102 - History 
     Survey
AR 120 and 121 -Design      
Foundations
AR 140 - Drawing I
AR 220 - Photography
AR 300 level art history 
     course
Areas of Emphasis - total 18 
     hours

3 - Dimensional Design
AR 260 Ceramics I
AR 262 Sculpture I
AR 200 level design elective
AR 360 Ceramics II or AR 365   
        Sculpture II
AR Ceramics or Sculpture 
     elective
AR 362/363 Workshop Ceramics/  
        Sculpture (3 hours) 

Photography/Ellectronic Art 
(choose 6 courses)
AR 223 Intro Computer Graphic  
         Design
AR 226 Computer Publication 
     Design
AR 320 Photography II
AR 321 Photo and the 
     Computer I
AR 322 Computer Graphic Design
AR 325 Photo and the 
     Computer II
AR 327/328 Workshop      
Photography/             
Computer Design
AR 399 Special Topics in 
     Photo/Electronic Art 

Painting/Printmaking
AR 141 Drawing II
AR 219 Intro to Printmaking
AR 240 Painting I
AR 339 Painting II or AR 
     242/342 Watercolor
AR 224 Lithography
(Other classes in this area
may be substituted with
permission of the advisor and
Chair.)

Requirements for the Bachelor
of Arts Degree in Art History 

The B.A. in Art History is a
degree consisting of
thirty-nine (39) credit hours
in the major plus the general
education requirements of the
college. To satisfy college
requirements, at least twelve
(12) of the major must be
upper division credit. All
students majoring in Art
History shall take the
following required courses: 

Art 101-102    Survey of 
     Western Art History 
Art 140 Drawing I 
Art 142 Introduction to the    
     Materials of Art 
Art 300 Art Criticism 
Art 312 Research in Art        
     History 
Religion 105 Intro to Old      
      Testament or 106 or 
     Intro to New Testament
English 210 Mythologies in     
      Literature     
(24 hours required courses)

In addition, students majoring
in Art History shall take at
least five elective courses
from the 301-310 sequence of
upper division Art History at
Washburn. 
(15 hours upper division
elective courses)

Requirements for the Bachelor
of Fine Arts Degree in Art

The Bachelor of Fine Arts
Degree (B.F.A.) is
particularly suited to the
student who intends to follow
a career in art. It is also
useful to the person who will
become involved in the support
systems relating to the arts.
The degree consists of 85
hours in Art, 6 hours English
Composition 101,300, 2 hours
physical education, 27 hours
general education (9 hours
from each of the divisions), 4
hours of general electives and
40 hours in upper division
work. Note: All 40 hours of
upper division credits can
be obtained in Art. 

Major Requirements

101, 102  Art Survey I, II    
          6 hrs
120, 121  Design I, II   6 hrs 
140, 141      Drawing I, II  6 hrs
219  Introduction to
     Printmaking    3 hrs 
220  Photography I  3 hrs 
223  Intro to Computer
     Graphic Design 3 hrs
240  Painting I     3 hrs
241  Painting II    3 hrs
260  Ceramics  3 hrs 
262  Sculpture 3 hrs 
300  Criticism or 
307  20th Century   3 hrs 
243/343   Figure Drawing 3 hrs 
Art History Elective 
     (300 level)    3 hrs 
Design Elective     3 hrs 
Printmaking Elective     3 hrs 
3-D Design Elective      3 hrs
Workshops     12 hrs 
Electives from any studio area 
     15 hrs 
Exceptions: Art Ed. & Art
Therapy Classes 
400 Senior Exhibit  1 hr       
   85 hrs
NOTE: All studio classes meet
twice the amount of time as a
regular class.  3 hours of
credit = 6 hours per week of
classroom instruction.

Admission to the BFA Program
(sophomore level)

In order to maintain high
standards and encourage
successful completion of the
BFA degree, we require
students to meet the following
criteria for admission to the
BFA program:
     1. GPA of 2.8 or above in
art courses.
     2. Completion of or
concurrent enrollment in the
following art courses:
AR 141 & 142 (Drawing I & II)
AR 120 & 121 (Design Black &
     White and Color)
AR 101 & 102 (Survey of Art I  
         and II two 200 level 
     courses)
3. Portfolio Evaluation:  Each 
semester art faculty will
meet to review portfolios for
BFA approval. Students being
reviewed must submit the
following support materials by
December 1st  or May 1st.
- a statement of professional  
      intent
- a transcript of all college 
     courses
- a portfolio not to exceed 8 
     actual works or slides

Portfolios will be evaluated
for evidence of technical
proficiency, effective visual
design, originality, and
expression. Students will be
notified of acceptance or
non-acceptance prior to the
subsequent semestersenrollment
period. Candidates may reapply
for BFA admission one time. 
Senior exhibition is an exit
requirement for the BFA and
must be completed during the
senior year. 

AR 400 Senior Exhibition  
(1 credit hour) 
Gallery exhibition of work
demonstrating the full range
of the student s achievements.
Prerequisite: BFA - Senior
status, by arrangement with an
advisor.

Studio Workshop Classes

Workshop classes are designed
to allow the student
independent development in a
supervised environment. 
Students taking (3 hours) are
required to meet 6 hours a
week during the supervised
scheduled class period. 
Students taking (6 hours) must
meet during the same scheduled
class period and then work an
additional 6 hours per week
independently.

Requirements for the Bachelor
of Fine Arts Degree with Art 
Education Certification

The Bachelor of Fine Arts
Degree in Art Education is a
degree consisting of
sixty-four (64) credit hours
in Art plus forty-five
(45) hours in General
Education and twenty-seven
(27) hours in the Department
of Education. Each B.EA.
candidate in Art Education
must complete the following
required courses in Art
History: 101, 102, Design:
120, 121, 219, 220, 223. Three
Dimensional Design: 260, 262,
Drawing and Painting: 140,
141, 240, 241, Workshop: 3
hours, Art Criticism: 300, 9
hours art electives, Senior
Exihibit 400, and Art
Education: 380, 381, 382.
A student must maintain a 2.8
GPA in the major throughout
this program. Student must
follow the degree requirements
for General Education required
by the department of
Education. Students seeking
certification to teach must
also be formally admitted to
the University s Professional
Teacher Education Programs.
For admission requirements,
see EDUCATION in this catalog. 
   Senior exhibtion is an exit
requirement for the BFA/ED,
and must be completed during
the senior year.  AR 400.
Senior exhibition (1 cr hour)
Gallery exhibition of work
demonstrating the full
range of the students
achievement.  Prerequisites:
BFA/ED Senior status, by
arrangement with an advisor.

Minor

An Art minor consisting of 18
credit hours can be
constructed in any of our
major areas of History,
Graphic Design, Printmaking,
Painting or 3-Dimensional
Design. You must first meet
with an advisor to select both
foundation courses and
electives and then present to
the Chairman your individual
course selections chosen
for the minor. The Chairman
and your advisor will
structure those courses and
inform the Registrar s office
of your program. 

Examples of Minors

Minor in Photography/
Electronic Art 

The minor consists of 18
hours.  AR 120 or 121, AR 220
or 223, 12 hours of electives
from the following list:  AR
226, 320, 321, 322, 325, 327,
328, 399 (special topics in
Photography/Electronic
Art)

Minor in Art History 

The minor consists of 18
hours.  AR 101, 102, and 142
required, 9 hours of electives
from the catalog list of Art
History courses 300-310.

COURSE OFFERINGS 
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General Education program. 
See page 30 for details))

Art History 

</ AR 101 Survey of Art  (3) 
A survey of major monuments
and movements in the history
of art from Paleolithic
through Gothic times. 

</ AR 102 Survey of Art 
(continuation of 101) (3) 
Major monuments and movements
in Western Art from the
Proto-Renaissance through the
arts of today. 

</ AR 103 Introduction to 
Art  (3) 
The major principles and ideas
of art, with emphasis on
different purposes art has
served in both Western and
non-Western cultures. 

AR 300 Art Criticism (3) 
An historical and practical
approach to the evaluation of
works f art with concentration
on analysis of specific
artists and movements, and the
significance of this to the
history of art.Prerequisite:
One course in Art History. 

</ AR 301 Ancient Art (3) 
The arts of the Ancient Near
East, Egypt, Greece, and Rome. 

AR 302 Medieval Art (3) 
The art of the Christian era
to the thirteenth century. 

AR 303 Northern Renaissance
Art  (3) 
The art of Germany, France,
and the Netherlands from the
thirteenth to the seventeenth
century. 

AR 304 Italian Renaissance 
Art (3) 
Italian art from the
thirteenth to the seventeenth
century.   

AR 305 Baroque Art (3) 
Seventeenth and eighteen
century painting,
architecture, and
sculpture of Italy, Spain,
France, and Germany.

AR 306 19th Century (3)
Major developments in European
painting and sculpture from
Neo-classicism through
Post-Impressionism. 

AR 307 20th Century Art  (3)
Major developments in European
painting and sculpture from
Expressionism through
post-WWII developments. 

AR 308 American Art  (3) 
American art from the early
colonial period to the
present.  

</ AR 309 Art of Africa,
Oceania, and Precolumbian
America  (3) 
A survey of the major arts
produced by these non-Western
cultures. 

</ AR 310 Art of Asia  (3) 
A survey of the major
traditions of art in Asia from
neolithic times through the
19th century. 

AR 312 Research in Art
History  (3) 
Library and Archival research
and writing on specific
research topics in the History
of Art. Prerequisite:
Major/minor in Art
History or consent.

AR 400 Senior Exhibition. (1)
Preparation and presentation
of an exibit of students s art
work. Prerequisite: BFA-senior
status, Instructor permission.
     
STUDIO COURSES 

Design/Photography/
Computer Graphics

AR 120 Design I B/W (3) 
Basic design in black and
white. 

AR 121 Design II Color  (3) 
Basic design in color. 

AR 220 Photography I  (3) 
Lecture and studio. History of
the development of the
Photographic process,
equipment and material.
Darkroom procedures
with an emphasis on
composition and design in the
black and white print. 

AR 223 Introduction to 
Computer Graphics (3) 
An introduction course using
micro computers and paint and
illustration software to
generate graphic images.

AR 226 Computer Publication
Design (3) 
Introduction to the use of
desktop publishing software. 
Projects include use of type
in page layout design and
preparation of artwork for
print publication.
Prerequisite: AR 223 or
consent. 

AR 320 Photography II (3) 
Course focuses on developing
technical proficiency in black
and white photography.
Students will work primarily
with fiber-based paper.
Emphasis is placed upon
exploration and expansion of
traditional photographic
values. Prerequisite: AR 120
or 121 or
consent.

AR 321 Photography & the
Computer I (3) 
Introductory course in digital
photography, students learn
the use of electronic imaging
tools such as the video still
camera, slide blade, and
black/white and color
scanners. Prerequisite: AR
120 or 121.

AR 322 Computer Graphic Design
II (3) 
An intermediate course using
illustration software to
produce artwork. Projects
include text style and
placement, color,
readability, layout, and
aesthetic continuity.
Prerequisite: AR
120 or 121.

AR 325 Photography and the
Computer II  (3) 
An advanced course in digital
photo imaging involving new
input and output technologies.
Prerequisite: AR 321.

AR 327 Workshop in 
Design    (3-6) 
Independent work.
Prerequisite: Consent. 

AR 328 Workshop in 
Photography (3-6)
Independent work in the area
of advanced photography and
can include work in computer
imaging and video animation. 
Prerequisite: Junior/Senior
status for students seeking an
art major or minor, or consent
but only under very special
circumstances.

Printmaking

AR 219 Introduction to
Printmaking  (3) 
Drawing and cutting upon the
blocks (plywood, linoleum, and
masonite), assemblage will be
explored for form and texture.
Initial prints will be
considered temporary evidence
of how marks or forms work
toward a completed work. 

AR 224 Etching  (3) 
An introduction course in
etching. Emphasis will be
placed on black and white
techniques. 

AR 323 Silkscreen (3) 
An introductory course in
silkscreen printing.
Sequential thinking for the
production of prints plus
application of color
theories are investigated.
Emphasis will be placed on
traditional photographic and
inventive applicators of
silkscreen techniques for the
production of personal images.
Prerequisite: AR 120 or
121. 

AR 324 Lithography (3) 
An introductory course for
lithography. The printing
process of stone and plate
lithography is explored with
emphasis on imagery and the
aesthetics of the fine print.
Prerequisite: AR 140 or
141. 

AR 329 Workshop In Printmaking
(3-6) 
Independent work.
Prerequisite: Junior/Senior
status for students seeking an
art major or minor, or consent
but only under very
special circumstances. 

3-D Design 

AR 260 Ceramics I (3) 
Introduction to ceramic
processes including
hand-forming techniques, clay,
glazes, and firing. 

AR 262 Sculpture I (3)
Introduction to modeling,
casting, carving, and
construction as
basic methods of executing
3-dimensional form. 

AR 360 Ceramics II  (3) 
Continued exploration of
ceramics with emphasis on
wheel-throwing techniques,
glaze formulation, and various
firing methods. Prerequisite:
AR 120 or 121 or consent

AR 361 Glaze Materials and
Experimentation  (3)
Study of ceramic technology
through experiments with raw
materials.  Theoretical,
historical, and empirical
methods are applied to
research.  Prerequisite: AR
260.

AR 362 Workshop In 
Ceramics (3-6) 
Independent work.
Prerequisite: Junior/Senior
status for students seeking an
art major or minor, or consent
but only under very
special circumstances.

AR 363 Workshop in 
Sculpture (3-6)
Independent work.Prerequisite:
Junior/Senior status for
students seeking an art major
or minor, or consent but only
under very special
circumstances.

AR 364 Sculpture Materials and
Methods  (3) 
Study of advanced sculptural
techniques to achieve artistic
expression.  May involve
environmental or multi-media
emphasis.Prerequisite: AR 262.

AR 365 Sculpture II  (3) 
Continuation of Sculpture 1
with greater emphasis on
expression of ideas conveyed
through in-depth exploration
of 3-D media and processes.
Prerequisite: AR 262. 

Drawing and Painting 

</ AR 140 Drawing I  (3) 
Basic principles of drawing
and pictorial design. This
course is fundamental to all
studio courses and should be
taken in the freshman year. 

</ AR 141 Drawing II (3)
A continuation of Drawing I.
Prerequisite: AR 140 or
equivalent. 

AR 142 Survey of Art
Materials  (3) 
A survey of traditional art
media and techniques. It will
include hands on experience
with watercolor, oil, acrylic,
tempera, preparation of
grounds, pigment, and
vehicles. Also will include
printmaking techniques;
lithography, serigraphy,
woodcut, etching, and
engraving. 

AR 240 Painting I (3) 
Introduction to oil painting
techniques. In addition,
emphasis is placed on the
relationship between drawing
and painting. Subject
matter includes still life,
landscape, figure and
abstraction. Prerequisite: AR
140 and 141.

AR 242 Watercolor (3) 
Includes techniques and
practice of watercolor and
temperapainting. 
Prerequisites:  AR 140 or AR
141 or consent. 

AR 243 Figure Drawing  (3)
Drawing from the human figure. 
This class may be taken a
second time at the 300 level.
Prerequisite:AR 140 or
equivalent. 

AR 339 Painting II (3)
Emphasis on painting the human
figure, including single and
group compositions.  Includes
class paintings, outside work,
and 2 term
papers.

AR 340 Advanced Drawing and
Painting (3)
Continuation of Painting 1 and
II. Prerequisite: AR 240 and
241. 

AR 341 Mixed Media and
Construction (3) 
An exploration of three
dimensional work executed in
mixed media, i.e., found and
natural material, plastics,
paper, wood, various means of
painting. Prerequisite: AR 140
and 240. 

AR 342 Watercolor  (3) 
A continuation of AR 242. 
Prerequisite: AR 140 or  AR
141 or consent 

AR 343 Figure Drawing  (3) 
A continuation of AR 243. 
Only with written approval
from the instructor can a
student take this more than
once. 

AR 344 Workshop in Drawing and
Painting  (3-6)
Independent work.
Prerequisite: Junior/Senior
status for students seeking an
art major or minor, or consent
but only under very special
circumstances.

Art Education 

AR 380 Elementary Art 
Education (3) 
Study of the artistic
development of children,
practice with art materials,
techniques, and concepts
appropriate to the elementary
grades including planning and
presentation of art lessons.
Production, aesthetics,
criticism, and history of
artworks is emphasized as the
basis for children s growth in
art learning. 

AR 381 Craft Techniques in
Middle and Secondary Schools 
(3)
Hands-on experience with
papermaking, batik,
weaving/basketry, and metalry
processes appropriate for use
with junior and senior high
art students.  Lesson
planning, health and safety
issues, traditions, current
trends, and critical analysis
of craftworks are studied.
      
AR 382 Methods and Philosophy
In Art Education (3) 
Examination of historical and
current theories of art
education, the development of
personal philosophy of art
education, and the
examination of curriculum
goals and objectives.
Effective teaching methods for
lesson planning, presentation,
and evaluation are studied.
Prerequisite: Admission to
program.  

Art Therapy 

AR 291/391 Art Therapy (3) 
Therapy and practice of Art
Therapy as a treatment and
diagnostic tool in the
psychiatric setting. Visiting
lecturers and field
experience will be included. 

AR 292/392 Creative Arts
Therapy (3) 
An introduction to the
definition, theory, and
practical applications of the
creative arts therapies
focusing on the visual and
dramatic arts and their
relation to the other art
therapies. The course deals
with how these people work
together using a variety of
creative talents under actual
clinical conditions. 

ASTRONOMY 


(Physics and Astronomy
Department) 

No major or minor is offered
in Astronomy. The offerings
are administered by the
Department of Physics and
Astronomy. 


COURSE OFFERING
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General Education program. 
See page 30 for details)

</ AS 101 Introduction to 
Astronomy. Cosmology  (3) 
A qualitative study of
stellar, galactic, and
extragalactic astronomy and
cosmology surveying what is
known and how it is
known. 

</ AS 102 Introduction to 
Astronomy-Solar System  (3) 
A qualitative study of the
history of astronomy, the
origin, evolution, and
functioning of the solar
system surveying what is
known and how it is known. 

</ AS 103 Observational
 Astronomy  (1) 
Use of telescope, planetarium,
and other laboratory equipment
commonly used in astronomy
together with selected
descriptive experiments in
astronomy. Prerequisite: AS
101, 102 or consent of
instructor. 

AS 201 Introduction to 
Astronomical Photography (1) 
Photographic procedures and
techniques peculiar to
astronomical
photography. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. 

AS 251 General Astronomy  (3) 
A comprehensive study of
positional astronomy the solar
system in general, and the
motions of the bodies
comprising the solar
system. Prerequisite:
Astronomy 101 or 102 and
college algebra, or consent of
instructor. 

AS 360 Research in 
Astronomy  (1 or 2) 
Research in any of the fields
of astronomy/astrophysics.
Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. 

AS 370 Special Subjects in
Astronomy (Credit to be
arranged)
Material to be chosen
according to student interest
from any one of a number of
astronomical subjects. Offered
on demand as teaching
schedules permit.
Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. 


BIOLOGY



Stoffer Science Hall, Room 20l 
(913) 231-1010, ext. 1343 

Associate Professor Cole,
Chair
Professor Boyer 
Professor Johnson 
Professor O Connor 
Professor Wolf 
Associate Professor Ash 
Associate Professor Boyd 
Associate Professor Jander 
Associate Professor McCoy
Assistant Professor Serino

The courses in biology are
designed to meet the needs of
four groups of students: those
who are interested in biology
as a subject necessary to
their general education, those
who are in the various allied
health programs, those who
plan to teach biology or
general science, and those who
wish to prepare themselves for
graduate work or for
professional careers in
biology or related fields. 

The Major 

All majors must take a 22-hour
core consisting of Biology
102, 105, 110, 301, 333, one
semester of 390 and one
semester of the Biology
Capstone course 395/396. The
BA degree with a Biology
major requires at least 38
hours of Biology course work,
including the 22-hour core and
12 hours of additional upper
division courses.  The BS
degree requires a minimum of
44 hours in Biology, including
the 22-hour core and 18 hours
of additional upper division
courses. A BS degree also
requires a 30-hour minor
to be chosen from the Natural
Sciences, Mathematics, and
Computer Information Services
Division in departments other
than the major, and with at
least 20 hours of these in one
department. Minors for the BS
degree are limited to these
courses: Chemistry 151 or
above, Physics 261 or above,
Mathematics 116 or above,
Computer Science 110 or above.
The following non-biology
courses are required of all
majors:
1) MA 116 and MA 117 (or high  
        school equilavent    
2)MA 140 or CM 110 and 
        CM 212 
3) One year of physics with 
     lab (PS 261/262 or PS
     281/282)
4) One year of general
     chemistry with lab  
     (CH 151/152) 
5) One semester of organic     
      chemistry with lab      
     (CH 340/342)   
     
All majors must have a signed
declaration of major form on
record before taking upper
division courses; however, it
is recommended that the major
be declared as early as
possible. Each semester
all majors must meet with a
department advisor to plan the
appropriate course work for
the next semester. Qualified
biology majors are eligible
for a Senior Scholarship as
well as the Hale and Joss
Scholarships described in the
back of this catalog. 

The Biology Major for 
Secondary Education Teachers
 
To receive departmental appro 
certification in teaching
biology at the secondary
level, majors must complete a
minimum of a BA or a BS in
Biology as outlined
above. In addition, the
student must meet the
certification
requirements for teaching
general science. The student
must also take BI 310 as one
of their upper division
courses plus a course
in anatomy, a course in
physiology and  CM 110. 
   Completion of the 22-hour
core, other major
requirements, and appropriate
course work within the
Department of Education in
science teaching methods will
satisfy the State competency
requirements for certification
in biology. See the Department
of Biology and the Department
of Education for details. 
   Students seeking
certification to teach biology
must be formally admitted to
the University s Professional
Teacher Education Programs.
For admission requirements,
see EDUCATION in this
catalog. 

The Optional Minor 

Students who will receive a BA
degree with a major other than
Biology may obtain an Optional
Minor in Biology. The
following 20 hours shall
constitute the minor: BI 102,
105, 110, 301, 333. Students
must have a grade of C or
better in each course in the
Optional Minor.
 

 COURSE OFFERINGS 
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General Education program. 
See page 30 for details)

</ BI 100 Introduction to 
Biology  (3) 
Cells, plant and animal
structure and function,
vertebrate organ systems,
principles of genetics,
evolution, and ecology.
Sections for special academic
interests. Not applicable
toward credit for
biology major requirements.
Three lectures a week.
Prerequisite:
None. 

BI 101 Introductory Biology
Laboratory  (2) 
Introductory laboratory
treating structure and
function of plants, animals,
and protists. Supplementary to
BI 100. Not applicable toward
credit for biology major
requirements. One
lecture and a two-hour
laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: BI 100 or
concurrent enrollment. 

</ BI 102 General Cellular 
Biology  (5) 
The organization and
activities of organisms at the
cellular level. Analysis of
the chemical, genetic, and
microscopic properties shared
by all cells. This is the
beginning biology course for
the student who wishes to
major in biology. Four
lectures and one three-hour
laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite: None. 

BI 105 General Botany  (4)
The morphology, physiology,
and phylogeny of plants.
Biological principles as found
in the plant kingdom. Three
lectures and one three-hour
laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite: BI 102.  

BI 110 General Zoology  (4) 
The organ systems, taxonomy,
and evolution of animals.
Biological principles as found
in the animal kingdom. Three
lectures and one three-hour
laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite: BI 102.
principles as found in the
animal kingdom. Three lectures
and one three-hour laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite:
BI 102.  

</ BI 150 Evolution (2) 
Designed for non-science
majors who want a basic
explanation of evolution, how
it works and its impact on
scientific thinking and
society. The course will
include discussion of simple
genetics, origins of life,
geologic eras and scientific
creationism. Prerequisite:
None. 

BI 155 Sexually Transmitted
Disease  (1) 
An overview of diseases which
rely of sexual interactions
for transmission, e.g., AIDS,
syphilis, herpes, and others.
The history, epidemiology,
clinical nature, treatment and
prevention of these diseases
are discussed. Prerequisite:
none.

BI 170 Kansas Ecology  (3) 
A general education course for
non-science majors offering
three hours credit in the
Natural Sciences group. It
will explore the A general
education course for
non-science majors offering
three hours credit in the
Natural Sciences group. It
will explore the natural
environment of Kansas from its
geology and geography
through its climate, to the
types of plants and animals
found in the state.
Prerequisite: None. 

BI 180 The Genetic 
Revolution (2) 
Video based course. 
Implications of scientists
deciphering and manipulating
human genes.  Prerequisite:
none.

</ BI 202 Biology of Behavior 
(3) 
Biological aspects of human
and animal behavior, including
sociobiology, ethology,
behavioral genetics and
evolution, heredity vs.
environment, male-female
differences, and the
neurological and hormonal
bases of behavior.
Three lectures a week.
Prerequisite: None. 

BI 203 Human Impact on the
Environment  (3) 
The structure and function of
a natural environment and the
impact which humans have had
on that environment. Topics
include population and food,
various pollution problems,
energy problems, and possible
solutions. Prerequisite: None. 

BI 204 Introductory 
Microbiology  (3) 
The basic characteristics of
microorganisms and their
roles, both beneficial and
harmful.  Emphasis is on human
medical microbiology. Not
applicable toward credit for
biology major requirements.
Three lectures a week.
Prerequisite: BI 100 and 101
or BI 102. 

BI 205 Introductory 
Microbiology Laboratory  (1) 
Basic microbiological
techniques. Demonstration of
common saprotrophs and
selected pathogens in mans
environments. Not applicable
towards credit for biology
major requirements. One
two-hour laboratory period a
week. Prerequisite: Biology
204 or concurrent enrollment.

BI 210 Insects and Society (3)
Insects  roles as disease
carriers and beneficial
organisms. Prerequisite: none. 

BI 250 Introduction to Human
Anatomy  (3) 
The structure of the human
body, with emphasis on
skeletal and muscular systems.
Three lectures a week.
Prerequisite: BI 100 or
102. 

BI 255 Elementary Human
Physiology  (4) 
The basic functions of human
organ systems. Three lectures
and one three-hour laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite:
BI 100 and 101 or BI 102. 

BI 260 The Biology of Aging 
(3) 
Mechanisms of aging processes
with special reference to
human gerontology. 
Unfavorable progressive
changes in molecules, cells,
systems, and organisms
will be examined.  Three
lectures a week. 
Prerequisite:  none.  
 
BI 275 Human Anatomy (4) 
Designed primarily for
students majoring in biology
or nursing. Lectures survey
the organ systems with
emphasis on nervous,
circulatory and reproductive
systems. Laboratory exercises
include both animal and human
cadaver dissection. Two
lectures and two two-hour
laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite: BI 100
and 101 or BI 102. 

BI 300 Field Biology    (3)
Lectures, laboratory, and
field work on identification
of local plants and animals
and their interrelationships
in nature. Designed to meet
the needs of the elementary
school teacher. Not applicable
toward credit for biology
major requirements. Designed
to meet the needs of the
elementary school teacher. Not
applicable toward credit for
biology major requirements.
Prerequisite: One college
course in biology or
equivalent. 

BI 301 General
Microbiology  (4) 
Characteristics of
microorganisms with major
emphasis on bacteria
and viruses. Principle roles
of microorganisms in our
environment. Laboratory
introduces basic techniques
used in microbiological
studies. Three lectures and
one three-hour laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite:
BI 102 and CH 152.  
 
BI 302 Entomology  (4) 
Designed to cover the general
aspects of the anatomy,
physiology, taxonomy, and
behavior of insects. Field
trips will be an integral part
of this course. Three lectures
and one three-hour laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite:
BI 110. 

BI 303 Invertebrate Zoology
(4) 
The invertebrate groups with
emphasis on basic zoological
principles. Field trips are an
integral part of this course.
Three lectures and one
three-hour laboratory period a
week. Prerequisite: BI 110.

BI 305 Parasitology (4) 
Protozoan, helminth, and
arthropod parasites of humans.
Three lectures and one
three-hour laboratory period a
week. Prerequisite: BI 110. 

BI 310 Ecology (4) 
The relation of organisms to
the physical and biological
conditions under which they
live. Three lectures and one
two-hour laboratory period a
week. Prerequisite: BI 105 and
110. 

BI 315 Vertebrate Zoology (4) 
A taxonomic approach to the
study of vertebrate animals.
Phylogeny, ecology and
behavior will be discussed, as
will A taxonomic approach to
the study of vertebrate
animals. Phylogeny, ecology
and behavior will be
discussed, as will general
structure and function
relating to phylogeny. The
laboratory will include
several field trips. Three
lectures and one three-hour
laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite: BI 110. 

BI 320 Comparative Vertebrate
Anatomy (5) 
A comparative study of organs
and organ systems of
vertebrates. Three lectures
and two two-hour laboratory
periods a week.
Pre-requisite: BI 110. 

BI 322 Systematic Botany I (2)
The grasses and grass-like
flowering plants with major
emphasis on those growing
locally. Two two-hour
laboratory periods a week.
Some laboratory periods
will be devoted to field
trips. Prerequisite: BI 105. 

BI 323 Systematic Botany II
(2) 
The broadleaf flowering plants
with major emphasis on those
growing locally. Two two-hour
laboratory periods a week.
Some The broadleaf flowering
plants with major emphasis on
those growing locally. Two
two-hour laboratory periods a
week. Some laboratory periods
will be devoted to field
trips. Prerequisite: BI 105. 

BI 325 Microbiology of Human
Diseases  (5) 
Basic principles involved in
pathogenesis of human disease,
host resistance, and
epidemiology. Characteristics
and laboratory diagnosis of
major bacterial pathogens.
Three lectures and two
two-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite: BI 301.  

BI 328 Plant Anatomy    (3) 
The microscopic and gross
anatomy of vascular plants.
Two lectures and one two-hour
laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite:
BI 105. 

BI 330 Comparative 
Physiology (4) 
A comparative study of the
basic physiological processes
occurring throughout the
animal kingdom. Three lectures
and one A comparative study of
the basic physiological
processes occurring throughout
the animal kingdom. Three
lectures and one three-hour
laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite: BI 110 and CH
152.  
 
BI 333 General Genetics (4) 
A course designed to cover
basic genetic principles,
including Mendelian Genetics,
cytogenetics, population
genetics and an introduction
to molecular genetics.
Laboratory experiments will be
used to illustrate the genetic
principles covered in lecture.
Three lectures and one
three-hour laboratory period
per week. Prerequisite: BI 102
and junior standing. 

BI 340 Evolutionary Biology
(2) 
The basic ideas of
evolutionary
biology will include classical
Darwinian evolution,
Neo-Darwinism. Specific topics
covered are natural selection,
sources of variation, origin
of life, paleobiology
speciation, sociobiology and
human evolution. Course will
also include the historical
development of evolutionary
paleobiology speciation,
sociobiology and human
evolution. Course will also
include the historical
development of evolutionary
ideas as well as a
discussion of the impact of
evolution on societal issues.
Two lectures a week.
Prerequisite: BI 105 or 110,
and consent of instructor. 

BI 343 Human Genetics (2)
Mechanisms of human
inheritance in individuals,
families, and populations.
Subjects include prenatal
diagnosis and counseling,
cancer genetics and societal
issues raised by gene
technology. Survey of genetic
and cytogenetic disorders. Two
lectures a week. Prerequisite:
BI 333.

BI 353 Molecular Genetics (3) 
The molecular basis of genetic
systems including DNA and
chromosome structure, DNA
replication, gene fine
structure, protein synthesis,
regulation of gene activity
and recombination, mutagenesis
and repair. Microbial and
viral systems will be used
as models with transformation,
transduction and conjugation
also mutagenesis and repair.
Microbial and viral systems
will be used as models with
transformation, transduction
and conjugation also being
included. Three lectures a
week. Prerequisite: BI 102 and
301. 

BI 355 Vertebrate 
Embryology (5) 
Comparative morphogenesis of
vertebrates, with emphasis on
mammalian development. Three
lectures and two two-hour
laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite: BI 110. 

BI 357 Histology (4) 
Fundamental tissues and
microscopic examination of
vertebrate organs. Two
lectures and two two-hour
laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite: BI 110. 

BI 362 Immunology (3) 
The immunological system
including the cells and
tissues involved in the immune
response. The role of antigens
and antibodies along with
their interactions will be
covered. The course will focus
on in the immune response. The
role of antigens and
antibodies along with their
interactions will be covered.
The course will focus on
mammals with special emphasis
on human systems. Three
lectures a week. Prerequisite:
BI 301 and 333 or consent of
Instructor.  
 
BI 363 Immunology 
Laboratory (2)  
A laboratory course designed
to introduce students to
current clinical and research
procedures in immunology.
Includes techniques utilized
in biological and biochemical
research as well as medical
applications. Prerequisite: BI
362 or concurrent enrollment. 

BI 370 Virology (3) 
The structure and properties
of bacterial, plant, and
animal viruses. Molecular
aspects of virus replication
and the role of viruses in
disease states. Three lectures
a week. Prerequisite: BI 102
and 301. 

BI 371 Virology Laboratory (1)
Basic techniques in virology
with emphasis on cell culture
and current methods for
studying viruses. One
three-hour laboratory a week.
Prerequisite: BI 370
or concurrent enrollment. 

BI 380 Special Topics in 
Biology   (1-3) 
A consideration ofvarious
emerging or advanced specialty
areas in biology, offered
according to student and staff
availability. Prerequisite: BI
102 and consent of instructor
(Additional prerequisites
might be needed depending upon
particular topic).  

BI 390 Biology Seminar (1)
Organization and oral
presentations of the results
of current research in the
biological sciences.
Utilization of recent journal
literature, abstracting
techniques, and oral
communication of scientific
data will be emphasized.
Students may enroll for more
than one semester of seminar.
One semester is required of
all majors, and up to three
credit hours may be applied
toward meeting departmental or
university graduation
requirements. Prerequisite: 15
hrs. of Biology and Jr.
standing. 

BI 395,396 Research in 
Biology   (1-3)
This course is the capstone
course in the Biology degree
and at least one semester is
required of every major.
Independent, undergraduate
research on some special
problem in biology, the
field to be chosen by the
student in conference with the
instructor. Open only to
students with at least fifteen
hours of credit in biology. A
maximum of six credit hours of
research may
be taken by any student.

BOTANY 

         
(See Biology) 



BROADCASTING/
     MASS MEDIA
           

(See Mass Media) 



CHEMISTRY
 


Stoffer Science Hall,  Room
302  
(913) 231-1010 ext. 1375 

Professor Barton, Chair
Professor Cohen     
Professor Glazier, Emeritus   
Associate Professor Ouellette
Assistant Professor Angel 
Assistant Professor Banerjee

Beginning courses are designed
to give the student an
awareness and understanding of
scientific chemical principles
and problems. Advanced courses
are planned to meet the
specialized needs of students
interested in graduate work,
industrial chemistry,
medicine, medical technology,
and related professional
fields. 

The Major 

For the BA, at least 29 hours
in the department, including
Chemistry 341, 343, two
courses from (320, 350, 355,
360, and 380), two courses
from (321, 345, 346, and 351),
and 391 are required.  The
core of eight courses required
for the BS degree includes
Chemistry 152, 341, 343, 320,
and 321.  For the BS major
certified by the American
Chemical Society, at least 44
hours in the department are
required, including the
chemistry core; Chemistry 345,
346, 347, 362, 382, 386, 390,
391; and a choice of 350, 355,
or 360. Students are
encouraged to take additional
chemistry courses beyond the
44 hour minimum requirement. 
One year of German, Russian or
French or Fortran and C
Programming, one year of
Calculus, and one year of
Physics are required.  The
BS major not certified by the
American chemical Society
serves as a second major for
students with a first major in
another science or
mathematics.
   This major requires 38
hours, including the chemistry
core; a choice of 380 or 381;
two (or more) courses (for 4
cr) from 345, 346, 347, 351,
or 390; two courses from 350,
355, 360, and 386; and 391. 
The following non-chemistry
courses are required of all
majors: 1. MA 116 and MA 117
or high school equivalent.  2. 
PS 261 & 262 or PS 281 & 282.  

Suggested Schedule for
American Chemical Society
Recommended Program

For students planning to enter
chemistry as a profession or
to go on to chemistry graduate
school, the following program
leading to the Bachelor of
Science degree is recommended.
In this program, the minors
may be in two of the following
areas: biology, mathematics,
or physics. 

Freshman 
First Semester (17hrs) 
Chemistry 151            (5)  
English 101              (3)  
Mathematics 151*         (5)  
Electives                (3)  
Physical Ed              (1)  

Second Semester (17hrs)
Chemistry 152            (5)  
Mathematics 152          (5)  
Electives           (6)  
Physical Ed              (1)  

Sophomore 
First Semester (16-17hrs) 
Chemistry 340            (3)  
Chemistry 342            (2)
Physics 261 or 281       (5)  
Language/Comp. Sc        (3-4) 
   
Elective                 (3)  

Second Semester (16-17hrs)
Chemistry 341            (3)  
Chemistry 343            (2)  
Physics 262 or 282       (5)  
Language/Comp. Sci       (3-4) 
   
Elective                 (3)  

Junior/Senior** 
First Semester (16-17hrs) 
Chemistry 320            (3)  
Chemistry 321            (1)
Chemistry 362            (2) 
Chemistry 390            (1-2) 
English 300              (3) 
Elective                 (6)#

Second Semester (14-15hrs) 
Chemistry 346            (1)  
Chemistry Elective       (3) 
Chemistry 390            (1-2)
Electives                (9)#

Junior/Senior** 
First Semester (14hrs) 
Chemistry 345            (1) 
Chemistry 381            (3) 
Chemistry 390            (1)  
Electives                (9)#


Second Semester (14hrs) 
Chemistry 386            (3)
Chemistry 382            (3)  
Chemistry 385            (1)
Chemistry 391            (1) 
Electives                (6)#

Electives should be chosen to
satisfy general education and
minor requirements for
graduation.  

*Students not qualified to
enroll in Mathematics 151 will
be placed in math courses
according to their high school
preparation. 
**These courses are offered
every other year.  The
recommended junior and senior
year schedules alternate.
+Physics 281 and 282 are
strongly recommended. 
#MA 153 and MA 241 are
strongly recommended.

The Chemistry Major for 
Secondary Education Teachers 

To receive departmental
approval as having competency
for certification in teaching
Chemistry at the secondary
level, majors must complete a
minimum of a BA or BS in
Chemistry as outlined above.
In addition, students must
fulfill the course
requirements for the Teacher
of General Science and
complete appropriate course
work within the Education
Department in science teaching
methods.  Students seeking
certification to teach must
also be formally admitted to
the Universitys Professional
Teacher Education Programs.
For admission requirements,
see EDUCATION in this
catalog. 

The Minor 

The chemistry minor must
include: CH 151, CH 152, CH
340, CH 341 and
four-additional hours of 300
level or higher course work. 
Credit in CH 390 does not
apply toward satisfying the 20
hour minimum requirement. 

COURSE OFFERINGS

COURSES OFFERED ON 
ALTERNATE YEARS 
(Next Offering):  CH 320, CH
321, CH 362, CH 383 (Fall,
1998),CH 347, CH 382, CH 385,
CH 386 (Spring,1998), CH 345,
CH 360,  CH 381 (Fall, 1997).
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General Education program. 
See  page 30 for details)

CH 100 Science Success 
Strategies (2)
Interdisciplinary class may be
taken as MA105.  Develops math
and science skills fundamental
to science majors. 
Prerequisite:
MA104.

</ CH 101 Chemistry for
Liberal Art Majors  (3) 
Designed to meet the general
education requirements in
science for students who are
not majoring in science,
mathematics, or science-
related areas. Emphasizes the
history, philosophy, and major
theories of chemistry and some
science-related issues of our
times, such as pollution,
pesticides, and drugs.
Chemistry 101 will not count
toward a major or minor in
chemistry. No prerequisite.
Three lecture periods per
week. 

</ CH 121 General Chemistry
(5) 
Designed for those students
who need only a one-semester
survey of the principles of
chemistry or for nursing
students. Includes vocabulary,
laws, and applications of
the basic concepts of
chemistry. Laboratory work
includes preparations,
illustrations of laws and
typical quantitative
experi ments. Three class
periods, one hour of
recitation, and one three-hour
laboratory period a week. 

</ CH 151 Fundamentals of 
Chemistry I  (5) 
Designed for those students
who need one year of general
chemistry. This course
discusses vocabulary and basic
laws that are necessary
as a foundation for future
studies in chemistry. Topics
covered will include such
subjects as atomic structure,
states of matter, chemical
bonding and solutions. The
emphasis in the laboratory is
on quantitative work. 
Prerequisite: MA 116 or
concurrent enrollment. Three
class periods, one hour of
recitation, and one three-hour
laboratory period per week. 

</ CH 152 Fundamentals of 
Chemistry II (5) 
A continuation of Chemistry
151. Includes a study of
equilibrium, electrochemistry,
thermodynamics,
thermochemistry, and kinetics.
Laboratory work deals with
experimental studies on the
theories of chemistry and
qualitative analysis.
independent laboratory
projects. Prerequisite: 151. 
Three class periods, one hour
of recitation, and one
three-hour laboratory period
per week. 

CH 300 Special Topics in 
Chemistry (1-3) 
Topics will vary from semester
to semester and will be
announced in advance. May be
taken for more than one
semester. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. 

CH 320 Analytical Chemistry
(3) 
The theoretical and practical
fundamentals of classical and
physiochemical methods of
analysis, with special
emphasis on the
relationship between physical
and analytical chemistry. 
Prerequisite: CH 152.  Three
class periods per week.

CH 321 Analytical Chemistry
Laboratory (1)
Principles and techniques of
analytical and physical
measurements with computer
assisted analysis.
Prerequisites:  CH 152, and CH
320 or concurrent enrollment. 
One three-hour laboratory per
week.

CH 340 Organic Chemistry I (3)
The principles of organic
chemistry and their
application to the
preparation, properties, and
reaction of aliphatic,
aromatic, and a few
heterocyclic compounds.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 152.
Three class periods per
week. 

CH 341 Organic Chemistry II
(3) 
A continuation of Chemistry
340. Prerequisite: CH 340.
Three class periods per week. 

CH 342 Organic Chemistry
Laboratory I  (2)
Principles and techniques of
organic chemistry, including
preparation, separation,
identification, and use of
microscale equipment. 
Prerequisite: CH 152 and CH
340 or concurrent enrollment. 
One hour of lecture
and one three-hour laboratory
period per week. 

CH 343 Organic Chemistry
Laboratory II  (2) 
A continuation of CH 342 with
emphasis on spectroscopy and
other instrumental techniques. 
Prerequisite: CH 342 and CH
341 or concurrent enrollment. 
One hour of lecture and one
three-hour laboratory period
per week. 

CH 345  Inorganic Chemistry
Laboratory  (1) 
Emphasis on inorganic
preparations and analytical
and physical measurements on
inorganic and organometallic
compounds with computer
assisted analysis of data.
Prerequisites: CH 152 and CH
342.  One three-hour
laboratory period per week. 

CH 346 Instrumental 
Analysis (1) 
Advanced techniques,
instrumentation, computational
analysis, and computer
analysis are used to
investigate biological,
inorganic, and organic
compounds.  Prerequisites: CH
321 and CH 343.  One
three-hour laboratory period
per week.

CH 347 Physical Chemistry
Concepts Laboratory  (1)
Techniques and interpretation
of physical systems
measurements. Prerequisite: CH
343.  One three-hour
laboratory per week. 

CH 350 Biochemistry I   (3) 
Basic principles of the
structure and chemistry of
biochemical molecules, such as
proteins, nucleic acids,
carbohydrates, lipids,
enzymes, and vitamins.
Prerequisite: CH 340. Three
class periods a week. 

CH 351 Biochemistry 
Laboratory (2) 
Biochemistry from the
laboratory aspect, with 
modern techniques and
instruments. Prerequisites: CH
342, and 350 or concurrent
enrollment and consent of
instructor. One four-hour
laboratory period a week. (One
hour lab lecture, three hours
in lab).

CH 352 Biochemistry II   (3)
A continuation of CH 350
emphasizing metabolism,
regulatory mechanisms, and DNA
replication and expression.
Prerequisite: CH
350. Three class periods a
week.

CH 355 Medicinal Chemistry 
(3)
A brief history of the
development of medicinal
chemistry and its social and
political implications. Major
emphasis will be placed on the
methods of discovery and
development of drugs. Examples
will be drawn from natural
products, including plants,
animal, and microbiological
sources, from organic
synthesis, and from modern
physiochemical approaches. The
mechanism of action,
metabolism, and proof of
structure of representative
drugs will be presented.
Prerequisite: CH 341. Three
lecture periods per week. 

CH 360 Descriptive Inorganic
Chemistry  (3) 
Descriptive chemistry of the
inorganic elements based on
the principles learned in
freshman chemistry.
Prerequisite: CH 152.
Three class periods a week. 

CH 362 Spectroscopy (2)  
An introduction to the
interpretation of the spectra
of organic compounds. 
Prerequisite: CH 343.  One
class period per week.

CH 380 Fundamentals of 
Physical Chemistry (3) 
A non-calculus based physical
chemistry class.
Prerequisites: CH 152, PS 261
or PS 281.  Three class
periods per week.

CH 381 Physical Chemistry I
(3)
Covers the properties of
gases, kinetic principles,
thermodynamics, state changes,
equilibrium, and properties of
solution.  Prerequisites: CH
152, PS 282 (Highly
Recommended) or PS 262, and MA
152 or concurrent enrollment. 
Three class periods a week. 

 CH 382 Physical Chemistry II
(3)
Covers quantum principles with
applications to atomic and
molecular structure and
spectroscopy, statistical
thermodynamics, and kinetic
theory of gases. 
Prerequisite: CH 381.  Three
class periods a week. 
 
CH 385 Physical Chemistry
Laboratory (1)
Experimental measurements and
data analysis emphasize the
physics of chemical systems. 
Prerequisite:  CH 381 or
concurrent enrollment.  One
three hour laboratory per
week.

CH 383 Physical 
Chemistry III (3) 
Application of quantum theory
in spectroscopy, gas and
solution phase molecular
reaction dynamics, surface
chemistry, and
electrochemistry are
investigated.  Prerequisite:
CH 382. Three class periods a
week.

CH 386 Advanced Inorganic
Chemistry (3) 
Modern topics in inorganic
chemistry, including atomic
and molecular structure,
nonaqueous solvents, reaction
mechanisms, and complexes.
Prerequisite: CH 381. Three
class periods a week. 

CH 390 Undergraduate Chemical
Research (Credit According to
Work Completed) 
Laboratory or theoretical
computational research in any
of the fields of chemistry, a
typed formal report is
required. Students may enroll
for more than one semester of
research. No more than five
credit hours may be applied
toward meeting departmental or
graduation requirements. 
Enrollment requires
departmental permission.

CH 391 Chemistry Seminar (1)
Students must enroll for one
credit of seminar and give one
oral presentation on one of a
list of supplied topics to
meet the requirement of the
major in chemistry.


COMPUTER 
INFORMATION 
SCIENCES 



Bennett Computer Center, Room
100 (913) 231-1010 ext. 1739   
Associate Professor Tate,
Chair Associate Professor
Bainum 
Associate Professor Barker 
Associate Professor Boncella
Associate Professor Decker 
Assistant Professor Schmidt 
Assistant Professor Varshney 

The Computer Information
Sciences area provides a broad
range of service 
courses to all disciplines
requiring computer oriented
courses in their degree
programs. In addition, the
department offers three
degree programs designed to
provide individuals capable of
applying computer technology
to the solution of problems in
many disciplines. 
     The major programs deal
with the analysis and design
of systems that provide
information to management for
use in the decision making
process. Various tools and
techniques for solving typical
business, accounting,
engineering, mathematical, and
scientific problems are
emphasized. The programs focus
on the generation and
utilization of information to
support management decisions.
As such, the curricula draw
heavily upon computer methods
and mathematical techniques.
The programs require
foundation courses in
traditional business,
accounting, and math areas in
addition to the in-depth
computer information science
core. 
     The courses in
information sciences fulfill a
broad range of needs: from 
providing general knowledge of
the capabilities of the
computer, to service courses
for departments that require
some computer skills of their
students, to in-depth study of
advanced concepts and
applications of a computer. 
     The department offers a
choice of degrees and
emphasis. The Associate of
Arts Degree is normally
completed in a two-year
course of study, and prepares
the graduate to enter the job
market as an entry level
programmer. 
     There are two choices of
major in the four-year
Bachelor Degree program. One
is the Computer Information
Science major for the student
wishing a software engineering
emphasis.  Generally,
this graduate would work in
software development. 
     The other four-year
program is the Computer
Information
Systems major. This major
replaces much
of the mathematics content of
the previous major with
support courses from the
School of Business and a broad
spectrum of computer courses
which prepares the student for
a position as a
programmer/analyst in a
commercial information
processing environment. 
     The department also
offers an optional minor in
Computer Information Systems
under the Bachelor of Arts
degree and an optional
emphasis in Networking and
Telecommunications under the
Bachelor of Science degree.
Students desiring to teach
computer courses at the middle
or high school level should
see the department chairperson
for requirements leading to
certification in computer
studies. 

The Majors 

Computer Information 
Systems (Bachelor of Arts) 

Systems analysis, design,
programming, and business
applications form the core of
this degree program. 

Computer Information 
Systems Requirements: 
3 hrs  CM 111 - Intro. to 
     Structured Programming
3 hrs  CM 121 - COBOL
3 hrs  CM 231 - Computer 
     Organization/Assembler
3 hrs  CM 244 - C Programming
3 hrs  CM 306 - File      
Structures Using COBOL
3 hrs  CM 313 - Data 
        Communications
3 hrs  CM 322 - Operating 
         Systems I
3 hrs  CM 336 - Data Base      
         Management Systems
3 hrs  CM 337 - Systems      
Analysis
3 hrs  CM 338 - Systems Design
3 hrs  CM 475 - Computer 
     Information Systems
     Capstone*
6 hrs  Upper Division CM       
    Elective Credits 
(Approved by the Department)
    
     39   Total CM hours 

*(NOTE:  the Capstone
requirement may be satisfied
by the successful 
completion of a Systems
Analysis Internship or
Cooperative - CM
400 or CM 401).

Required Correlated Courses: 
MA 140 - Statistics
MA 141 - Applied Calculus I
MA 145 - Mathematics          
     for Decision Making  
MA 206- Discrete Mathematics 
     for Computing   
AC 224 & 225 - Financial  
     & Managerial Accounting
EC 201 & 202 - Principles of   
       Macroeconomics and        
       Principles of             
     Microeconomics
BU 250- Management 
        Information Systems
BU 342- Organization           
        and Management   
PH 110  - Logic for Computer   
     Programming   
EN 208- Business and Technical 
      Writing 
  
One of the following two:
SC 150  - Public Speaking or
SC 241  - Business &      
Professional Speaking 
  
One of the following two:
SC 340  - Professional      
     Interviewing              
             or
SC 342  - Small Group 
        Communication

One of the following three:
SC 350  - Persuasion or
SC 351  - Interpersonal 
          Communication 
               or
SC 362  - Organizational 
          Communication

Computer Information 
Systems 
(Bachelor of Science) 

Systems analysis, design,
programming, and business
applications form the core of
this degree program  with
additional coursework
in mathematics. 

Computer Information 
Systems Requirements: 
3 hrs  CM 111 - Intro. to 
     Structured Programming  
3hrs  CM 121 - COBOL
3 hrs  CM 231 - Computer 
     Organization/Assembler  
3hrs  CM 244 - C Programming
3 hrs  CM 306 - File      
Structures Using COBOL   3hrs 
CM 313 - Data 
         Communications
3 hrs  CM 322 - Operating 
     Systems I
3 hrs  CM 336 - Data base 
         Management Systems
3 hrs  CM 337 - Systems      
Analysis
3 hrs  CM 338 - Systems Design
3 hrs  CM 475 - Computer
Information Systems
Capstone*
6 hrs  Upper Division CM
Elective Credits      
(Approved by the Department)
    
39   Total CM hours
*(NOTE:  the Capstone
requirement may be satisfied
by the successful 
completion of a Systems
Analysis Internship or
Cooperative - CM 400 or CM
401).

Required Correlated Courses: 
AC 224 & 225 - Financial 
      and Managerial            
        Accounting     
EC 201 & 202 - Principles of   
        Macroeconomics and   
     Principles of             
     Microeconomics
BU 250- Management 
     Information Systems
BU 342- Organization and       
      Management     
PH 110- Logic for Computer     
       Programming      
EN 208- Business and Technical 
     Writing      
MA140 - Statistics
MA 141 - Applied Calculus I
MA 142 - Applied Calculus II
MA 145 - Mathematics for       
       Decision Making   MA
206- Discrete Mathematics for  
      Computing   
MA 207-Discrete Mathematics

One of the following four:
MA 343- Applied Probability or
MA 344- Math Statistics or
MA 330- Mathematical Models or
MA 310- Operations Research 
  
One of the following two:
SC 150  - Public Speaking or
SC 241  - Business &      
Professional Speaking 
One of the following two:
SC 340  - Professional      
Interviewing                  
          or
SC 342  - Small Group 
         Communication

One of the following three:
SC 350  - Persuasion or
SC 351  - Adv. Interpersonal 
     Communication or
SC 362   - Organizational 
       Communication

Computer Information Science
(Bachelor of Science) 

This major is designed to
provide the skills necessary
to design and implement unique
software for computer-aided
problem solving or to build
software tools that can be
used for problem solving. 
These acquired skills are not
specific to any application
area but are general enough to
be used in business,
manufacturing, or
scientific applications. 

Computer Information Science
Requirements: 
3 hrs  CM 111 - Intro. to 
     Structured Programming  
3hrs  CM 121 - COBOL
3 hrs  CM 231 - Computer 
     Organization/Assembler
3 hrs  CM 244 - C Programming
3 hrs  CM 307 - Data      
Structures Using C/C++   3 hrs 
CM 313 - Data 
       Communications
3 hrs  CM 322 - Operating 
     Systems I
3 hrs  CM 323 - Operating 
      Systems II
3 hrs  CM 333 - Software 
         Engineering
3 hrs  CM 336 - Database 
     Management Systems
3 hrs  CM 459 - Computer 
      Information Science       
     Capstone*     
15 hrs CM Elective Credits -
Atleast 9 of the 15 hours must
be upper division.
(Approved by the Department)
    
48   Total CM hours 

*(NOTE:  the Capstone
requirement may be satisfied
by the successful 
completion of a Systems
Analysis Internship or
Cooperative - CM 400 or CM
401).

Required Correlated Courses: 
EC 201 & 202 -Principles of    
       Macroeconomics and        
      Principles of             
     Microeconomics
BU 342- Organization and 
     Management
PH 110  - Logic for Computer   
        Programming  
EN 208  - Business and      
Technical Writing 

One of the following two:
SC 150  - Public Speaking or
SC 241  - Business &      
Professional                   
Speaking 

One of the following two:
SC 340  - Professional      
Interviewing                  
          or
SC 342  - Small Group 
      Communication

One of the following three:
SC 350  - Persuasion or
SC 351  - Adv. Interpersonal 
          Communication or
SC 362  - Organizational 
          Communication
MA 140 - Statistics
MA 141 - Applied Calculus I
MA 142 - Applied Calculus II
MA 145 - Mathematics for       
           Decision Making  
MA 206- Discrete Mathematics 
          for Computing   
MA 207- Discrete Mathematics

One of the following four:
MA 343- Applied Probability or
MA 344- Math Statistics or
MA 330- Mathematical Models or
MA 310- Operations Research 
  
Computer Information 
Systems (Associate of Arts) 

Programming of business
applications is the core of
this degree program. 

Computer Information 
Systems Requirements: 
3 hrs  CM 111 - Intro. to 
     Structured            
     Programming   
3 hrs  CM 121 - COBOL
3 hrs  CM 231 - Computer     
     Organization/Assembler
3 hrs  CM 244 - C Programming
  
One of the following two:
3 hrs  CM 306 - File      
Structures Using COBOL     
           or
CM 307 - Data Structures       
        Using C/C++     
 
One of the following two:
3 hrs  CM 313 - Data 
     Communications or
CM 322 - Operating Systems I
    
 18  Total CM hours

Required Correlated Courses: 
MA 140 - Statistics
AC 224 & 225 - Financial 
       and Managerial            
         Accounting   
BU 250- Management 
     Information Systems
PH 110  - Logic for Computer   
        Programming 
  
One of the following two:
SC 150  - Public Speaking or
SC 241  - Business &      
Professional                   
Speaking 

Computer Information 
Systems Minor
(Bachelor of Arts)

Computer Information 
Systems Requirements: 
CM 111 - Intro. to Structured  
         Programming  
CM 121 - COBOL 
CM 244 - C Programming 

One of the following two: 
CM 306 - File Structures Using 
        COBOL 
          or 
CM 307 - Data Structures Using 
        C/C++ 
CM 336 - Database Management   
      Systems 
CM 337 - Systems Analysis

Networking and 
Telecommunications Emphasis
(Bachelor of Science)

Students who are interested in
more in-depth study of
networking and
telecommunications may choose
to complete the following five
courses as computer electives
under the Bachelor of Science
degree to receive an optional
emphasis in Networking and
Telecommunications:

CM 261 - Networked Systems I
CM 262 - Local Area Networks
CM 361 - Networked Systems II
CM 362 - Emerging Networking   
             Services
CM 363 - Computer Networks

Bachelor of Science 
Requirements 

Thirty-hour minor in the
Division of Natural Sciences
and Mathematics approved by
the department chairperson. At
least 20 of these hours must
be selected from one
discipline. (NOTE: Transfer
students must complete at
least nine upper division
hours in computer information
sciences from Washburn
University.) 

Bachelor of Arts 
Requirements 

(NOTE: Transfer students must
complete at least nine upper
division hours in computer
information sciences from
Washburn University.) 

Suggested Partial Schedule 
Computer Information Systems
Major  (B.A. degree) - (First
Two Years) 

Freshman 
First Semester 
CM 111    
MA 116*

Second Semester 
CM 121 
MA 140
PH 110 

Sophomore 
First Semester 
CM 231    
CM 244    
MA 141 or 145  

Second Semester 
CM 306 
MA 141 or 145 


Suggested Partial Schedule 
Computer Information Systems
Major (A.A. degree) - 
(First Two Years) 

Freshman 
First Semester 
CM 111    
MA 116*

Second Semester
CM 121
MA 140    

Sophomore 
First Semester 
CM 121/114/244
PH 110
CM 231    

Second Semester 
CM 306 or 307
CM 313 or  322
 
Suggested Partial Schedule 
Computer Information Science
Major (B.S. degree) - (First
Two
Years) 

Freshman 
First Semester 
CM 111    
MA 116*  

Second Semester 
CM 244 
MA 140
PH 110

Sophomore 
First Semester 
CM 231    
CM 121    
MA 141

Second Semester 
CM 307 
CM 313 
MA 145

*Beginning mathematics course
should be determined with an
advisor from the Computer
Information Sciences
Department.       


COURSE OFFERINGS 

CM 110 Computer Concepts and
Applications (3) 
Overview of computer hardware,
software, applications, and
social implications. Emphasis
on literacy and extensive
hands-on computer experience.
Includes introduction to mini-
and micro-computers and to
most common microcomputer
software packages - word
processing, spreadsheet, and
file management. This course
does not apply toward CIS
departmental major
requirements. Prerequisites:
None. 

CM 111 Introduction to 
Structured Programming (3) 
Lays the foundation for
systematic top-down
development and
documentation of typical
business oriented algorithms
using structured methods and a
block structured language.
Prerequisites: None. 

CM 112 BASIC Programming (3) 
An in-depth study of
structured BASIC through
computer programming. Programs
will be designed and
documented using structured
methods prior to coding.
Programs will utilize the
keyboard, disk, printer, and
display devices in
graphic and text mode.
Prerequisites: CM 110 and MA
104 or equivalent. 

CM 114 RPG Programming (3) 
AS/400 RPG programming for
business applications.  Batch
and interactive processing
techniques using programmer
supplied logic and the RPG
logic cycle.  Database file
definition and processing. 
Use of the programming
utilities SEU and SDA. 
Prerequisite:  CM 111.
      
CM 121 COBOL 
Programming (3) 
An introduction to programming
typical business applications
in COBOL. Emphasis on the
fundamentals of structured
program design, coding,
testing, and documentation.
Prerequisites: CM 111.  
 
CM 170 FORTRAN 
Programming (3) 
Analysis, design,
documentation, coding, and
testing structured programs
written in the FORTRAN
language. Prerequisites: CM
111 and MA 116 or equivalent. 

CM 211 Exploring Internet (3)
An introduction to the
Internet including history of
the Internet, how the Internet
works, and using the tools to
access resources on the
Internet.  This course does
not apply toward CIS
departmental major
requirements. Prerequisites: 
None.

CM 212 Microcomputer 
Techniques (3) 
Concepts and techniques
involved with the applications
of microcomputers. Popular IBM
PC compatible applications
software will be used to
demonstrate the topics
presented.  This course
does not apply toward CIS
departmental major
requirements.  Prerequisites: 
None.

CM 231 Computer
Organization/Assembler
Language (3) 
Introduction to logical
computer organization,
assembly languages, and
addressing systems with an
emphasis on microcomputers. 
Assembly, linkage, and
execution of low level
programs and subroutines will
be used to explore the basic
logical organization of a
computer.  Included will be
discussions of hardware
components used in computing
systems microcomputer
emphasis.  Prerequisites:  One
semester programming language
course above CM 111. 

CM 244 The C Programming
Language  (3) 
An introduction to the C
programming language and the
use of C for applications. All
aspects of the C language will
be covered including syntax,
data types, control
structures, operators, data
structures, pointers, and file
input/output. Prerequisites:
CM 111 or programming
experience.

CM 261 Networked Systems I (3)
Introduce contemporary
microcomputer hardware,
operating systems and LAN
technology.  Topics include
components of typical
systems, configuration issues
and LAN installation and
administration basics. 
Prerequisite:  CM 111.

CM 262 Local Area Networks (3)
Theory and practical
applications of local area
networks.  Course
will also cover the
interconnection to other
networks. Prerequisite:  CM
111. 

CM 280 Operating Systems Job
Control Language (3) 
Operating systems, multi- 
programming, multi-processing,
multi-tasking, spooling,
resource allocation,
scheduling, virtual storage,
and effective systems
utilization via unique job
control languages. IBM OS type
operating system for mainframe
computers is the emphasis.
Prerequisites: (CM 121 or CM
244) and CM 231. 
 
CM 299 Special Topics (1-3) 
Directed study in an area of
information science at the
lower division level. 
Prerequisites: Consent of
instructor. 

CM 306 File Structures Using
COBOL (3) 
Design and implementation of
file structures commonly
accessed in business
application programming.
Discussion of the function of
theoretical data structures
which can normally be accessed
as pre-existing routines. 
Topics to be covered include: 
table and array processing;
string processing; sequential,
relative, and indexed
sequential file organization;
linked and inverted lists;
stacks and queues; binary
trees; full screen handling;
embedded SQL for database
access.  Prerequisites:  CM
121 and PH 110.  
 
CM 307 Data Structures 
Using C/C++ (3) 
Design and implementation of
data structures useful in
problem solving and creating
software tools.  Topics to be
covered are: complex user
defined data types; use of
libraries and header
files (system supplied and
user defined); software design
using separate source files
and objects; project
management utilities.  This
course will also introduce the
C++ concepts used in object
oriented programming.  These
are: encapsulation,
inheritance, typing, and
polymorphism.  Prerequisites: 
CM 244 and PH 110.  
 
CM 310/MA 310 Introduction to
Operations Research (3) 
A study of linear, integer and
dynamic programming. Queuing
theory and project scheduling
models are also discussed.
Prerequisites: CM 111 or CM
170, and MA 151 or 142, and MA
145 or
261. 

CM 313 Fundamentals of Data
Communications (3) 
Terminology and concepts of
data communications. Hardware
involved, protocols, networks,
introduction to layered
architectures. Prerequisites:
One semester programming
language course above CM 111. 

CM 322 Operating Systems I (3)
This course will present the
operating system concepts
necessary for the
implementation of
programming tasks (i.e. file
systems, memory management,
processor management, and I/O
management).  In addition it
will allow the student to
perform simple system
administration and gain
experience with a variety of
system interfaces.  The
operating systems studied will
be of the single-user/
multitasking and multiuser/
multitasking types. 
Prerequisites:  CM 231 and CM
244. 

CM 323 Operating Systems II
(3) 
This course will present the
operating system concepts
necessary for distributed
computing, computer networks,
and client-server architecture
and the software related to
the implementation of these
concepts. Prerequisites:  CM
322. 

CM 325 Computational 
Methods (3) 
The study of the use of the
computer for simulation
models. The statistical and
mathematical models most
commonly used in simulation
are discussed. Prerequisites: 
CM 310/MA 310 and MA 140 or
343. 

CM 331 Introduction to
Artificial Intelligence (3) 
An introduction to the tools,
techniques and problem areas
of artificial intelligence.
These topics include:
knowledge representation;
logic and deduction; natural
language understanding;
abduction, uncertainty, 
expert systems; and LISP,
PROLOG, and expert system
shells. Prerequisites: CM 244. 

CM 333 Software Engineering
(3) 
This course is concerned with
building a product the
software; the process used to
build that product; and the
tools used in support of that
building process. 
Topics covered will be: 
software correctness,
reliability, robustness,
performance, userfriend-
liness, interoperability; the
software engineering
principles of modularity,
abstraction, and generality;
software  design,
specification, and
verification;
the software engineering
process and management; and
finally the software
engineering environment. 
Prerequisites: CM 307.  

CM 336 Database Management
Systems     (3)  
Characteristics and objectives
of database management systems
(DBMS) versus traditional file
management systems. Topics
include:  object-oriented, and
relational models;
normalization to avoid
modification anomalies;
operational considerations,
and  data manipulation
languages such as SQL.
Students will design and
implement a database.
Prerequisites: CM 306 or CM
307 or concurrent. 

CM 337 Systems Analysis (3) 
The life cycle of a systems
project and characteristics of
systems in general.
Information gathering methods,
communication techniques, and
the nature of the decision
making process. Defining
logical system requirements
through the use of various
manual and automated (CASE) 
tools and techniques such as
process models, data models,
decomposition diagrams,
object-oriented models
progressive expansion, and
prototyping. Prerequisites: CM
336 or concurrent.

CM 338 Systems Design (3)
Systems development of
business-oriented projects.
Systems design, construction,
implementation, and evolution.
Hardware/software selection
and evaluation. System
testing. Post-implementation
evaluation. Use of CASE tools
through these phases of the
systems life cycle.
Re-engineering. Prerequisites:
CM 337.

CM 361 Networked 
Systems II (3)
Addresses issues related to
contemporary LAN configuration
and administration.  Topics
include:  administration of
resources, customizing the
user environment,
troubleshooting, tuning,
security and multiple protocol
support.  Prerequisites:  CM
261 and CM 262.

CM 362 Emerging Networking
Services (3)
Provide an overview of
emerging networking
technologies and services. 
Prerequisites:  CM 261 or CM
262 or CM 313.

CM 363 Computer Networks (3) 
A comprehensive introduction
to computer networks,
emphasizing network protocols
and algorithms. The course
will be taught using a layered
network architecture.
Prerequisites: CM 313 or CM
262.

CM 390 Special Topics in 
Computer Science (1-4) 
Directed study in an area of
Computer Science or
Information Systems.
Prerequisites: Consent of
instructor. 

CM 400 Systems Analysis
Internship (1-6) 
Systems analysis, design, and
programming in an information
processing environment.
Evaluation of performance will
be the joint responsibility of
the college and user
supervisors. Enrollment
requires real promise in the
information systems area,
a minimum grade point average
of 3.2 in computer science
courses, and a well-rounded
background in computer
science. Prerequisites:
21 hours in Computer
Information Sciences with a
minimum of 12 hours earned at
Washburn, Declared Major in
Computer Information
Sciences, and consent of
instructor. 

CM 401 Systems Analysis
Cooperative I  (1) 
Systems analysis, design, and
programming in an information
processing environment.
Evaluation of performance will
be the joint responsibility of
the college and user
supervisors. Consent for
enrollment will be granted
only to those students who
have shown real promise in the
computer science area, have a
minimum grade point average of
3.2 in computer science
courses, and have a
well-rounded background in
computer science.
Prerequisites: 12 hours in
Computer Information Sciences
earned at Washburn, Declared
Major in Computer Information
Sciences, and consent of
instructor. 

CM 402 Systems Analysis
Cooperative II  (1) 
Systems analysis, design, and
programming in an information
processing environment.
Evaluation of  performance
will be the joint
responsibility of the college
and user supervisors.
Prerequisites: CM 401. 

CM 403 Systems Analysis
Cooperative III  (1) 
Systems analysis, design, and
programming in an information
processing environment.
Evaluation of performance will
be the joint responsibility of
the college and user
supervisors. Prerequisites: CM
402. 

CM 410 Special Topics in
Information Science (1-4) 
Selected topics, announced in
advance, for in-service
teachers, graduate students in
Education and upper division
majors. Prerequisites: Consent
of instructor. 

CM 431 Design and Use of
Expert Systems     (3) 
An in-depth study of some
existing expert systems and
the tools and techniques used
to design and implement those
systems. On the basis of this
study the student will design
and implement an expert system
as partial fulfillment to the
course requirements.
Prerequisites: CM 337 or
consent. 

 CM 444 The UNIX Operating
System  (3) 
Introduction to the structure,
commands and utilities of the
UNIX operating system. The
development of shell programs,
systems administration tasks,
and the required hardware
environment for UNIX will be
covered. Prerequisites: CM 322
or consent. 

CM 459 Computer Information
Science Capstone (3) 
This course is designed to
provide closure for the
Computer Information Science
major.  Through the design and
implementation of software
that is either a software tool
or a software solution to a
problem the student will be
provided an opportunity to
exercise those skills acquired
during the course of study for
the Computer Information
Science major.  Prerequisites: 
CM 323 and CM 333. 

CM 463 Networking:  
Fundamentals and Design (3)
A comprehensive introduction
to network design, protocols,
and implementation issues. 
This course is designed
primarily for graduate
students and non-CIS majors. 
This course does not apply
toward CIS departmental major
requirements.  Prerequisites: 
ED 250 or CM 211.

CM 475 Computer Information
Systems Capstone (3) 
This course is designed to
provide closure for the
Computer Information Systems
major.  Group projects will be
assigned which allow the
student to analyze, design,
and implement systems.  The
student will be provided an
opportunity to assimilate and
synthesize those skills
acquired during the course of
study for the Computer
Information Systems major. 
Prerequisites:  CM 338.  

EARLY 
CHILDHOOD      
EDUCATION
         

(See Education) 



ECONOMICS 



Henderson Learning Center, 
Room 114 
(913) 231-1010 ext. 1308

Professor Olson 
Professor Gustavson 
Associate Professor Kerchner
Associate Professor Smith 
Associate Professor Woolf 
Instructor Dickes

The Major 

A major in economics may be
earned by any student who is a
candidate for either the
Bachelor of Arts degree or the
Bachelor of Business
Administration degree. Both of
these programs are
administered by the School of
Business, and they are
described in the catalog. See
subdivisions under Economics
in the index. Economics
courses are listed in the
catalog; see subdivisions
under Economics in the index. 

The Minor 

The Economics Faculty has
approved the following
requirements for the optional
minor: (1) Economics 201 and
202, (2) nine hours of
economics courses numbered 300
or above, and (3) an approved
course in statistics. 


EDUCATION 



Carnegie Hall, Room 202
 (913) 231-1010 ext. 1427

Professor Van Cleaf, Chair 
Professor R. Dunwell 
Professor Sarkesian   
Associate Professor Baker
Associate Professor Gray
Associate Professor Harden 
Associate Professor McConnell
Associate Professor Rettig
Associate Professor Shoop 
Assistant Professor Cook
Assistant Professor Dye
Assistant Professor Moore
Lecturer Adams 
Instructor Leon

Accreditation

Kansas State Department of
 Education 
North Central Association 
National Council for
Accreditation of
 Teacher Education 
National  Association of 
     Schools of  Music

Aims and Objectives 

Washburn University emphasizes
urban teacher education as one
of its basic missions. Courses
in education are designed to
help students prepare for a
teaching career at the
elementary, middle,
or secondary level. A second
goal of the department is to
assist inservice teachers to
develop professional
competency and to attain
certification in additional
areas. 

Education Scholarship 
Programs

Students seeking a teaching
license who have met all
requirements for formal
admission to the Professional
Teacher Education Program are
eligible for consideration for
the following department
scholarships.  Scholarship
application forms are
available in the Department of
Education Office.

The Sylvester Skoch      
Scholarship Fund
The Martha Peyton Fench        
   Scholarship Fund
The James M. & Mildred Trimble 
        Young Scholarship
The Gladys V. Houston
        Scholarship
The Marge Bakalar Education    
        Fund
The Catherine M. Bodenhausen   
         Scholarship
The Dr. Kenneth and Cosma W.   
        Godfrey Memorial Fund
The Bertha M. Rightmire 
       Scholarship Fund
The Florence Eckert      
Scholarship
The Mose J. and Erma F.      
Whitson Scholarship
The James David Pollak 
     Scholarship
The Nellie Ansel Obrecht       
       Scholarship
The Phi Delta Kappa      
     Scholarship
The Topeka Area Retired      
Teachers Association      
Scholarship
The Delta Kappa Gamma          
        Scholarship
The Herbert Q. Adams and       
     Elberta E. Adams 
     Scholarship

Departmental Honors

In place of Departmental
Honors described for other
departments in the College of
Arts and Sciences, each
semester the Faculty of
the Department of Education
makes the following awards:
Outstanding Early Childhood    
     Education Intern
Julia Etta Parks Award to the  
      Outstanding Elementary    
        Student 
Outstanding Secondary Student  
        Teacher
Recipients of these awards
have their names engraved on
permanent plaques in the
Department of Educaion Office
and receive individual plaques
in recognition of their
outstanding teaching
performance.

Undergraduate Admission 
Requirements 

Only students who have been
formally admitted to
Professional Teacher Education
Programs may enroll in 300 or
400-level Professional
Education courses. This
includes all students who
desire Institutional
Recommendation for a Kansas
teaching certificate: generic
degree students, transfer
students, second degree
students, or post-
baccalaureate certificate only
students. The following
process must be followed to
obtain Formal Admission: 
     1. As early as possible,
complete and submit a
Declaration of Major form
indicating the students desire
to obtain a Kansas State
Teachers Certificate; majors
in Early Childhood Education,
Elementary Education and
Business Education should
submit this form to the
Chairperson of the Education
Department; other
secondary education or K-12
teaching majors should submit
the form to the Chairperson of
the Teaching Specialty
Department.  
     2.
Have a faculty member in the
Education Department assigned
as an adviser for General
Education and Professional
Education requirements;
secondary and K-12 teaching
majors will also have a
Subject Major Advisor in the
Teaching Specialty Department. 
    
        3. Degree candidates must
file official transcripts of
all prior college work with
both the Education Department
and the Registrars Office;
Certificate-Only candidates
must file official transcripts
only with the Education
Department. 
     4. Submit an Application
for Admission to Professional
Teacher Education Programs to
the Education Department:
prior to submitting the
application, the student must
obtain the approval of the
Professional Education
Adviser; Secondary or K-12
Teaching majors must also
obtain the approval of the
Teaching Specialty Adviser(s)
and the Chairperson(s) of the
Teaching Specialty
Department(s). 
     5. Present an official
Kansas State Health
Certificate signed by the
University Physician or other
licensed physician; this
certificate must be obtained
prior to any contact with
children. 
     6. Complete the required
number of semester hours of ED
150 and ED 151 Educational
Participation in the Community
(E.P.I.C.). 
    7. Achieve and maintain a
cumulative grade point average
of 2.75 or higher on a scale
of 4.0 for each of the
following: (a) general
education, (b) teaching
specialty or area of
concentration, and (c)
professional education.
Achieve and maintain a
cumulative GPA of 2.5 for all
coursework attempted.    
      8. Present a satisfactory
score on each of the three
sections of the
Pre-Professional Skills Test
(P.P.S.T)
(Mathematics, Reading, and
Writing); check with the
Education Department Office to
determine the acceptable
scores; students are allowed
only three tries to pass these
tests.  
     9. Sign a statement about
prior criminal activity (see
application form).
     The Undergraduate
Education Admissions committee
carefully considers each
application and makes one of
the following decisions: (a)
formal admission, (b)
conditional admission with
the conditions and the time
limit for meeting these
conditions clearly stated, (c)
probationary admission with
the terms of the probation
clearly stated, or (d) denial
of admission. 
     The student is notified
of the faculty s decision, in
writing, within seven (7)
days. The student may appeal
any adverse decision by
submitting a written petition
to the Chairperson of
the Education Department. Upon
receipt of such a petition,
the Department Faculty shall
promptly review the case and
inform the student of their
decision. 

Approved Teacher Education 
Programs 

Washburn University has been
approved to offer the
following baccalaureate
degrees and/or initial
teaching certificates in the
following areas. Graduate
degree and advanced
certificate programs are
identified in the graduate
section of this catalog.  

Approved Teacher 
Education Programs 
    
TEACHING  DEGREE/CERT        
CONTACT
SPECIALTY
      
Art       BFA       Ms. Taylor 
Biology   BA or BS  Dr. Jander
Business and 
Off. Adm. BEd       Dr.Diffley 
Chemistry BA or BS  Dr. Barton 
Computer
 Studies  Cert      Dr. Tate
Early Childhood 
Education AA/BA    DrMcConnell
Elementary
 Education    BEd  Dr. Van 
                    Cleaf
English   BA   Dr. Dimmitt
French    BA   Dr. Langdon
German    BA   Dr. Langdon
General      
 Science  BS   Dr. Jander
History   BA   Dr. Geiger
Journalism     Cert Dr.
Burgess
Mathematics    BA or BS  Dr.
Stucker
Music (Vocal/     
 Instrumental) BM   Dr.
Banister
Physical Ed.   BEd  Dr.
McCormick
Physics   BS   Dr. Parnell
Psychology     BA/BS     Dr.
Forbach
Nursing   BSN  Dr. Young
Spanish   BA   Dr. Langdon
Speech    
     Comm Cert Dr. Moore

NOTE: The following degree
plan is presented for
illustrative purposes only.
Specific degree and
certificate requirements are
subject to change. Please
confer with the Education
Department for requirements in
effect at the time of formal
admission to the
Professional Teacher Education
Programs. 

Degree Plan for Bachelor of
Education Degree in 
Elementary Education

NOTE: This program applies to
all students formaly admitted
to the Education Department s
Professional Teacher Education
Program after September 1,
1995.  Students admitted prior
to that date may complete
requirements in effect at the
time they were formally
admitted to the Teacher
Education Program.
          
I. GENERAL EDUCATION
(a minimum of 52 semester
hours is required):

SOCIAL SCIENCES: (18 sem hrs)
___3 HI 111 History of the
United States I
___3 HI 112 History of the
United States II
HI 101 World Civilization I
          OR
___3  HI 102 World
Civilization II
                OR
         
_____________________________
        other Non-Western
History

___3  GG 101 Introduction to   
        Geography
            OR
      GG 102 World Regional     
        Geography

___3  PO 106 Government of the 
             United States     
  
            OR
         PO 107 Amer State & Local
       Government

___3  AN 112 Cultural 
     Anthropology
                    OR
       
______________________________
___
         Other Approved 
     Multicultural Educ
     Course (see Note 1) 

MATHEMATICS & SCIENCE 
(14-16 sem hrs)  (Note 2)

(Computer keyboarding skills
are considered to be a
prerequisite for teaching
certificate candidates. 
___3  MA 116 College           
        Algebra (Note 2)
___4 MA 228 Math for
Elementary Education (with
lab)(Note 2)
___4  PS 126 Physical Science
for Elem Educ (see Note 2)    
                 OR
___3  PS 101 Introduction to   
        Physics
              AND
___3 CH 101 Chemistry for 
     Liberal Arts
         
     BI 100 Introduction to    
             Biology
         BI 150 Evolution
        BI 170 Kansas Ecology
___3 BI 200 Life on Earth
         BI 202 Biology of      
Behavior
        BI 203 Human Impact on    
        Environment     
      
HUMANITIES: (18 sem hrs)

English Composition: 
(6 sem hrs) (Note 2)

___3  EN 101 Freshman 
     Composition
___3  EN 300 Junior Comp-      
        Teaching Emphasis
(Note 5)

Literature, Philosophy, or
Foreign Language: (minimum 6
sem hrs)
(See Note 3)
______________________________ 
______________________________
_

Communication Arts: 
(3 sem hrs)
___3   CS 150 Public Speaking
          (Note 2)          
Art Theory, Music Theory, or
Theatre Arts: (3 sem hrs)

___3  ________________________

PHYSICAL EDUCATION: 
(2 sem hrs)

___2  PE 198 Lifetime Wellness

II. AREA OF CONCENTRATION: 
(See separate requirements)
          OR
GENERAL EDUCATION 
ELECTIVES: 
(6 sem hrs must be from upper
division courses (300-400
level.) 
___3__________________________
___3__________________________

III. PROFESSIONAL 
EDUCATION
A minimum of 54 semester hours
required.

___1  ED 150 Educational 
     Participation in the
       Community: EPIC I         

___1  ED 151 Educational 
     Participation in the
          Community EPIC II  
(NOTE: May be taken
concurrently)

___3  ED 200 Educational 
     Psychology (Elementary    
       School) (Note 5)          
  

___3 ED 250 Educational 
     Technology and Computer   
          Applications 
NOTE: Students must have been
granted Formal Admission to
Professional Education
Programs prior to enrolling in
any upper division (300-400
level) Professional Education
course.
        
     ED 302 Teaching 
     Exceptional Learners
___3      OR
        SE 476 Psychology of the  
     Exceptional Student
               (Note 6)
___3  PE 310 Physical      
Education and Health in
     the Elementary School
___3  ED 335  Creative 
     Experiences in the  
     Elementary School
     ED 385 Foundations of     
        Education
                    OR
___3  ED 472 Issues in Modern  
    American Education   
                 OR
      ED 494 Philosophy of 
     Education (Note 6)

Math-Science Block: 
(8 sem hrs)

___3   ED 310 Teaching 
     Mathematics in the 
     Elementary School         
     
___3   ED 315 Teaching Science
     in the Elementary School  
  
              
___2   ED 317 Math-Science     
        Practicum

Reading-Language Arts Block: 
(8 sem hrs)

___3   ED 320 Teaching Reading
     in the Elementary School  
  
          
___3   ED 325 Teaching      
LanguageArts in the      
Elementary School              

___3   ED 327 Language Arts    
        Practicum

Social Studies Block: 
(4 sem hrs)

___3   ED 330 Teaching Social  
         Studies in the       
      Elementary School         
     
___1   ED 337 Social Studies   
      Practicum

Professional Semester: 
(14 sem hrs)

___2   ED 400 Understanding 
     the School (Elementary)  
           
 ___12  ED 420 Student      
Teaching in the      Elementary
School                

IV. ELECTIVES.  Elective
courses as needed to fulfill
the 124 sem hrs required for
the bachelor s degree.

Note 1:  The Education
Department requires that a
student complete one or more
of the following approved
Multicultural Education
courses as part of the General
Education requirements:
EN 110, 138, 193, 309, 331,
337, 382, HI 315, 328, PO 235,
306, SO 207, 209, 304, 326, AN
112, 207, 304, 319, 326, FR
101, GE 101, SP 101, RU 101.

Note 2: These courses are
designated as "collateral"
courses.  A grade of "C" or
better is required in each of
these courses. 

Note 3: First semester foreign
language courses may be used
to meet the Multicultural
Education requirement;
however, 200-level
or higher courses must be
taken to meet the Humanities
requirement.

Note 4: EN 300--Junior
Composition--Teaching Emphasis
is required of all teaching
license candidates.

Note 5: ED 200--Educational
Psychology is the required
prerequisite for 300-400 level
Profesional Education courses. 

Note 6: ED 302 and ED 385 are
the preferred courses.  Other
courses listed should be taken
only when a scheduling
conflict prevents enrolling in
the preferred courses.

For further information,
consult the current advising
information sheet or confer
with the Chairperson of the
Department of Education, the
Administrative Assistant for
Certification, or the
assigned Professional
Education Adviser.
 
AREAS OF 
CONCENTRATION 

1:  Approved Areas of
Concentration:

Area       Hours from      Addtl 
           General Educ  hrs   
                         Req'd
______________________________
Art                0-3       12-15
Comp. Studies  0         12-15
Early Childhood 
     Education     0         15
English          3         12
Modern Foreign 
Language
French             0-5       10-15
German           0-5           10-15
Spanish           0-5          10-15
Health          0         15
Mathematics     6         12
Music           0-3       12-15
Physical 
Education      3         12
General 
     Science      3         12
Biology         0-3       12-15
Chemistry         0-3       12-15
Physics        0-3       12-15
Social Studies     3         12
History         3         12
Political Sci     3         12
Other              3         12

2: Early Childhood Education:
Interested students may meet
requirements for the
endorsement in Early Childhood
Education by completing a
program of 15 semester hours
of specified course
work.  These courses are:
     
ED 160 Intro to Early      
Childhood Ed (3)
 ED 261 Techniques of Guidance 
        & Early Childhood
     Classroom Management (3)
ED 269 Early Childhood         
        Practicum (6)
ED 347 Pre-Kindergarten and    
     Kindergarten Methods
     (3)

3: Other Areas of
Concentration: Students who
transfer into the
Elementary Education program
with an academic emphasis in
any other subject field may
petition to use that as their
Area of Concentration.

4: Upper Division
Requirements: Each Area of
Concentration must
include a minimum of 6
semester hours of upper
division (300-400
level) course work. Exceptions
are: General Science,
Mathematics, Computer Studies,
and Early Childhood Education.

5: Effective Date: These
requirements apply to all
students formally admitted to
teacher education on or after
1 Sept. 1995. 

DEGREE PLAN FOR 
SECONDARY  CERTIFICATION
(7-12) OR K-12 CERTIFICATION 
(ART, MUSIC, PE).

I. GENERAL EDUCATION 
(See Note 1)

Social and Behavioral
Sciences: 
(15 sem hrs)

___3 HI 111--U.S. History 1
          AND
___3 HI 112--U.S. History 2
          OR
___3 HI 101--World      
Civilization 1
          AND
___3 HI 102--World      
Civilization 2
___3 _________________________
___3 _________________________
___3 _________________________
Mathematics & Natural
Sciences:   (15 hours) (Note
2)

Must include courses from at
least two disciplines other
than Mathematics.  May choose
from Biology, Chemistry,
Physics, Astronomy, & Geology.

___3 MA 116--College Algebra   
             (Note 4)
___3 _________________________
___3 _________________________
___3  
_________________________
___3 _________________________
     Math/Science Elective 
     (Math majors must take a
     Science course; all 
     others must take a        
     Math course beyond MA 
     116.)                  

English Composition 
(6 sem hrs)   (Note 4)

___3  EN 101 Freshman 
     Composition (Note 3)
___3  EN 300 Junior      
Composition
     Teaching Emphasis         
  (Note  4 & 5)

Art & Humanities
(15 sem hours)

Literature, Foreign Language,
or Philosophy (Note 1) (two
courses; minimum 6 sem hrs)

__3  _________________________
__3  _________________________

Speech or Theatre Arts 
(3 sem hrs)
          
___3  CS 150 Public Speaking   
             (Note 4)        
Creative and Performing Arts
 (3 sem hrs) 
(Art, Music or Theatre Arts)  
(Note 6)

___3 ________________________

Arts & Humanities Elective 
(3 sem hrs)

___3 
_________________________

Physical Education  (2 sem
hrs) 

PE 198 Lifetime Wellness

II. TEACHING SPECIALTY  

Secondary (7-12) and K-12
Certificate candidates must
see the Chairperson of the
Teaching Speciality Department
to identify courses required
for the teaching certificate.

III. ELECTIVES  Elective
courses as needed to fulfill
124 sem hrs
required for the bachelor s
degree.
___ _________________________
___ _________________________
___  _________________________

IV. PROFESSIONAL 
EDUCATION 
(30-32 sem hrs)     

___ 1   ED 150 Educational 
     Participation in the 
     Community  EPIC I 
     (Note 7)                  
___ 1 
ED 151 Educational 
     Participation in the 
     Community EPIC II         
     
(NOTE: May be taken
concurrently)
___ 3  ED 200 Educational 
     Psychology      
               (Secondary) 
___3  ED 250 Educational 
     Technology (Note 3)

NOTE: Students must have been
granted Formal Admission to
Professional Teacher Education
Programs prior to enrolling in
any upper division (300-400
level) Professional Education
courses.    
      
___3   ED 302 Teaching Excep-  
        tional Learners  
          
 ___3   ED 385 Foundations of  
             Education 
___ 3  RD 484 Teaching Reading
     in the Content Areas      
  
      
 
        ED 3xx Teaching Specialty 
      Methods Course  
___ 3                         
          OR
        ED 350 General Secondary  
       Methods  (Note 9) 
     Student Teaching 7-12

___ 2  ED 400 Understanding 
     the Schools
     AND 
___ 12 ED 410 Secondary      
Student Teaching

Student Teaching K-12 in Art,
Music, PE  (Note 10)

___ 2 ED 400 Understanding the 
             Schools
     AND 
___ 6 ED 410 Secondary Student 
       Teaching
     AND
___ 6 ED 420 Elementary      
     Student Teaching

Note 1:  The Education
Department requires that a
student complete one or more
of the following approved
Multicultural Education
courses as part of the General
Education requirements: 
EN 110, 138, 193, 309, 331,
337, 382; HI 315, 328; PO 235,
306; SO 207, 209, 304, 326; AN
112, 207, 304, 319, 326; FR
101; GE 101; SP 101; RU 101.

Note 2:  One of the science
courses must include a
laboratory experience.

Note 3: Keyboarding skills
and/or competency in the use
of a Personal Computer is
prerequisite to ED
250--Educational Technology. 
Students who do not have these
competencies should
take CM 110.

Note 4:  Courses in
Composition, Speech and
Mathematics are
designated as collateral
courses.  A grade of  C  or
better must be earned in each
of these courses.

Note 5:  EN 300 Junior
Composition Teaching Emphasis
is required for all teaching
license candidates.

Note 6:  For Art or Music
majors, the Creative and
Performing Arts requirement
must be taken outside the
major field.  The
requirement cannot be
satisfied by a major course.

Note 7:  Each sem hr of
E.P.I.C. includes an
assignment of 35 clock hours
as teacher aide to a selected
cooperating teacher in
a subject area and with an age
group appropriate to the
major. One of the E.P.I.C.
experiences must be a
multicultural experience
completed in a school with a
diverse student population. 
E.P.I.C. experiences are
supervised field experiences
evaluated by the cooperating
teacher.  Satisfactory
completion of the E.P.I.C.
requirement is a requirement
for Formal Admission to
Professional Teacher Education
Programs. 

Note 8:  ED 200 Educational
Psychology is the required
prerequisite to all 300 - 400
level Professional Education
courses.

Note 9:  Candidates for a
secondary teaching license
must check with their Teaching
Specialty adviser before
enrolling in ED 350
General Secondary Methods.

Note 10:  Candidates for the
K-12 teaching license (Art,
Music, and PE) enroll in 6 sem
hrs of Secondary Student
Teaching and 6 sem hrs of
Elementary Student Teaching. 
They do a split student
teaching assignment in two
different schools or grade
levels. 

DEGREE PLAN FOR 
ASSOCIATE OF ARTS (A.A.) IN
EARLY CHILDHOOD 
EDUCATION 
(65 sem hrs)
                       
I. GENERAL EDUCATION 
(29-30 sem hrs):

Social and Behavioral Sciences 
(9 sem hrs):

___3  PY 100 Basic Concepts    
        Psych (Note 1)

     HI 111 History of the 
     U.S. 1
 ___3           OR
     HI 101 World 
     Civilization 1

___3 
Elective___________________
     (Note 2)

English Composition 
(3 sem hrs):

___3 EN 101 Freshman Comp      
        (Note 1)

Mathematics & Sciences 
(9 sem hrs):

___3  MA 116 College Algebra   
        (Note 1)

      PS 126 Physical Science  
           for Elem 
___3-4         OR
_____________________
      Biological Science
Course

Speech Communications 
(3 sem hrs)(Note 1):

___3  CS 150 Public Speaking   
        (Note 1)

Literature, Philosophy or
Foreign Language 
(3 sem hrs) (Note 2):

___3 ________________________

Art or Music 
(3 sem hrs):

      AR 103 Introduction to   
             Art 
___3               OR
      MU 100 Enjoyment of      
      Music

Physical Education 
(2 sem hrs) 

___2 PE 198 Lifetime Wellness

II. PROFESSIONAL 
EDUCATION (31 sem hrs):

___1  ED 150 E.P.I.C. 
     (35 clock hrs; must be in 
          pre-school setting)
___3  ED 160 Intro to Early 
     Child Educ
___4  ED 161 Essentials of E C
          E I           (CDA)
___4  ED 162 Essentials of E C
          E II          (CDA)
___3  ED 200 Educational 
     Psychology (Elementary)
___3  ED 261__Techniques of 
     Early Childhood Guidance 
          & Classroom      
     Management
___3  ED 265 Intro to Family   
        Dynamics in E C E
___3  ED 267 Curriculum 
     Development in Preschool  
     Educ (Note 4) ___6 
ED 269 Practicum in Early      
       Childhood Education     

(Note 5)

Supporting Courses 
(5 sem hrs)

___2  PE 271 First Aid
___3  ED 250 Educational 
     Technology 

Note 1:  Designated as
collateral course; must have a
grade of  C or better.

Note 2:  The Department of
Education requires that a
student complete one or more
of the following approved
multicultural courses as part
of the general education
requirements:  EN 110,
138, 193, HI 101, 102, PO 235,
SO 207, 209, AN 112, 207, FR
101, GE 101, SP 101, RU 101.

Note 3:  ED 160 Intro to ECE
is prerequisite to any other
early childhood education
course.

Note 4:  ED 161 and ED 162 are
prerequisites to ED 265.

Note 5:  ED 261 & ED 265 are
prerequisites to ED 269.


DEGREE PLAN FOR THE 
BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (B.Ed.)
IN EARLY CHILDHOOD 
EDUCATION

I.  GENERAL EDUCATION
 (48-50 sem hrs):

Social and Behavioral Sciences 
(15 sem hrs):
___3  PY 100 Basic Concepts    
        Psych (Note 1)
___3  HI 111 History of the 
     U.S. 1
 
___3  HI 112 History of the 
     U.S. 2

      HI 101 World      
Civilization 1
          OR
___3  HI 102 World
Civilization 2
          OR
      ______________________
      Other Non-Western      
History Course


       AN 112 Cultural 
          Anthropology 
___3      OR
     _______________________
      Other Approved           
        Multicultural Course   
  
(Note 2)

Mathematics & Sciences 
(14-16 sem hrs):

___3  MA 116 College Algebra   
        (Notes 1)
___4  MA 228 Math for Elem Ed  
         (with lab) (Note 1)
(Prerequisite MA 116 College
Algebra)

___4  PS 126 Physical Science 
     for Elem
          OR
___3  PS 101 Introduction to   
        Physics
          AND
___3 CH 101 Chemistry for 
     Liberal Arts

___3 _______________________
     Biological Science Course


English Composition 
(6 sem hrs) (Note 1)

___3  EN 101 Freshman 
     Composition
___3  EN 300 Junior Comp       
        Teaching Emphasis      
(Note 3)

Arts and Humanities 
(15 sem hrs)

Literature, Philosophy or
Foreign Language (6 sem hrs)
(Note 2) 
___3__________________________
___3__________________________ 

Communication Arts 
(3 sem hrs) (Note 1):

___3 CS 150 Public Speaking

Art, Music or Theatre Arts 
(3 sem hrs)

      AR 103 Introduction to 
          Art
          OR
___3  MU 100 Enjoyment of 
          Music
          OR
      TH 313 Children s        
        Theatre

Arts & Humanities elective
(3 sem hrs)

___3 _______________________

Physical Education 
(2 sem hrs)

___2 PE 198 Lifetime Wellness

II. ELECTIVES
Elective courses as needed to
fulfill the 124 sem hrs
required for the Bachelor of
Arts degree.

___3 ________________________
___3 ________________________
___3 ________________________

General Education Notes:

Note 1:  These courses are
designated as  collateral 
courses requiring a grade of 
C  or better.

Note 2:   The Department of
Education requires that a
student complete one or more
of the following approved
multicultural courses as part
of the General Education
requirements:  EN 101, 138,
193, 309, 331, 337, 382, HI
315, 328 PO 235, 306, AN 112,
207, 304, 319, 326, SO 207,
209, 304, 326, FR 101, GE 101,
SP 101, or RU 101.

Note 3:  EN 300 Junior
Composition Teaching Emphasis
is required
of all teacher license
candidates.

III. PROFESSIONAL
 EDUCATION:

Pre-Professional Experiences:
___1 ED 150 E.P.I.C. I (Note
1)
___1 ED 151 E.P.I.C. II

Required Courses 
(a minimum of 61 sem hrs):

___3 ED 160 Intro to Early 
     Child Educ (Note 2) 
___4 ED 161 Essentials of 
     E C E I       (CDA)
___4 ED 162 Essentials of 
     E C E II           (CDA)
___3 ED 200 Educational 
     Psychology (Note 2)
___4 ED 261 Techniques of 
     Early  Childhood Guidance
     & Classroom Management
___3 ED 265 Intro to Family    
        Dymanics in E C E
___3 ED 267 Curriculum Develop 
        ment in Preschool      
      Educ (Note 3)
___6 ED 269 Practicum in Early 
    Childhood Education  
             (Note 4)

Students must have been
granted Formal Admission to
the Professional Teacher
Education Program prior to
enrolling in any upper
division (300-400 level)
Professional Education
courses.  
___3 ED 341 Language and       
        Literacy Development 
     in Early Childhood      
Education 
          (Note 5)
___3 ED 343 Infants & Toddlers
     in  ECE Programs
          AND
___2 ED 345 Infants & Toddlers 
         Laboratory
___3 ED 347 Pre-Kindergarten & 
         Kindergarten Methods
___3 ED 349 Exeptionalities in 
         Infants & Young
     Children
___3 ED 353 Assessment &       
         Evaluation in Early
     Child hood Education 
     (Note 6)
___3 ED 376 Crosscultural 
     Family & Community        
       Collaboration (Note 7)
___3 ED 378 Organizational and 
         Administration of    
       E C E Programs 
___2 ED 400 Understanding the  
          Schools
___6 ED 430 Internship in 
     Early  Childhood      
Education 
     Supporting Courses 
     (all required):

___3  ED 250 Educational 
     Technology
___2 PE 271 First Aid
___3 PE 310 P.E. & Health in 
     the  Elementary School 
___3 PE 311 Perceptual Motor   
         Development and           
         Laboratory

Professional Education Notes:

Note 1:  Each sem hr of
E.P.I.C. includes a bi-weekly
seminar and an assignment of
35 clock hours as a teacher
aide in the appropriate
subject area and age group as
well as a multicultural
experience.

Note 2:  ED 160 Introduction
to Early Childhood Education
is prerequisite to or
correquisite with ED 200
Educational Psychology.

Note 3:  ED 161 Essentials of
Early Childhood Education I
and ED 162 Essentials of Early
Childhood Education II are
prerequisite
to ED 267.

Note 4:  ED 261 Techniques of
Early Childhood Guidance &
Classroom Managment and ED 267 
Curriculum Development in
Preschool Education are
pre-requisites to ED 269
Practicum in Early Childhood
Education.

Note 5:  All 200 level ECE
courses a  level ECE courses.

Note 6:  ED 347 is
prerequisite to ED 353.

Note 7:  ED 349 and ED 353 are
prerequisite to ED 378.

COURSE OFFERINGS

ED 150 EPIC Experience I (1) 
Participation in a supervised
pre-professional field
placement entitled Educational
Participation in the Community
(EPIC). Students are placed in
a wide variety of preschool,
elementary, middle, or
secondary school field
experiences in the Topeka area
to participate in a minimum of
35 hours per semester.  Open
to all undergraduate students
for a maximum of two (2)
semester hours.  Credit/no
credit only.

ED 151 EPIC Experience II  (1) 
This is the second course in
the early pre-professional
field experience program. 
Students do structured
observations of students,
teachers and classroom
environments and share
experiences in a seminar
setting.  Open to all
undergraduate students. 
Credit/no credit only.

ED 160 Introduction to Early
Childhood Education  (3) 
The philosophical base of
early childhood education, its
history, and goals of the
profession.  The development
of children birth to eight  is
discussed.  The course
encourages students to
explore their suitability for
a career in early childhood
development through academic
class work, observation, and
field experience. Open to all
undergraduate students.  ED
160 is a prerequisite for all
other early childhood
education courses. 
 
ED 161  Essentials of Early 
Childhood Education I (4) 
Six competency areas of the
Child Development Associate
(CDA) Program are covered:
self-concept; individual
strength; social development;
program management; families;
and professional development. 
Both CDA and non-CDA students
will be required to
participate in field
experiences in early childhood
settings and to prepare
individual portfolios that
document proficiency in
each of these areas. 
Prerequisite: ED 160.

ED 162 Essentials of Early 
Childhood Education II  (4) 
A continuation of ED 161
covering six additional
competency areas of the Child
Development Associate (CDA)
Program.  Prerequisite:
ED 160.

ED 200 Educational 
Psychology (3) 
Educational Psychology
includes an overview of the
major theories, issues, and
themes of educational
psychology. Course content
includes knowledge of
cognitive strategies and
applications of educational
psychology to classroom
teaching. Attention is paid to
the needs of diverse learners
and the challenges they create
for classroom teaching.  Two
sections of ED 200 are
frequently offered, designated
as Elementary or Secondary;
however, these represent areas
of emphasis and may be taken
by elementary, secondary, or
K-12 certificate candidates. 
 
ED 250 Educational Technology
and Computer Applications (3) 
Principles and techniques
appropriate to classroom
applications. Requires the
demonstration of competency in
the operation of various
hardware  and technology. 
Selection, production,
utilization and evaluation of
educational software is
covered. Prerequisite: ED 200.

ED 261 Techniques of Early
Childhood Guidance & Classroom
Management (3)
In this course students will
learn ways in which healthy
development is fostered within
developmentally appropriate
child guidance.  Techniques
and typical guidance
procedures appropriate
for children from birth
through age eight will be
explored through readings,
class discussion, and
observations in group
settings.  Prerequisites: ED
160 & ED 200 or permission of
instructor.

ED 265 Introduction to Family
Dymanics in Early Childhood
Education (3)
This course promotes a
philosophy of working as
partners with families, and
introduces a variety of
techniques for establishing
positive communication and
parent involvement.  It
addresses the diversity of
families and situations that
exist today, emphasizing the
pressing needs of families and
the importance of involving
them in the early childhood
institutions that care for
their young children.  This
course is designed for
teachers,administrators, and
other professionals who have
contact with young children
and their families. 
Prerequisites: ED 160 & ED
200.

ED 267  Curriculum 
Development in Preschool 
Education (3) 
The overall purpose of this
curriculum development course
is to explore teaching/
learning strategies and
curriculum.  The student
will demonstrate an
understanding of how to
support and encourage
play as a vehicle for the
development of cooperation,
creativity, cognition
(reading, mathematics,
writing), language, and motor
skills in developmentally
appropriate curriculum. 
Prerequisites:ED 160 & ED 200.

ED 269 Practicum in Early
Childhood Education  (6) 
A supervised field experience
in an Early Childhood setting
and a seminar exploring child
development issues.  Includes
assessing and planning
developmentally appropriate
activities for  young
children in field placements.
Early application required.
Prerequisite: ED 261 and
permission of the instructor.

ED 302  Teaching Exceptional
Learners (3)
A survey of the
characteristics and
educational needs of all
types of exceptional learners,
with particular emphasis given
to those students mainstreamed 
into the regular classroom. 
Examines PL94-142 and Kansas
Plan for servicing exceptional
learners in the school
environment. Instructional
strategies and appropriate
resources for various
exceptionalities are explored
in detail.  Prerequisite: ED
200.

ED 313 Foundations of Music
Education (2)
This course will examine the
history and general principles
of esthetic education, the
position of music education in
the historical and
contemporary frameworks of
universal public education,
administrative operation of
schools and music education
programs curriculum design and
implementation, the management
of music material, human
relations aspects of teaching
music, and aspects of the
music educator s professional
development.  Prerequisite:
Consent and concurrent
enrollment in ED 314.
                               
ED 310 Teaching Mathematics in
the Elementary School (3)
One course in the unified
block in the teaching of
mathematics and science.
Investigates general content
and teaching strategies
for each strand of the
elementary mathematics
program. Problem solving and
mental computation will be
integrated and the development
and use of manipulatives will
be stressed. Curent curriculum
trends and the role of
calculators and computers will
be explored.  Prerequisites:
admission to professional
teacher education programs,
and a grade of  C  or better
in both MA 116 & MA 228.

ED 315 Teaching Science in the
Elementary School (3) 
One course in the unified
block in the teaching of
mathematics and science.
Methods and materials for
teaching knowledge, processes,
and applications in physical,
earth and life sciences
will be developed.  Emphasis
will be placed onactivity-
oriented programs. 
Prerequisites: admission to
professional teacher
education programs, and one
course in physical and/or life
sciences, or consent of the
instructor.  

ED 317 Math/Science 
Practicum (2) 
A supervised field experience
in the teaching of mathematics
and science in the elementary
grades.  Prerequisite:
concurrent enrollment in ED310
and ED 315, and Permission of
Instructor. 
 
ED 320 Teaching Reading in the
Elementary School (3) 
The theory and practice of
teaching reading including
work attack, comprehension,
and study skills.  Special
emphasis is given to the use
of basal and other
instructional materials in
regular and special reading
classes.  Prerequisite:
admission to professional
teacher education programs.

ED 324 Curriculum and Methods
of Elementary School Physical
Education (4) 
Methods in planning,
presenting, and administering
a physical education
curriculum in the middle and
elementary schools. 
Cross-listed as PE 324.

ED 325 Teaching Language Arts
and Juvenile Literature in the
Elementary School (3) 
The theory and practice of
teaching oral and written
communication skills. Special
emphasis is given to the
interralationship between
literature for young people
and the language arts skills
of listening, speaking,
reading and writing. 
Prerequisite: admission to
professional teacher education
programs.

ED 326 Methods in Secondary
School Physical Education (3)
Methods in planning,
presenting, administering, and
evaluating physical education
for middle and secondary
school teachers.Cross-
listed as PE 325.

ED 327 Language Arts 
Practicum (2) 
A supervised field experience
in the teaching of reading/
language arts skills in the
elementary/middle school
classroom. Prerequisite:
admission to professional
teacher education
programs.

ED 330  Teaching Social
Studies in the Elementary
School (3) 
One course in a unified block
in the teaching of social
studies.  This course includes
content, methods, and learning
theory for effective social
studies instruction.  Special
attention is given to methods
to promote critical thinking
abilities necessary for
participation in a culturally-
diverse, democratic society.
Prerequisite: admission to
professional teacher education
programs.

ED 337 Social Studies 
Practicum (1) 
One course in a unified block
in the teaching of social
studies and aesthetics. This
course requires students to 
develop and teach social
studies lessons in the
elementary school classroom.
Prerequisite: admission to
professional teacher education
programs.

ED 335 Creative Experiences in
the Elementary/Middle School
(3) 
This course explores various
elements of aesthetics
including: art, music, and
creative dramatics.  The
relationship of such
activities to the
teaching/learning environment
is also developed.  The use of
creative activities to enrich
other content areas is given
special attention.
Prerequisite: admission
to professional teacher
education programs.

ED 341 Language & Literacy
Development in Early 
Childhood Education (3) 
Students will identify speech
and language behaviors which
are developmentally
appropriate for young children
birth - eight.  Students will
identify and practice methods
and techniques necessary to
foster listening, speaking,
pre-writing, pre-reading, and
premath skills in children 
160, ED 200, and formal
admission to teacher
education.

ED 343 Infants and Toddlers in
Early Childhood Education
Programs (3) 
This course integrates all
aspects of developmental early
care and education of children
from birth to age three which
includes child growth and
development and learning. 
Co-requisite: ED 345. 
Prerequisites: ED 160, ED 200,
ED 269, and formal admission
to teacher education.

ED 345 Infants and Toddlers
Laboratory (2)
Provides students with
opportunities to apply the
knowledge and concepts of
child development with
children from birth to three
years of age.  Co-requisite:
ED 343.  Prerequisites:  ED
160, ED 200, ED 269, and
formal admission to teacher
education.

ED 347 Pre-Kindergarten and
Kindergarten Methods (3) 
The primary focus of this
course is on methods and
materials that support
physical, emotional, social
and intellectual needs of the
pre-kindergarten and
kindergarten child. 
Prerequisites:  ED 269
and formal admission to
teacher education.  

ED 349 Exceptionalities in
Infants and Young Children (3)
Survey of exceptionalities
including etiology,
identification, adaptation of
materials and environments,
referral and development of an
individual Educational Plan
(IEP).  Prerequisites: ED 269
or permission of instructor,
formal admission to teacher
education.

ED 350 General Secondary 
Methods (3) 
Extensive laboratory and
simulated classroom
experiences with field-based
observation.  All secondary
majors are required to
have at least one methods
course, and this course fills
the basic requirement when a
special  special area  methods
course is unavailable.  All
students who enroll in this
methods course participate in
a field-based teaching
experience at various
secondary schools. 
Prerequisite: permission of
instructor. 
 
ED 352 Methods of Teaching
Science in the Secondary 
Schools (3) 
Principles and philosophy of
science education; development
of the secondary science
curriculum; and organization,
presentation, and evaluation
of science in middle/secondary
schools.  Includes extensive
laboratory and simulated
classroom experiences as well
as field based observation and
classroom participation. 
Fulfills Kansas certification
requirements.  Prerequisite:
permission of instructor.

ED 353 Assessment and 
Evaluation in Early Childhood
Education (3) 
Students in this course will
learn ways in which young
childrens development is
assessed and evaluated. 
Typical assessment procedures
appropriate for children from
birth through age eight
will be studied.  Techniques
will be developed to record
children s behavior
individually and in group
settings.  Prerequisites: ED
347 and formal admission to
teacher education. 
 
ED 355 Principles of
Vocational Education and
Student Organizations (3) 
The development and role of
vocational education in public
education, the federal
vocational education
legislation, and the
development of student
organizations. Prerequisite:
permission of instructor.

ED 357 Methods of Teaching
Business Education (3) 
Procedures used in teaching
basic business and office
skills at the secondary level. 
Particular attention is given
to positive teaching and
techniques, selectivity of
instructional meterials,
and evaluation of student
learning.  Prerequisite:
permission of instructor.

ED 362 Methods of Teaching
English in the Secondary 
Schools (3) 
The study of and practice in
the methods of teaching
literature, language, and
writing, in the secondary
schools.  Major concerns
include teaching theory; the
relationship between oral and
written language; language
development; language used in
various social, regional, and
cultural settings; curriculum
development and evaluation;
and the assessment of students 
progress in reading and
writing.  Fulfills Kansas
Certification requirements. 
Prerequisite: permission of
the instructor.

ED 363 Methods of Teaching
Mathematics in the Secondary
School (3)
Principles and methods of
teaching the process and
content of secondary school
mathematics.  Includes
emphasis and training in
general mathematics, algebra,
geometry, as well as advanced
mathematics.  All students who
enroll in this course
participate in fieldbased
teaching experiences at
various secondary schools. 
Fulfills Kansas certification
requirements.  Prerequistie:
permission of the instructor.

ED 366 Methods of Teaching
Social Studies in the
Secondary School (3) 
Principles and methods of
teaching the process and
content of the social studies.
Inlcudes emphasis and training
in locating information,
developing instructional
units, and using
instruuctional aids. Fulfills
Kansas certification
requirements. All students
enrolled in this course
participate in field-based
teaching experiences at
various secondary schools. 
Prerequisite:permission of
instructor.

ED 368 Methods of Teaching
Foreign Languages in the 
Secondary School (3)
Principles and methods of
teaching foreign languages in
the secondary schools. 
Extensive laboratory and
simulated classroom
experiences with field
experiences with field based
observation.  Discussion of
problem situations observed in
the classroom. Emphasis given
to proficiency oriented
teaching of various target
languages, developing
instructional units, use of
multimedia resources, and
principles of foreign language
testing.  Fulfills Kansass
certification requirements. 
Prerequisite: consent. 
 
ED 376 Crosscultural Family
and Community Collaboration
(3) 
Students will examine trends
that promote inter-agency and
interdisciplinary approaches
to serving the needs of young
children and their families. 
The role of the teacher or
other education-focused entity
of a program will be examined
in terms of primary service
providers and in terms of team
membership at local, state and
federal levels.  Skills that
foster communication and
cooperation among families of
various cultures will be
studied.  Prerequisites: ED
265 or permission of
instructor, formal admission
to teacher education.

ED 378 Organization and 
Administration of Early
Childhood Education Programs
(3) 
The organization and
administration of early
childhood programs. Emphasizes
the supervision of volunteer
assistants and para-
professionals.  The course
also introduces the student to
the techniques for organizing
the staff as an instructional
Early Childhood Education
team.  Prerequisites: ED 269
and formal admission to
teacher education.

ED 380 Elementary Art 
Education (3) 
Study of the artistic
development of children,
practice with art materials,
techniques, and concepts
appropriate to the elementary
grades including planning and
presentation of art lessons.
Production, aesthetics,
criticism, and history of
artworks is emphasized as the
basis for children s growth in
art learning. Cross-listed as
AR 380.

ED 381 Craft Techniques in
Middle and Secondary Schools
(3)  
The artistic development of
jr. and sr. high art students
and how it relates to
technical/artistic skills. 
Safety and health hazards
of the public schools art
room. Hands-on experience with
metalry, papermaking, fibers,
and earthenware craft
processes.  The philosophy,
traditions, and current
position of crafts in the art
world.  Cross-listed as AR
381.

ED 382 Methods and Philosophy
in Art Education (3) 
Examination of historical and
current theories or art
education, the development of
personal philosophy of art
education, and the
determination of curriculum
goals and objectives.
Effective teaching methods for
lesson planning, presentation,
and evaluation are studied. 
Prerequisite: Admission to
program.  Cross-listed as AR
382. 

ED 385 Foundations of 
Education (3) 
A survey course describing the
social, cultural, historical,
and philosophical bases of
American education. Encourages
students to develop a
professional perspective based
upon an understanding of
essential educational
foundations.

ED 400 Understanding the 
School (2) 
Seminar course taught in
conjunction with Student
Teaching (Education 410 and
420).  This course is
conducted during the
first three weeks of the
professional semester and one
week following the completion
of the student teaching
experience. Designed to help
students to synthesize their
understanding of schools, to
reflect upon their student
teaching experience, and
to integrate educational
theory and practice.
Prerequisite: permission of
the Department Chairperson.

ED 410 Secondary Student 
Teaching (6-12) 
Directed and supervised
student teaching in the
middle/secondary 
(7-12) school. Students are
assigned to Topeka and
neighboring schools for a
period of six or twelve weeks. 
Not available for graduate
credit.  May be taken on a
Credit/No Credit basis only. 
Prerequsites: completion of
appropriate professional
education and teaching
specialization courses, and
permission of the Department
Chairperson.  

ED 420 Elementary Student
Teaching (6-12) 
Directed and supervised
student teaching in the
elementary/middle
school. Students are assigned
to Topeka or neighboring
schools for a period of six or
twelve weeks.  Not available
for graudate credit.  May be
taken on a Credit/No Credit
basis only. Prerequisites: 
professional education course
work to include appropriate
methods courses, and
permission of the Department
Chairperson.
                               

ED 430 Internship in Early
Childhood Education (6)
A supervised field experience
in which candidates have major
responsibility for the full
range of professional duties
in an Early Childhood setting. 
Placement will be with
children whose age range is
different from the age of the
children in ED 269. 
Prerequisite:  ED 349, ED 376,
and permission of the
Department Chair.

ED 444 Art in the
Elementary/Middle School (3) 
Understanding the purpose
behind the creative process as
it applies to teaching and
evaluating art produced by the
child. Relates various art
experiences to the student s
developmental and emotional
level.  Applies elementary,
middle, and secondary
art experiences to the 
regular  classroom. 
Prerequisite: permission of
instructor.

ED 450 Language Problems of
Non-English Speakers (3) 
Emphasis on practical methods
of teaching English as a
Second Language and strategies
for working with speakers of
other languages.  Includes a
review of resource materials,
lesson planning, and in-class
teaching practice as well as
an analysis of problems posed
by conflicting cultural and
language habits.  May be taken
for undergraduate credit and
ED 499 or for graudate
credit as ED 450.Prerequisite:
Senior standing and permission
of instructor.

ED 456 Advanced Children s
Literature (3) 
Advanced survey and analysis
of the literature written for
children through middle school
with instructional
applications. 
A variety of literary forms
explored with emphasis on
evaluation,and development of
specific strategies to enhance
reader/listener comprehension
and appreciation.  Emphasis
given to planning lessons
which incorporate childrens
literature in instruction
across the curriculum. 
Prerequisite: senior standing.

ED 462 Advanced Social 
Science (3) 
Advanced survey and analysis
of issues and practice of
social studies education in
the elementary/middle school.
Innovative approaches for
teaching history, social
issues, psychology, political
science, anthropology and/or
philosophy in the classroom
are explored. Emphasis on the
content and materials of
a variety of topics within the
social science field.  This
course may be taken for
undergraduate or graduate
credit. Prerequisite:
senior standing and permission
of instructor.
 
ED 468 Curriculum Development
and Evaluation
Elementary/Middle
School (3) 
An examination of social and
psychological influences upon
curricula design and
implementation.  Emphasis is
placed upon study of the
societal forces which affect
school curricula, prominent
instructional models and their
supporting theoretical
rationale, barriers to
effective implementation of
innovative curricula, and
systematic evaluation of
educational programs. 
Students learn to review the
process of curricular
modification from a
perspective which integrates
theory and practice.  This
course may be taken for
graduate or undergraduate
credit.

ED 470 Curriculum Development
and Evaluation:
Middle/SecondarySchool (3) 
An examination of social and
psychological influences upon
curricula design and
implementation.  Emphasis is
placed upon study of the
societal forces which affect
school curricula, prominent
instructional models and their
supporting theoretical
rationale, barriers to
effective implementation of
innovative curricula, and
systematic evaluation of
educational programs. 
Students learn to review the
process of curricular
modification from a
perspective which integrates
theory and practice  This
course may be taken for
undergraduate or graduate
credit.

ED 472 Issues in Modern 
American Education (3)
Critical analysis of
contemporary problems and
issues in American education. 
Consideration of historical,
sociological, and
philosophical foundations
affecting problems and issues
included.  This course is part
of the graduate core.  It may
also be taken for
undergraduate credit.

ED 474 Special Topics in 
Education (1-3 hrs) (3) 
Courses in special topics
which will vary from semester
to semester and will be
announced in advance.  ED 474
may be taken for more than one
semester. Prerequisite:
permission of the Department
Chairperson and the
instructor.

RD 484 Reading in the Content
Areas  (3) 
A study of the specific
reading skills relating to the
various disciplines found in
middle and secondary schools.
This course addresses the
philosophy that the effective
content teacher includes the
teaching of reading as an
essential element for
affecting the content.
Emphasis is given to the
importance of pre and post
assessment of students 
reading skills and abilities,
comprehension strategies,
thinking and study skills,
readability of materials and
collateral reading. This
course is required for
all middle school and
secondary school majors in the
State of Kansas. This course
may be taken for undergraduate
and graduate credit.
Prerequisite: admission to
teacher education and
permission of instructor. 

ED 490 Tests and 
Measurements  (3) 
Evaluation procedures as an
integral part of the teaching/
learning process. As such,
this course involves:
identifying and defining
intended learning outcomes,
writing educational
objectives, constructing and
selecting various evaluation
instruments, and interpreting
and utilizing test results to
improve instruction. Emphasis
is given to criterion and norm
referenced tests of ability
and achievement as well as
tests of individual
assessment. May be taken for
undergraduate or graduate
credit. Prerequisite: senior
standing and permission of
instructor. 

ED 494 Philosophy of 
Education  (3) 
An historical and contemporary
analysis of philosophical
perspectives concerning the
educational process. Develops
and traces schools of
educational thought in an
effort to help students
clarify their own educational
philosophy, the relationship
between educational philosophy
and practice emphasized. May
be taken for undergraduate or
graduate credit.Prerequisite:
senior standing and permission
of instructor. 
 
ED 497 Independent Study in
Education (1-3)
Intensive guided study in a
special topic in education or
early childhood education.
Independent Study in Education
is available only to
candidates for teaching
certificates. Prerequisite:
admission to an approved
program of study and written
approval of the Chairperson of
the Department of Education.


ENGINEERING 

   

(Physics and 
Astronomy Dept)


Engineering courses allow
pre-engineering students to
complete most of the program
common to the first two years
at most recognized schools of
engineering. They also provide
a background of application to
theory for students majoring
in mathematics and the
physical sciences. 
     A joint  3-2  program
with Kansas State University
and the University of Kansas
enables a student to earn both
a Bachelor of Science in
Physics or Mathematics, at
Washburn University, and a
Bachelor of Science in
Engineering at either of the
other universities. Three
years are spent at Washburn
University pursuing the B.S.
in one of the majors above.
Upon satisfactory completion
of this work, the student will
be eligible for transfer to
KSU or KU. Upon satisfactory
completion of additional
work as agreed upon by the
student, the advisory
committee, and the chairperson
of the department involved,
the student will receive the
appropriate B.S. from Washburn
University. Upon satisfactory
completion of the requirements
of the engineering school, the
student will be awarded a B.S.
in Engineering from that
school. This program will
normally take five years, but
depending upon the particular
field of engineering, the time
may vary.  A typical program
of study for the first two
years is given below, but the
student must meet with the
Engineering Advisory Committee
to secure program approval.  
     
Freshman 
Fall Semester  
MA 151 Calculus and Analytic 
     Geometry I      
CH 151 Fundamentals of      
Chemistry I 
EN 101 Freshman Comp      
CM 110 Computer Concepts 
Physical Education

Spring Semester
Ma 152 Calculus and Analytic
     Geometry II
CH 152 Fundamentals of 
     Chemistry II
SC 150 Public Speaking
CM Computer Programming
Physical Education  
     
Sophomore 
Fall Semester  
MA 153 Calculus and Analytical 
     Geometry III
PS 281 General Phsics I
EC 201 Principles of 
     Economics I
Electives (6 hours)
     
Spring Semester
MA 241 Differential Equation
PS 282 General Physics II
EG 250 Engineering Mechanics   
        Statics
PS 365 Theoretical Physics
Electives (3 hours)


COURSE OFFERINGS 

EG 101 Engineering
Drawing  (3) 
Lettering, freehand sketching,
use of instruments,ultiviews,
oblique and isometric drawing,
sections, and basic
dimensioning. Students taking
Engineering 101 must complete
Engineering 116 to meet
engineering school
requirements. Prerequisite:
none.

EG 116 Engineering Drawing and
Geometry  (3)
Elements of geometry of
engineering drawing with
emphasis on spatial
visualization and
applications. Freehand
sketching, dimensioning, and
graphs. Assembly drawing,
engineering terminology and
nomenclature. Prerequisite:
Engineering 101 or
consent of instructor.

EG 250 Engineering Mechanics:
Statics  (3) 
Vector notation; resultants of
force systems; analysis of
force systems in equilibrium
including beams, frames and
trusses; analysis of systems
involving friction forces;
determination of centroids,
centers of gravity, second
moments of areas, moments
of inertia. Prerequisite: MA
151; PS 281 or concurrent
enrollment. 

EG 351 Engineering Mechanics:
Dynamics (3) 
Displacement, velocity, and
acceleration of a particle;
relation between forces acting
on rigid bodies and the
changes in motion produced;
translation; rotation; motion
in a plane; solutions using
the principles of force, mass
and acceleration, work and
energy, and impulse and
momentum. Prerequisite:
Engineering 250; MA 152. 


ENGLISH


Morgan Hall, Room 258 
(913) 231-1010 ext. 1441 

Professor Stein, Chair
Professor Averill 
Professor Faulkner 
Professor Hoogenakker 
Professor Kennedy 
Professor Pruitt
Associate Professor Dimmitt 
Associate Professor Goodwyn 
Associate Professor M. Sheldon
Associate Professor R. Sheldon
Associate Professor Stewart
Assistant Professor Siebert
Assistant Professor Watson 

Distinguished Writers in
Residence
Wayne Johnson
Karen Subach

The department offers courses
in composition, creative and
practical writing, language,
and literature. Most English
courses seek to develop habits
of effective written and oral
expression and to further
appreciation of literature and
letters.  Students majoring in
English have a variety of
vocational choices open to
them. They may teach in a
secondary school, act as a
public relations official,
find employment in such
service industries as
insurance and banking,
work in civil service
occupations, serve as a
secretary or office manager,
or make a career of writing or
editing. By attending
graduate school, they may
prepare for a career in
college teaching. They may
enter such professional
schools as those of
business, library science,
law, medicine, and dentistry,
knowing that these schools are
increasingly emphasizing the
desirability of liberal
preprofessional education and
proficiency in communication
skills. English majors are
encouraged to discuss
career possibilities with
their advisors and with the
chairperson of the department. 
The English Department has a
local chapter of Sigma Tau
Delta, the national English
honor society. Students should
contact the chairperson for
information regarding the
society. 

The Major
 
Students majoring in English
have three options. They may
major in English with a
Literature Emphasis or in
English with a Writing
Emphasis or in
English/Education, where they
will prepare to teach
secondary English. All majors
in English, regardless of
the options they may choose,
must take the following core
courses: EN 225, 226 Survey of
English Literature I and II;
EN 301 Critical Reading &
Writing; EN 310 Modern English
Grammar; EN 330, 331  American
Literature I & II.  Normally
EN 225, 330 and Group B (see
below) courses are offered
only in the Fall. EN
226,301,331 and Group C (see
below) courses are offered in
the Spring. The requirements
for each of the emphases are
as follows: 

Literature Emphasis 

I. Thirty-two total hours
required, including core
courses, but excluding English
101 and 300. One course from
each of the following: 
     Group A. Literary Forms:
English 337,380,382, or a
comparable special topics
course, approved by the
chairperson. 
     Group B. Literary
Periods: English 370 or a
comparable course, approved by
the chairperson.  
    Group C. Major Authors:
English 345 or another major
authors course approved by the
chairperson. 
     II. Within the Humanities
offerings, one course numbered
102 or its equivalent in any
modern foreign language, the
equivalence to be decided in
consultation with the
chairperson. In special
instances, EN 309 may
substitute for the MFL
requirement. See Chairperson. 
One course from the following:
Speech Communication 150, 241,
240, and 350; Theatre 101,
103,203. 

Writing Emphasis 

I. Thirty-three total hours
required, including core
courses, but excluding English
101 and 300. In addition to
the core courses the student
must take the following: 
English 205, 207 or 208, 305,
385 or its equivalent (three
hours).
     One course from: English
210, 218, 337, 377, 378, 382,
or an equivalent. The program
encourages students to use EN
385 to complete a writing
internship. The Writing
Emphasis creates opportunities
for students to learn to write
creatively and practically and
to respond to the diverse
needs of varied reading
audiences.  One course from
the following:
MM 200 Reporting or MM 320
Media Writing or MM 430
Feature Writing or  an
equivalent. See chairperson. 

English/Education 

I. Thirty-five total hours
required, including core
courses and English 300 (with
teaching emphasis), but
excluding English 101.
Students who plan to teach in
secondary schools should
consult with the
English/Education advisor in
the department at an early
date. Students should also
consult the Education
Department section of the
catalog regarding Admission
requirements and Professional
Education course requirements.
The teaching major's major
field program should look as
follows: 
Core:
EN225, 226 Eng. Lit I & II (6)
EN330, 331 Amer. Lit I & II(6)
EN310     Modern Eng
          Grammar        (3)
EN301     Critical Reading &
          Writing        (3)
EN300     (teaching emphasis) 
                         (3)
EN320     Lit for Young
           Adults         (3)

Group A Literary Forms:
EN337     The Short Story OR
EN382     Modern Novel   (3)

Group B Literary Period:
EN370     Major Literary
               Period    (3)

Group C Major Author:
EN345     Shakespeare or 
          another
           major authors 
             course approved
             by the department
             chairperson    (3)
English elective         (2-3)
                    ____
                    35-36

II. Within the Humanities
offerings, one course numbered
102 or its equivalent in any
modern foreign language, the
equivalence to be decided in
consultation with the
chairperson. In some cases,
students may substitute
English 309, Language Problems
of Non-English Speakers, for
all or part of the language
requirement. 
     One course from the
following: Speech
Communication 350 (Persuasion)
or 360 (Political
Communication). 
     III. Students may receive
a certificate to teach speech
and/or journalism if they also
are certified to teach
English. See chairperson. 
     IV. Students seeking
certification to teach must
also be formally admitted to
the University s Professional
Teacher Education Programs.
For admission requirements,
see EDUCATION in this
catalog. 

The Minor 

Students who exercise the
Optional Minor in English may
take one of two paths. 
     In consultation with the
chairperson of the department,
they may satisfy the Optional
Minor with an emphasis in
writing. Students exercising
this option should take nine
hours of writing courses
(excluding EN 101 and EN 300).
Students may then wish to
satisfy the remainder
of their fifteen hours by
choosing further writing
courses or any suggested and
appropriate literature
courses. 
     Students may also choose
to satisfy the Optional Minor
in English through a sequence
of appropriate literature and
language courses. A suggested
assemblage of courses, for
example, would be EN 225
and/or EN 226; EN 330 and/or
EN 331; EN 345; EN 370. The
department will allow the
student, in consultation with
the chairperson of the
English Department, to
assemble his/her own
appropriate grouping of
courses. 

COURSE OFFERINGS 
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General Education program. 
See page 30 for details)

 EN 100 Developmental 
English   (3) 
Small classes and individual
attention, focusing on
developing the basic habits of
good writing through short
writings and culminating in
the writing of organized and
developed themes.  Does not
count towards degree credit
hour requirements, nor general
education requirements.

EN 101 Freshman 
Composition  (3) 
The techniques and processes
of composing and revising;
often some attention to
relating reading and writing.
Required, with a minimum grade
of C, for graduation. Students
whose last names begin with
the letter A through K take it
in the Fall semester; the
others take it in the Spring
semester. Prerequisite: EN
100/or equivalent proficiency.

</ EN 110 Readings in the 
Literature of Minorities (3) 
Prose, poetry, drama of such
American minorities as Blacks,
Native Americans, Chicanos,
Puerto-Ricans, and Jews. 

</ EN 131 Understanding Short
Fiction (3) 
The interpretation and
appreciation of short fiction
through close reading of
selected masterpieces. 

</ EN 135 Introduction to 
Literature (3) 
The appreciation of literature
showing relationships through
analysis of different genres. 

</ EN 138 Kansas Literature
(3) 
A study of Kansas through its
poetry, short stories, novels,
and journalism. Lectures on
Kansas history provide
background as an aid to better
understanding the literature.
A study of the literature of
pioneering, the small town,
and contemporary accounts of
Kansas, its land and people. 

EN 140 Traditional English
Grammar (3) 
The terminology and procedures
of traditional grammar,
emphasizing the techniques for
analyzing the sentence and its
parts, together with a survey
of standard English usage. 

EN 150 Vocabulary 
Development (3) 
The Greek and Latin roots of
English vocabulary, especially
abstract and technical terms,
and the word families derived
from these roots. 

</ EN 190 Film Appreciation
(3) 
Film as a mode of artistic
expression with emphasis on
selected films, short and
feature-length, American and
foreign, for understanding and
appreciation. Stress will be
given to the development of a 
vocabulary  with which to
discuss, criticize, and
otherwise enjoy
film art. 

EN 193 Types of Popular 
Culture   (3) 
Examination of subject
interests in popular
literature, with focus on the
relationship between popular
genres and the traditional
canon. May be repeated with
change of content.  
 
EN 199 Special Topics in
Writing and Reading (1-3) 
See schedule for current
offerings.

EN 200 Intermediate 
Composition (3)
Continued practice in the
techniques and practices of
composing and revising beyond
EN101 and further preparation
for upper division writing
courses, such as EN300. 
Attention to relating
reading, responding, and
writing. 

</ EN 205 Creative Writing (3) 
Practice in various kinds of
imaginative writing.
Prerequisite: EN 101 or
consent of instructor. 

</ EN 207  Report Writing (3) 
General principles of
effective writing and the
particular principles of
constructing narrative and
descriptive reports,
brief diagnostic reports,
evaluations, and prescriptive
recommendations. Prerequisite:
English 101. 

</ EN 208 Business &Technical
Writing  (3) 
A review of the basic
essentials of business/
technical usage and
style, with emphasis on
organizing ideas and managing
basic business and technical
writing forms. Prerequisite:
EN 101.  

</ EN 210 Mythologies in 
Literature (3) 
Mythologies which have been a
backbone for literature,
working mainly in Greek and
Roman materials, but drawing
upon others such as Norse,
Celtic, Gaelic, and Eastern.
Readings will include both
literary works ands
supplemental texts. 

</ EN 214 Women and 
Literature (3) 
Literature by and about women
from the classical to the
contemporary. 

EN 225, 226 Survey of English
Literature (3) 
Major literary movements,
major authors, and the careful
reading of masterpieces. Each
course may be taken
separately. Special attention
to the history of the English
language as a literary
medium. 

EN 299 Special Topics in
Writing and Reading (1-3) 
See schedule for current
offering. 

EN 300 Advanced 
Composition  (3)  
Additional practice in
writing, to assure proficiency
in the techniques and tools of
composition and to offer
students the opportunity to
order and articulate their
knowledge. Some sections for
special academic interests.
Prerequisite: EN 101, with a
grade of C or better and a
satisfactory placement test,
or a grade of C or better in
EN 200. Required, with a
minimum grade of C, for
graduation. 

EN 301 Critical Reading and
Writing    (3)
Practical criticism and
writing, stressing the types
and methods of critical
approaches to literature,
ancient and modern, and
their application in the
interpretation of literary
works. Prerequisite: EN 101,
300 or equivalent. 

EN 305 Seminar for Writers (3)
Imaginative, expository, or
practical writing in the
subject and form of the
student s special interest.
Prerequisite: EN 205.  
 
EN 308 Technical 
Writing   (3)  
A preprofessional writing
course for students entering
technical fields.
Prerequisite: EN 101 and 300. 

EN 309 Understanding Language
Problems of Non-English 
Speakers  (3)
Designed for those who work
with non-English speakers.
Special emphasis on improving
intercultural understanding,
on the interaction of language
and culture, and on language
learning and language 
teaching. 

EN  310 Modern English 
Grammar (3) 
The course surveys different
points of view about language,
including a review of
traditional grammar and an
introduction to
transformational grammar. The
course also focuses on such
topics as phonology,
morphology, the history of the
language, psycho-linguistics,
language acquisition,
dialects, syntax and sentence
combining, and their
implications for language
learning at all levels. 

EN 320  Literature for Young
Adults    (3) 
The study of books read by
young adults between the ages
of 12 and 18, covering the
history of young adult
literature, the relationship
between childrens and young
adult literature, censorship
and selection, and teaching
methods. 

EN 330,331 American 
Literature (3) 
The leading writers and the
most important literary
movements. Special attention
to the contributiors of
minority writers-
Blacks, women, Native
Americans, etc. Each course
may be taken separately. 

EN 337 The Short Story (3) 
The history and development of
the short story, with emphasis
on the short story as an
expression of world
literature. Some
special attention to the
contribution of non-western
literature to the development
of narrative form. 

EN 345 Shakespeare (3) 
The most important plays, with
emphasis on Shakespeare s
development as a dramatist. 

EN 370 Major Literary 
Periods   (3) 
A detailed analysis of one
major literary period chosen
from such periods as the
Medieval, the Renaissance, the
Romantic, the Victorian, or
the Modern, with special
emphasis on the relationships
of literature in that period
to the major ideologies of
that period and to the
non-verbal expression of
those ideologies in its art,
architecture and music. 

EN 377 Science Fiction  (3)
Selected novels and short
stories depicting innovations
and discoveries in science and
their impact on man, society,
and the universe. 

EN 378 Fantasy  (3) 
Selected novels and short
stories depicting fictive
worlds which contemporary
knowledge considers
impossible. 

EN 380 Modern Poetry  (3) 
Major British and American
poets from about 1890 to 1945,
including Yeats, T. S. Eliot,
and Frost. 

EN 382 Modern Novel     (3) 
A survey of the art and vision
of the novel as a modern
expression of world
literature.  Some special
attention to the
contribution of non-western
literature to the development
of narrative form. 

EN 385 Directed Reading,
Writing, or Research (1-3) 
Designed to investigate a
field of special interest
which will not be covered in
detail in the courses offered
in the department. After
securing the approval of the
chairperson of the department
and the consent of a member of
the department who is prepared
to supervise their reading,
students will carry out
their projects with the
supervising teacher. 

EN 390 Aspects of the Film
(2-3) 
Variable specified content in
film, such as the American
novel into film, the science
fiction film, western novels
in film. May be repeated with
change of content. 

EN 393 Literature of Popular
Culture  (3) 
The study of such individual
literary topics as the
western, detective fiction,
sports literature, and
prize-winning novels. May be
repeated with change of
content. 

EN 399 Special Topics in
Writing and Reading (1-3) 
See schedule for the current
offering. 

EN 499 Special Topics in the
Teaching and Study of English
(1-3)
Special topics of a varying
nature for teachers doing
in-service work, for graduate
students in education and
English education, and
upper-division majors. 


FRENCH

        

(See International Studies) 


GENERAL 
        STUDIES 


The Bachelor of General
Studies program offered by the
College of Arts and Sciences
allows students the freedom to
design a program, in
conjunction with faculty
advisors, which fulfills
special educational needs. It
recognizes that students may
have unique interdisciplinary
interests which are not met by
the traditional majors. A
student cannot qualify for the
degree by a mere accumulation
of hours; a specific intent
and program must be
outlined at the time of
application. The student s
transcript will indicate the
Area of Concentration within
the General Studies program. 

The Major 

     1. Same requirements as
are applicable to all Bachelor
of Arts degrees, except
subject matter requirements. 
     2. Completion of at least
32 hours of credit after
approval of the program.
     3. The maintenance of at
least a 2.0 for each of the
required core courses.
     4. No more than three
correlated courses from
outside the College of Arts
and Sciences. 
     5. At least 30 hours in
the area of concentration,
from within the College of
Arts and Sciences.       
     6. Completion of
Interdisciplinary
Studies 390. 

Application Procedures

     1. Application is made in
the Office of the College of
Arts and Sciences. 
     2. The Associate Dean of
the College will direct the
program.  
     3.The Associate Dean will
appoint a three-member board
from the faculty to screen and
approve or disapprove the
students application. This
board will be drawn from the
areas in which the student
wishes to develop a
concentration. 
     4. If the application is
approved, the board will then
help the student to develop a
total program. 
     5. After the total
program is approved by the
board, it will be filed in the
office of the Registrar and in
the office of the Dean of the
College of Arts and Sciences. 

GEOGRAPHY

No major or minor is offered
in Geography.  The offerings
are administered by the
Department of Political
Science.
     
Research Professor Salter 

GG 101 Introduction to
Geography (3) 
A study of the principal
themes of geography: human and
environment in interaction,
the patterns of distribution
of natural phenomena affecting
human use of the earth, and
the cultural patterns of
occupancy and exploitation of
the physical world. 

GG 102 World Regional 
Geography (3) 
Regional comparative study of
physical and human
environments, the interplay of
forces which gives each its
character. 

GG 151 Urban Geography (3) 
Geographic origins and
development of urbanism, with
special emphasis on physical
attributes of site and spatial
attributes of situation. 

GG 220 Special Topics in 
Geography (3)
      
GG 300 Special Topics in 
Geography (3)


GEOLOGY 

          

(Physics and 
Astronomy Dept) 


No major or minor is offered
in Geology. The offerings are
administered by the Department
of Physics and Astronomy. 

COURSE OFFERINGS
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General Education program. 
See page 30 for details)

</ GL 101 Introduction to 
Geology   (3) 
Special emphasis on the
observation of the phenomena
of erosion, mountain
formation, and stream and
glacial action. Lecture-
recitation and some field
trips. 

</ GL 103 Historical Geology
(3) 
For students interested in the
history and evolution of the
planet Earth. Lecture and
in-class laboratory work will
include exercises with
commonly found fossils and
geologic-topographic maps.
Will provide information about
the environment of the early
Earth and changes through
time. 
 


GERMAN 

         
(See International Studies) 



HEALTH 

         
(Health,Physical 
Education, and Exercise
Science)


The Department seeks to offer
a service program in Health.
The following courses are
required or elective courses
in major programs offered on
campus: 
     
COURSE OFFERINGS

HL 100 Stress Management (2) 
This course explores the
causes of stress, the effects
of stress upon the health of
the individual and the
cognitive and physical
techniques used to combat
stress.  Among other topics,
attention is given to a stress
survey, means of reducing
stress and the building of the
immune system, time
management, test anxiety and
performance enhancement.
Relaxation techniques such as
progressive relaxation,
autogenic training,
meditation, and visualization
are practiced in class.

HL 101 Biofeedback Lab (1)
Students will learn
biofeedback techniques for
relaxation using hand
temperature, heart rate, EMG
and EDR equipment. (two half
hour sessions per week
arranged).

HL 152 Personal and Community
Health    (3) 
The health of the individual
and the community with
emphasis on personal habits,
attitudes and knowledge. 

HL 200 Emergency Medical
Technicians Training (6) 
Information and procedures
relative to the emergency care
and transportation of the sick
and injured. Course will
consist of theory lectures,
clinical practice and
ambulance experience with
the local hospitals. Students
successfully completing this
class are eligible to take the
certification test to be a
licensed Emergency Medical
Technician in the State of
Kansas. Kansas residents will
pay tuition and fees, and
testing and certification
fees. Prerequisite: 18 years
old and proof of
health insurance.

HL 201 Bio-feedback 
Laboratory  (1)
Students will practice
biofeedback techniques learned
in HL 101 to improve
relaxation skills using hand
temperature, heart rate, EMG
and EDR.

HL 202 Weight Management (1)
Students will learn principles
of weight management. Emphasis
will be on individual
understanding of personal
ideal body weight and progress
towards attainment of ideal
body weight through
nutritional behavior change
efforts.

HL 301 Bio-feedback 
Laboratory  (1)
Students will practice
biofeedack techniques learned
in HL 201 to improve
relaxation skills using hand
temperature, heart rate, EMG
& EDR.

HL 400 Stress Management for
Teachers  (3) 
This course covers both the
conceptual and practical
aspects of stress management.
Special emphasis is placed on
the problems of teachers and
methods of dealing with job
related stress. Relaxation
techniques appropriate for
home and classroom use are
practiced. 


HISTORY  



The department, supported by
the George I. Alden American
Citizenship endowment, offers
courses to fulfill general
education requirements and to
meet the more specialized
needs of majors those wanting
a well-rounded, liberal arts
education, those planning to
enter graduate school in
history or a related
discipline, those anticipating
admission to professional
schools such as law, or those
expecting to teach social
studies at the secondary
level.

Henderson Learning Center, 
Room 311  
(913) 231-1010 ext. 1315 
Fax - 913 231-1084

Professor Wagnon, Chair 
Professor Cott 
Professor Geiger 
Professor Tucker 
Associate Professor Alksnis 
Associate Professor
Cecil-Fronsman 

The departments curriculum is
intentionally multicultural,
dividing into courses on the
United States, those stemming
from Europe, and those outside
the modern western tradition.
It awards three scholarships
each fall for exceptional
academic performance
of majors and a prize each
spring to the best student
paper written on a state or
local subject. It sponsors the
Alpha Beta Beta chapter of Phi
Alpha Theta national student
honorary society. Its Gleed
and Harman-Lincoln lectures
bring outstanding specialists
to complement the expertise of
the resident faculty.
It cooperates with the
Washburn Center for Kansas
Studies to promote the study
of the state s history and
culture, with the
International Center to
globalize the curriculum, and
with the Department of
Education to prepare 
teachers. It maintains a
large collection of historical
maps and slides and provides
access to numerous electronic
websites for historical source
and discussions.

The Major 

Students majoring in history
must have a minimum of 30
hours in history with a grade
of C or above, at least 15
hours taken at Washburn. 
Students must take 15 hours of
lower division history, which
will consist of HI 101 & 102
(World Civ I & II), HI 111 &
HI 112 (US Hist I & II), and
HI 299 (History Forum).  Upper
division requirements are 12
hours with at least one course
in each cultural tradition: 
American (303-328); European
(334-347, 380-386);
non-Western (354-362). 
Demonstration of the mastery
of historical research and
writing is required by a grade
of C or above in HI 399,
Historical Methods and
Research.  Majors must also
demonstrate additional
competence in one of four
ways:  a second major, an
established minor, foreign
language work comparable to
completing 102 at Washburn, or
a course in statistics and one
in computer science.  
     In declaring a major in
history, students will be
assigned an advisor and
develop a departmentally-
approved plan for graduation.
The department recognizes a
maximum of 3 hours history
credit through CEEB Advanced
Placement.  Departmental
honors are offered to those
majors attaining a 3.5 in
History, a 3.2 gpa overall,
and an A in the capstone HI
399 course.

The Minor

Students may minor in history
by applying to the department
and being assigned an advisor,
who will arrange a course
sequence in conformity to
department requirements. A
minor will consist of at
least 15 credit hours and
include a balance between
introductory survey courses
and upper level work. Minors
may be multicultural, may
concentrate in one of the
principal historical
traditions, or may follow
subject matter themes. All
course work is to be graded.

Preparation for Teachers in
History

History majors who plan to
teach at the secondary level
must follow one of the
following curriculum outlines:

Curriculum Outline for the
Comprehensive Social Studies
Program; 
60 semester hours are
required.    

Core Courses 
HI 111 History of the 
     U.S. I                 (3) 
HI 112 History of the 
     U.S. II                (3) 
HI 101  World 
     Civilization I       (3)
HI 102 World 
     Civilization II       (3)   
HI 299 History Forum     (3) 
PO 106 Government 
     of the U.S.         (3) 
PO 107 Amer. State & Local 
     Government          (3)
HI 399 Historical Methods &    
       Research            (3) 
upper division U.S. 
     History             (6) 
upper division European 
     History             (3) 
upper division non-Western 
     History             (3)

Required Additional Courses in
Social Science 
upper division Political 
     Science                (6)
Economics (EC 201, 202)      (6)
*Sociology/Anthropology      (6)
Geography (GG 101, 102)      (6)

Curriculum Outline for U.S.
History, U.S. Government and
World History Program; 40
semester hours are required.
Core courses remain the same
as in the Comprehensive Social
Studies Program. 

Required Additional courses in
Social Science 12 hours to be
taken from two of the
following groups, 6 hours
each:

Economics (EC 201, 202) (6)
*Sociology/Anthropology (6)
Geography
(GG 101, 102) 
upper division Political
Science (6)
*For proper combination of
SO/AN courses see the Social
Studies advisor in the History
Department.

Students seeking certification
to teach must also be formally
admitted to the University s
Profesional Teacher Education
Programs and adhere to the
Education Departments
requirements for teacher
certification.  For admission
requirements, see
EDUCATION in this catalog.

COURSE OFFERINGS 
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General Education program. 
See page 30 for details)

</ HI 101, 102 World 
Civilizations I, II (3 each)
The basic introductory survey
of world cultures and history
which satisfies general
education requirements and
introduces students to the
study of the past.  It
considers political, social,
economic, cultural, religious,
and philosophic topics.  First
semester:  Stone age roots to
eve of modern era (c. 1500
AD);
Second semester:  from 1500 to
present.

</ HI 111,112 History of the
United States I, II  (3 each) 
The basic survey of American
history which statisfies
general education
requirements, introduces
students to the study of the
past and familiarizes them
with records of American
experiences. It exposes
students to political,
economic, social and
intellectual forces shaping
the American heritage and
contributing to the nation's
development.  First semester: 
origins of settlement through
Reconstruction; Second
semester:  emergence of an
urban, industrial society
after the Civil War to
the present.

</ HI 130 Ancient and Medieval
Civilization  (3) 
Survey of the origins,
historical development and
interplay of the major forces,
events, and characteristics of
evolving civilizations from
Mediterranean origins to the
European Renaissance.  This
course staisfied general
education requirements. 

</ HI 131, 132 European 
Civilization I, II  (3 each) 
Rise of modern European
civilization and its world
role. This satisfied general
education requirements.
Overall themes emphasized
include an analytic and
comparative understanding of
evolving patterns of social,
economic, political,
intellectual and cultural
development in various
cultures. First semester: end
of Middle Ages through the
Napoleonic era. Second
semester: Congress of Vienna
to the present. 

HI 200 Topics in History (1-3)
Topics will vary from semester
to semester and will be
announced in advance. 

HI 229/329 The Civil Rights
Movement (3) 
Normally offered during
intersession.  Examines the
way black and white Americans
have redefined race relations. 
Concentrates on the era
between the mid-1950s and
1970s.  Draws heavily on the
PBS series  Eyes on the Prize 
supplemented by outside
readings, lectures, films,
presentations.  Class
discussion comprises a
significant portion of the
course.  To receive 300-level
credit students must complete
an outside project. 
Prerequisites: HI 229
none; HI 329, 3 hrs. HI or
consent. 

HI 277 World War II (3) 
A study of the origins and
course of World War II,
including the impact on
civilian populations, war
crimes, and other areas
related to war in society. 

HI 281/381 History &
Psychology of Sex and Gender
(2) 
Usually offered during the
winter intersession and team
taught by a historian and a
psychologist. Surveys historic
and current experience of
being male and female within
changing western society.
Examines past ideas fostering
distinctions between sexes
and surveys current
psychological research in the
area. Prerequisite: HI 281,
none; HI 381, 3 hrs. Soc. Sci.
or consent. See Psychology for
cross-listing. 

HI 300 Topics in History (1-3)
Topics will vary from semester
to semester and will be
announced in advance.
Prerequisite: 3 hrs. HI or
consent. 

HI 303 Colonial America 
to 1763   (3) 
Study of the age of
exploration and the
establishment of the
original colonies. Emphasis
will be given to the British
colonies of the western
hemisphere, but the course
will also include those
colonies of other nations as
they affect American growth
and development. It will
include a broad treatment of
social, political, economic
and intellectual forces to
1763. Prerequisite: History
111 or consent. 

HI 304 The American 
Revolutionary Period, 
1763-1789 (3) 
An examination of the problems
of Great Britain and the
colonies following the French
and Indian War. The causes of
the American Revolution as
well as the events resulting
from it will be studied in
detail. The critical period,
the writing of the
Constitution and the laying of
the foundations of our
government by the Federalists
will be analyzed.
Prerequisite: History 111 or
consent. 

HI 305 The New Nation: 
1789-1848  (3) 
An examination of the creation
and transformation of the
American republic from its
inception through the Mexican
War. Emphasis is given to the
creation of new political
institutions and the
consequences of economic and
social change in the years
after 1815. Themes include the
interaction of economic,
social, political, and
cultural forces which
collectively transformed
America into a commercial
society with a democratic
culture and competitive
political system.
Prerequisite: 3 hrs. HI or
consent. 

HI 307 The American Civil War:
1848-1877 (3) 
A survey of the sectional
crisis beginning with the
conclusion of the Mexican War
in 1848 to resolution of the
crisis by 1877. Themes
include: the nature of
Northern and Southern
societies; the political
crisis of the 1850s; the
relative military strengths of
each side; the major battles
and campaigns; the Northern
and Southern home fronts, the
role African-Americans
played in their own
liberation; the process by
which reconstruction first
emerged and then collapsed.
Prerequisite: 3hrs. HI or
consent. 

HI 310 The Roosevelts Age, 
1900-1945  (3) 
Explores the emergence of the
new progressive political
tradition of intervention in
economic and world affairs.
The tradition is expressed in
a series of reform movements
and military expeditions which
reshape and modernize American
existence. Prerequisite: 3 hrs
HI or consent. 

 HI 311 Cold-War America, 
1945-1990 (3) 
Examines the development of
the US as it responds to the
pressures of the Cold War,
repercussions of the corporate
economy, dynamics of changing
race relations and the
emergence of a New World Order
in the 1980s. Prerequisite: 3
hrs. HI or consent. 

HI 315 Women in U.S. 
History   (3) 
Women s history from the
seventeenth century to the
present with an emphasis on
their role in history, and how
it has been affected by
social, economic, and
political changes.
Prerequisite: 3 hrs. HI or
consent. 

HI 317 Topeka and Urban
American History (3)
Explores the development of
Topeka within the context of
urban growth in America.  The
first half focuses on
individuals, groups,
institutions, and ideas that
define the nation's urban
experience, while the second
half weaves Topeka into the
pattern. Prerequisite:  3 hrs
HI or consent.

HI 320 The American West  (3)
Focuses on the development of
the west as a region. It
addresses innovative
institutions and practices,
the changing environment, and
the diversity and
interaction of cultures.
Prerequisite: 3 hrs. HI or
consent.  
 
HI 322 Kansas History   (3) 
Social, economic and political
history from Spanish
explorations to the present,
including the role of the
native-American, non-English
ethnic groups, and women, and
the part played by Kansas and
Kansans on the national scene.
Prerequisite: 3 hrs. HI
or consent. 

HI 325 American Diplomatic
History     (3)
Beginning with the inception
of the nation in the middle of
the 18th century, the course
investigates geographical and
commercial expansion, the
growth of the executive branch
within the federal government,
the impact of isolationism and
great power commitments, and
interactions between domestic
activities and international
policies to the present.
Prerequisite: 3 hrs. HI or
consent. 

HI 327 The American South (3)
Since Jamestown, the South has
been a region with a different
character and history from the
rest of America.  Course
examines the emergence of the
South as a unique region, its
path toward secession and
Civil War, postwar
developments, the Civil Rights
movement, and the contemporary
South.  Prerequisite:   3 hrs
HI or consent.

HI 328 African American 
History   (3) 
The black experience in
America from African origins
to the present. Themes to be
emphasized include: the
process of enslavement, the
emergence of African-American
culture, the nature of
slavery, the struggle for
freedom, the migration to the
North, the Civil Rights
movement, and contemporary
issues. Prerequisite: 3 hrs.
HI or consent. 

HI 329 The Civil Rights 
Movement (3) 
Normally offered during
intersession. Examines the way
black and white Americans have
redefined race relations
between the mid-1950 s and
mid-1980's.  Draws heavily of
the PBS series, Eyes on the
Prize,  supplemented by
outside readings.

HI 334 Twentieth-Century 
Europe    (3) 
Historical development of
Europe in the 20th century,
emphasizing the interaction of
social, economic, and
geopolitical forces in
that process.  Prerequisite: 
3 hrs HI or consent.

HI 336 History of England (3)
Origins and historical
development of English history
in its political, economic and
social aspects from the
earliest times to the present.
Prerequisite: 3 hrs. HI
or consent. 

HI 338 Victorian Britain, 
c. 1830-WWI (3) 
Intensive study of British
history and life during the
Victorian era, 1837-1901.
Emphases will include the
impact of industrialization,
the continued evolution of
parliamentary rule,changing
women s and family roles,
Victorian culture and the
expansion of Empire.
Prerequisite: 3 hrs. HI or
consent. 

HI 339 History of France (3)
Study of the development of
French history and culture
from the earliest times to the
present. Prerequisite: 3 hrs.
HI or consent. 

HI 340 French Revolution and
Napoleon  (3) 
A study of the decade of
revolution, 1789-1799, and of
the Napoleonic regime.
Constitutional, political,
societal, economic, and
cultural issues will be
considered. Prerequisite: HI
339, or consent. 

HI 342 History of Germany (3)
Study of the development of
German history and culture
from the earliest times to the
present. Prerequisite: 3 hrs.
HI or consent. 

HI 344 The Holocaust: An
Undergraduate Seminar   (3)
In consultation with the
instructor, students will
select a topic related to the
Holocaust, research it, make a
class report, be critiqued by
their peers and the
instructor, and prepare a
research paper. Prerequisite:
HI 132 or consent. 

HI 346 History of Russia (3) 
The political, social,
economic, and cultural
development of the
Russians from Kievan state to
the present. Prerequisite: 3
hrs. HI or consent. 

HI 347 History of Spain (3) 
Origins and historical
development of Spanish
Civilization from the earliest
times to the present,
emphasizing the interaction of
physical, economic, political
and social forces in the
shaping of that civilization.
Prerequisite: 3 hrs. HI or
consent. 

HI 354 History of the Modern
Middle East (3) 
Origins, historical
development and interaction of
the major events, ideas,
figures, and patterns shaping
the history of the modern
Middle East in the 19th and
20th centuries. Prerequisite:
3 hrs. HI or consent. 

HI 357, 358 History of 
China I, II (3 each) 
Origins, historical
development and interplay of
major forces, events and
characteristics of Chinese
Civilization. First
semester: from pre-history to
c. 1800. Second semester: from
c. 1800 to the present.
Prerequisite: 3 hrs. HI or
consent. 

HI 360 History of Mexico (3)
Origins of Mexican
Civilization in the blending
of the Indian and Spanish
races and civilizations
and the historical development
of that civilization to the
present. The interaction of
physical, economic, political
and social forces in the
shaping of that civilization
is emphasized. Prerequisite: 3
hrs. HI or consent. 

HI 362 History of Latin 
America (3) 
Emergence of Latin American
Civilization in the 16th and
17th centuries and its
response to the challenges of
the modern world.An important
component of the course is the
interplay of physical,
economic, political and social
forces in the shaping of
that civilization.
Prerequisite: 3 hrs. HI or
consent. 

HI 380 Women in World 
History   (3) 
Surveys major figures,
philosophies, patterns and
events shaping women's
changing roles and status
within human society, origins
of civilization to current
industrial society.Traditional
civilizations covered include
Classical Mediterranean World,
Confucian Asia, and Islam;
significant emphasis will also
be placed on understanding the
impact of industrialization
and modern political
revolution both within the
west and in the developing
world. Prerequisite: 3 hrs. HI
or consent. 

HI 381 History & Psychology of
Sex and Gender (2) 
Usually offered during the
winter intersession and team
taught by a historian and a
psychologist.  Surveys
historic and current
experience of being male and
female within changing western
society.  Examines past ideas
fostering distinctions between
sexes and surveys current
psychological research in the
area. Prerequisite: 3 hrs.
Soc. Sci. or consent.  See
Psychology for
cross-listing.

HI 384 War in the Modern
World: An Undergraduate 
Seminar (3) 
Students will research some
topic in recent military
history, make a class report,
be critiqued by their peers
and the  instructor, and
prepare a research paper.
Prerequisite: HI 132 or
consent. 

HI 386 History of the
Christian Church  (3) 
A study of the development of
the Christian Church and its
interaction with society,
especially in the cultural,
social and political aspects.
Prerequisite: 3 hrs. HI or
consent. 

HI 397 Internship in
Historical Agencies  (3) 
A program for junior/senior
level undergraduates
principally offered in
cooperation with the Kansas
State Historical Society
on a limited basis,  in Museum
Display, History Education,
Archives and Manuscripts.
Prerequisite: HI 111, 112, 6
hours upper division HI,
consent. 

HI 398 Directed Readings (1-3)
Directed readings in selected
fields of history. Regular
conferences. Prerequisites:
Senior history major or
approval of the department
head. May be taken until three
credit hours are earned. 

HI 399 Historical Methods and
Research  (3) 
Research and bibliographical
techniques, and practice in
the application of these
techniques in selected
research. A capstone
course required of history
majors. Prerequisites: HI 101,
102, 111, 112, 299.


HONORS 
       PROGRAM 



The University Honors Program
at Washburn provides
opportunities for highly
motivated students to enrich
their educations through
special honors sections of
existing courses, special
honors seminars and colloquia
that satisfy general education
requirements, independent
research projects, a close
working relationship with
distinguished faculty,
individual advising, and
special intellectual, cultural
and social activities. The
program fits well with
Washburn s many four-year
degree programs. Students work
with the Honors Dean to
organize Washburn s many
resources to provide ample
opportunities to explore,
relate, and assimilate many
diverse learning experiences.
Entering freshman students are
especially encouraged to
inquire about the University
Honors Program. Individuals
may apply on their own,
they may be recommended by
their high school or college
faculty, or they may be
invited to apply by the Dean
of University Honors.
Those students who demonstrate
a strong probability for
benefiting from, and
contributing to, the program
will be invited to University
Honors membership. Although
proven scholastic performance
is important, the Honors Dean
will place substantial
emphasis on student interest
and motivation in pursuing an
honors program. Students who
complete an appropriate number
of University Honors courses
(24 hours) and satisfy the
thesis and g.p.a. requirements
will graduate with University
Honors and have their
transcripts so marked.
Washburn is an institutional
member of the National
Collegiate Honors Council. For
more information on the
University Honors Program,
contact Dr. Robert D. Stein,
Dean of University Honors and
Chairperson, Department of
English. 

COURSE OFFERINGS 
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General  Education program. 
See page 30 for details)

HN 102 Freshman English
Honors: Facts, Plots,
Arguments, and
Principles     (3) 
The analysis of texts that
purport to gather facts, to
structure experience into
pleasing formal structures, to
persuade others to action,
judgment, or evaluation, and
to articulate principles
whose power shapes diverse
experiences into meaningful
patterns of coherence. The
writing of expository prose
that communicates thoughtfully
and clearly the results of
those analyses. In most
instances, students who
complete HN 102 together with
one of the seminars in the
Honors program have satisfied
Washburn s writing
requirement. For the variety
of other ways HN 102 may
satisfy the Washburn writing
requirement, see the Dean of
the University Honors.
 
</ HN 201 Seminar in the 
Humanities and Fine Arts (3) 
An integrated humanities
topics course that takes some
special problem, theme, or
subject matter and explores it
from a humanistic perspective.
Topics vary from semester to
semester. Satisfies three
hours of general education
credit in the humanities and
fine arts. May be taken more
than once with different
topics. 

</ HN 202  Seminar in the
Social Sciences  (3) 
An integrated social sciences
topics course that takes some
special problem, theme, or
subject matter and explores it
from the perspective of the
social sciences. Topics vary
from semester to semester.
Satisfies three hours of
general education credit in
the social sciences. May be
taken more than once with
different topics. 

</ HN 203 Seminar in the 
Physical Sciences and 
Mathematics (3) 
A special topics course that
takes some special problem or
subject matter and explores
that subject matter or problem
from the perspective of the
natural sciences or
mathematics. Topics vary from
semester to semester.
Satisfies three hours of
general education credit in
the sciences. May be taken
more than once with different
topics. 

HN 305 Honors Colloquium: The
Liberal Arts & the
Professional
Disciplines  (3) 
A special topics course that
involves the study of the
relationship of the
professional disciplines-for
example, law education,
business, public planning and
administration, the
health professions-to the
liberal arts, or one of the
liberal arts-for example,
history, poetry, rhetoric, or
philosophy.  
 
HN 399 Honors Thesis: 
Independent Research (3-6) 
Independent Research in a
specified area approved by the
Dean of University Honors. 


HUMANITIES 
     AND 
            CREATIVE       
            AND 
PERFORMING ARTS    
      

The Associate of Arts degree
in the Humanities and Creative
and Performing Arts is
intended to give students a
broad background in a
particular area of liberal
studies. Students are required
to take coursework in at least
three disciplines within the
Humanities and Creative and
Performing Arts and to take a
concentration in one
discipline. The credits earned
in this associate degree are
all applicable toward a
bachelor s degree. For
information and advising on
this degree, please contact
the Associate Dean of the
College of Arts & Sciences in
Morgan 108.  

The Major 

For the Associate of Arts in
Humanities and Creative and
Performing Arts, a student
must complete 62 semester
hours with a minimum grade
point average of 2.0.
Twenty-four credit hours must
be completed at Washburn
University; of these, 12 of
the last 24 must be Washburn
University credit. Forty-two
hours must be graded. A
student may not take the
pass/fail option in the area
of concentration without
obtaining and filing with the
Registrar's office written
permission from the
chairperson of the
department offering the
course.  The application for
degree should be on file
before enrolling for the last
15 hours. Specific course
requirements are as follows: 

I. GENERAL EDUCATION 
(23 semester hours) 
     A. English Composition
(three semester hours, English
101 or its equivalent) 
     B. Physical Education
(two semester hours of
activity
courses) 
     C. Humanities and
Creative and Performing Arts
(six semester hours of courses
from at least two subject
areas) 
     D. Natural Sciences and
Mathematics (six semester
hours of courses from at least
two subject areas) 
     E. Social Sciences (six
semester hours from at least
two subject areas) 

II. AREA OF CONCENTRATION (24
semester hours of Humanities
and Creative and Performing
arts course work does not
include six hours of
Humanities and Creative and
Performing Arts general
education) 
     A. The 24 hours of course
work will include at least six
hours each from a minimum of
three subject areas within the
Humanities and Creative and
Performing Arts. 
     B. At least 12 hours will
be from one subject area.
These courses will be selected
from a list developed by the
faculty in that subject area
and may include six hours of
upper-division credit. The
department from which the
student takes the 12-hour
concentration will be the
effective administrative home
of the student. 
     C. A minimum of a C grade
is required in all courses
within the area of
concentration, including the
six hours of general
education in the Humanities
and Creative and Performing
Arts.  
III. At least 12 of the hours
remaining for the degree will
be chosen from outside the
area of concentration. 



INTERDISCIPLINARY             
    STUDIES 



Interdisciplinary courses have
content derived from various
academic disciplines. Courses
may be taught by a single
faculty member proficient in
the course content or jointly
by two or more faculty members
from different segments or
areas. The inter-disciplinary
program is administered by a
faculty committee chaired by
the Vice President for
Academic Affairs. 

COURSE OFFERINGS

IS 090 Introduction to
Academic, Cultural & Social
Life in the United States (2) 
For international students
seeking successful transition
to the American academic
environment. Includes learning
basics in academic life,
United States culture, and
social practices and
rules predominant in the
United States. Does not count
toward 124 hours baccalaureate
degree requirement. No
prerequisite. 

IS 100  The College 
Experience (2) 
This course is designed to
help students overcome the
problems of adjustment to
college. Study skills
development, university
services available to
students, the structure of
Washburn, the role of the
university in, higher
education, and the selection
of areas to study are
discussed. The faculty are
from various academic areas
and are assisted by staff from
other University
units. 

IS 120 Career Exploration (2)
Attempts are made to bridge
the student's educational
experience to the world of
work in this course. Readings,
exercises and written reports
are used to increase the
student s knowledge of self in
relation to education and
occupational opportunities.
Resource people from the
University and Topeka
community are used to provide
a multi-disciplinary overview
of the factors involved in
career choice and development. 

IS 150 Human Sexuality (3) 
Various areas relating to
human sexuality, including the
physiological, psychological,
sociological, philosophical
and legal are covered in this
course. Team teaching from
more than one department will
be utilized. 

IS 160 Dying, Death and 
Bereavement  (2-3) 
The insights of the helping
professions, philosophy, and
religions are brought to bear
upon human responses and the
key concepts surrounding the
phenomena of death. In the
first half of the course
emphasis is placed upon
developing an understanding of
the theoretical models and
religious and secular
traditions. The second half of
the course deals with special
death situations, e.g.,
euthanasia, suicide, etc., and
with practical problems. The
amount of credit will vary
with the number of
interdisciplinary
components offered. 

IS 170 Library Research 
Strategies (1) 
Designed to help university
students improve their skills
in doing basic library
research, the course will
include experience with both
manual and automated
information retrieval using
the resources of Mabee
Library.  Research methods in
a variety of subject
disciplines will be explored. 
Textbook, guest lecturers. 
 
IS 199 Kansas Studies (3)
An interdisciplinary topics
course on a theme associated
particularly with Kansas
history and culture, which is
team taught by Fellows of the
Center.  Students and faculty
will be challenged to
integrate material from
different perspectives on a
common topic based on joint
interest and available
resources.  As topics change,
the course may be repeated for
credit.

IS 200 Mock Trial (3) 
This course is primarily (not
exclusively) designed for
pre-law students considering
law school and a career in
trial law. The Fall course
concentrates on general trial
procedures utilized in
the mock trial competition
(opening and closing
statements, direct and cross
examination). This involves
videos of trials, periodic
quizzes from a trial advocacy
text, sharpening analytical
and forensic skills,
practicing opening and closing
statements, and examining
witnesses. The Spring class
receives the case to be used
at the national competition
and the semester is spent
preparing the case for
competition. Enrollment in the
spring semester is by
invitation only from among
those enrolled
in the fall semester.  May be
repeated for credit. 

IS 300 Mock Trial II (1)
Enrollment is open only to
students selected to the Mock
Trial Team.

IS 390 Directed Research (1-7)
The thoughtful integration of
diverse materials is a major
demand on the student working
toward a Bachelor of General
Studies. The format may vary
in terms of the student s
special interests, abilities,
imagination, and creativity.
May consist of a research
paper, a comprehensive written
examination on selected
reading materials, an oral
presentation, an internship or
a special performance
utilizing one or more art
forms or modes of expression. 

IS 400 Special Topics   (1-3)
Topics will vary from semester
to semester and will be
announced in advance. May be
taken for more than one
semester.  Prerequisite:
Consent of instructors.


INTERNATIONAL 
    STUDIES


(Foreign Language Section)


Morgan Hall, Room 375 
(913) 231-1010 ext. 1714 

Associate Professor Langdon,
Chair Associate Professor
Parker 
Assistant Professor Dinneen 
Assistant Professor Ragsdale 
Instructor Vogel

In addition to offering major
and minor programs in French,
German and Spanish and a minor
program in Russian, the
department serves the needs of
students who are fulfilling
general education or
departmental foreign language
requirements, seeking
endorsement to teach foreign
languages, wishing to combine
a program of foreign language
studies with a major in a
professional program such as
business, or planning to
attend graduate school. 
     The department has an
audio lab, a VCR, a computer
lab and a growing collection
of audio and video tapes and
computer software which
students can use to increase
their proficiency. 
     Rules excluding freshmen
and sophomores from
junior-senior courses
(numbered 300 and above) do
not apply if the student s
preparation warrants placement
at the upper division level. 

The Major 

Students who plan to major in
a foreign language are
encouraged to begin their
language studies as soon as
they enter Washburn
University, and should
continue to enroll in at least
one language course each
semester until graduation.
Learning a foreign language is
a cumulative process and any
period of time away from the
language is highly detrimental
to developing and maintaining
necessary skills in the
language. The department also
strongly recommends study for
a period of time in a country
where the foreign language is
spoken (a summer or a
semester) as a component of
the student s preparation for
the major. Substantial
scholarships for study abroad
are available each year from
the department and the
International Education
Committee. See INTERNATIONAL
CENTER in this catalog.
     In order to major in
French, German or Spanish,
students must present 27 hours
of course work beyond courses
numbered 102.  The 24 hours of
course work must include: 

French majors: FR 211, 212, 
     302,400 plus six hours
     of upper division course 
     work.
German majors: GE 212, 304, 
     310, 400 plus six  hours 
     of upper division course 
     work. 
Spanish majors: SP 209 or 210,
     302, 400 plus nine hours 
     of upper division
     course work.

     Nine hours of correlated
course work are required of
all foreign language majors.
These courses are selected in
consultation with an advisor. 
     Transfer students and
students desiring validation
of foreign language
competencies for teaching
certification normally must
take a minimum of six hours in
the target language at the
300-level at Washburn. 
 
The Minor 

A minor in French, German,
Spanish or Russian requires 18
hours of course work beyond
the 101 level. 

Certification to Teach 

The department regularly
prepares students to meet
state competency requirements
for teaching K-12. In addition
to the requirements of this
department, students seeking
certification to teach must
also be formally admitted to
the Universitys professional
Teacher Education Programs.
For admission requirements,
see EDUCATION in this catalog. 

Minor in International Studies

Requirements
Equivalent of 8 hours of
college level foreign language
GG 102  World Regional 
     Geograhphy          (3)
PO 225  Introduction to      
International             
Politics            (3)
An upper division course,
e.g., BU 466  International
Marketing, chosen in
consultation with your advisor 
                          (3)

(At least a summer's) Study
Abroad in the country (ies) of
language study.     (3-4)
(upper division credit)

Total Hours required for 
minor - 20-21

COURSE OFFERINGS
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General 
Education program.  See page
30 for details)

French 

</ FR 101 Beginning 
French I  (4) 
Introduction to conversation,
reading, grammar, and
composition. Development of
oral/aural skills. Particular
emphasis on contemporary
culture and social customs in
the French-speaking countries.
A tape program to develop
phonological skills is a
component of this course. No
prerequisite. Offered fall
semester only.

</ FR 102 Beginning 
French II  (4) 
Continuation of French 101.
Prerequisite: French 101 or
two years of high school
French, or consent of
instructor. Offered spring
semester only.

FR 107-207 Basic French 
Conversation (2-3) 
Vocabulary expansion,
stressing everyday practical
usage. Development of
oral/aural skills in
conversations on
cross-cultural topics. Stress
on traditions and current 
political/ social developments
in French-speaking countries.
Use of magazines, newspapers,
and other topical materials as
basis for conversation. A
student may take either course
or both in sequence, with
consent of instructor.
Prerequisite: FR 102 or
three years of high school
French, or consent of
instructor.  

FR 204 La France 
Contemporaine  (3)
Readings from contemporary
sources, including magazines
and newspapers for discussion
and composition. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. 

FR 209 French Reading and
Conversation  (3) 
Development of proficiency in
composition and oral
expression through discussion
of unabridged short literary
works from French-speaking
countries. Prerequisite: FR
107 or 207 or consent
of instructor

</ FR 211 Intensive Grammar 
Review  (3)
Comprehensive review of French
grammar with emphasis on the
development of free
composition. Stress on
grammatical accuracy,
clarity, and the appropriate
use of idioms and syntax.
Prerequisite: FR 102 or
consent of instructor. Offered
fall semester only. 

</ FR 212 French 
Composition  (3) 
Development of grammatical
accuracy and proficiency in
composition. Use of readings
to illustrate grammatical
points and form the basis for
composition and discussion.
Prerequisite: FR
211 or consent of instructor.
Offered spring semester only.  
 
FR 231 Modern French 
Writers  (3) 
Study of major 20th century
novels and plays. Written and
oral discussion of the
literary significance of the
works as well as their
socio-historical background.
Prerequisite: FR 212, or
consent of instructor. 

FR 274 Independent Study 
(1-3) 
Directed study. May be
repeated. Prerequisite:
Consent of department. 

FR 299 Special Topics  (1-3) 
Study of individual authors or
literary topics. May be
repeated. See chairperson
and/or schedule for current
offerings. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. 

FR 300 French for Business 
(3) 
This course is meant for the
student of French who already
has a good command of written
and oral French and who wants
to acquire the vocabulary of
the business world. Topics
such as banking, insurance,
transportation are covered in
the course.Prerequisite: FR
212 or consent of instructor. 

FR 302 Introduction to French
Literature (3) 
Analysis of selected texts
from various genres, poetry,
theatre and novels. Emphasis
on  explication de textes. 
Prerequisite: FR 212 or
consent of instructor.

FR 304 French Civilization 
(3) 
Study of France today: its
geography, economy, art,
social, educational, and
political institutions, and
their historical developments.
Prerequisite: FR 212 or
consent of instructor. 

FR 310 Commercial 
Translation  (3) 
Meant as a continuation of
French 300, this class
concentrates on the technique
of translation as it pertains
to the business world.
Prerequisite: FR 300 or
consent of instructor. 

FR 320 French Phonetics  (2-3)
Systematic study of the sound
system of the French language
meant for the student of
French who wants to improve
his/her pronunciation and
learn how the sounds
are formed. Prerequisite: FR
212, or consent of instructor. 

FR 350 Masterpieces of French
Literature  (3) 
Readings of unabridged works
from the Middle Ages through
the 19th century. Written and
oral discussion of the
literary significance of the
works, as well as their
sociohistorical background.
Prerequisite: FR 212 or
consent of instructor.  
 
FR 353 Survey of 20th Century
French Literature  (3) 
Readings of 20th century
unabridged novels, plays, and
poetry. Written and oral
discussion of the literary
significance of the
works, as well as their
socio-historical background.
Prerequisite: FR 212 or
consent of instructor. 

FR 374 Independent Study 
(1-3) 
Directed study. May be
repeated. Prerequisite:
Consent of department. 

FR 375 French Seminar  (1-3)
Application of the techniques
of literary analysis to
particular authors or literary
movements. May be repeated.
Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. 

FR 400 Senior Thesis (3-6)
A major research project
culminating in a thesis which
deals with a literary topic,
or other topics as approved by
the thesis director.  May be
presented to the departmental
faculty for consideration for
departmental honors. 
Prerequisite:  Senior
standing.

German 
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General Education program. 
See page 30 for details)

</ GE 101 Beginning 
German I  (4) 
Introduction to conversation,
reading, grammar, and
composition. Development of
oral/aural skills. Particular
emphasis on contemporary
culture and social customs in
the German-speaking countries.
A tape program to develop
phonological skills is a
component of this course. No
prerequisite. 

</ GE 102 Beginning 
German II  (4) 
Continuation of German 101.
Prerequisite: German 101 or
two years of high school
German, or consent of
instructor.

GE 103 German Syntax and 
Idiom  (3) 
Contrastive analysis of the
word order patterns of English
and German. Intensive practice
in generating German
Syntactical units combines
with practice in using high
frequency German idioms.
Prerequisite: GE 102 or
consent of instructor. 

GE 107-207 Basic German
Conversation (2-4) 
Vocabulary expansion,
stressing everyday practical
usage. Development of
oral/aural skills in
conversations on
cross-cultural topics. Stress
on traditions and current
political/ social developments
in German-speaking countries.
Use of magazines, newspapers,
and other topical materials as
basis for conversation. A
student may take either course
or both in sequence, with
consent of instructor.
Prerequisite: GE 101 or one
or two years of high school
German, or consent of
instructor. 
 
GE 199 Special Topics  (1-3) 
Study of individual authors or
literary topics. May be
repeated. See chairperson
and/or schedule for current
offerings. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. 

GE 209 German Reading and
Conversation  (2-3) 
Prose and poetry selected from
German literature, folk
culture and public media form
the topics for conversation.
Prerequisite: GE 102 or
consent of instructor. 

</ GE 211 German Grammar 
Review  (3) 
Comprehensive review of German
grammar with emphasis on the
development of free
composition. Stress on
grammatical accuracy, clarity,
and the appropriate use of
idioms and syntax. Readings
illustrate grammatical points
and form the basis for
composition and discussion.
Prerequisite: GE 102 or
consent of instructor.  

</ GE 212 Contemporary Written
German (3) 
Readings from contemporary
sources, including magazines,
newspapers, and literature
form basis for discussion and
composition. Development of
written style as well as
grammatical accuracy and the
proper use of idioms.
Prerequisite: GE 211 or
consent of instructor. 

GE 215 Intermediate German
Conversation  (3) 
Practice in idiomatic spoken
German based on written texts,
video-tapes, audio cassettes
and other media relating to
contemporary life in
German-speaking countries.
Emphasis on the development of
interpersonal communication
skills. Prerequisite:
GE 102 or consent of
instructor. 

GE 274 Independent Study 
(1-3) 
Directed study. May be
repeated. Prerequisite:
Consent of department. 

GE 299/399 Special Topics 
(1-3) 
Study of individual authors or
topics. May be repeated. See
chairperson and/or schedule
for current offerings.
Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor.
 
GE 304 Landeskunde  (3) 
Examination of geography,
demography, contemporary
political and educational
institutions and informal and
formal cultural expressions of
the Federal Republic of
Germany, and the German
Democratic Republic. Principle
language of instruction:
German. Prerequisite: GE 112
or consent of instructor. 

GE 310 Translation (3) 
German-English and
English-German translation of
texts from diverse areas.
Focus on techniques of
translating German prose
texts and improving German
grammar, syntax and idiom.
Prerequisite: GE 112 or
consent of instructor. 

GE 325 Literature of the 
Enlightenment and 
Romanticism  (3) 
Survey of significant German
literary texts from pre-
enlightenment period through
1830. Exploration of literary
works as integral elements in
a total cultural context,
including religious,
philosophical, political, and
sociological traditions.
Prerequisite: GE 212 or
consent of instructor. 

GE 326 Nineteenth Century
German Literature  (3) 
Survey of significant German
literary texts from 1830 to
1900. Exploration of literary
works as integral elements in
a total cultural context,
including religious,
philosophical, political,
and sociological traditions.
Prerequisite: GE 212 or
consent of
instructor. 

GE 353 German Literature of
the 20th Century  (3) 
Analysis of significant works
by Mann, Hesse, Hauptmann,
Hofmannstahl, Kafka, Brecht,
and Durrenmatt as reflections
of social and political
change. Prerequisite: GE 212
or consent of instructor. 

GE 374 Independent Study 
(1-3) 
Directed study. May be
repeated. Prerequisite:
Consent of department. 

GE 375 German Seminar  (1-3)
Application of the techniques
of literary analysis to
particular authors or literary
movements. May be repeated.
Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. 

GE 400 Senior Thesis (3-6)
A major research project
culminating in a thesis which
deals with a literary topic,
or other topics as approved by
the thesis director.  May be
presented to the departmental
faculty for consideration for
departmental honors. 
Prerequisite:  Senior
standing. 

Russian 

RU 100 Russian for Travelers 
(3) 
Introduction to Russian
language and phonetics.
Practice in everyday
conversational Russian with
emphasis on phrases and
vocabulary for travelers.
Exploration of cultural
aspects of modern Russian life
and discussion of some
historical influences on
Russian culture.
Study of life patterns,
customs, education, and art to
aid the traveler is
understanding the people and
the cultural resources
in the Russian Republics.
Extensive use of tapes and
slides. No prerequisite. 

RU 101 Beginning Russian I 
(4) 
Introduction to speaking,
reading, and writing.
Development of oral/aural
skills. Study of Russian
grammar and discussion of
various aspects of Russian
culture in order to understand
the ordinary Russian citizen.
No prerequisite. 

RU 102 Beginning Russian II
(4) 
Continuation of Russian 101.
Prerequisite: RU 101 or
consent of instructor. 

RU 103 Beginning 
Russian III  (4) 
Continuation of Russian 102
and reading of short fiction.
Examination of Russian life
styles and patterns.
Prerequisite: RU 102 or
consent of instructor. 

RU 104 Beginning 
Russian IV  (4) 
Grammar review and reading of
Russian short fiction.
Correlation of reading
materials and cultural aspects
of modern Russian life
as represented in fictional
characters and through reading
of newspapers in Russian.
Prerequisite: RU 103 or
consent of instructor. 

RU 274 Independent Study 
(1-3) 
Directed study. May be
repeated. Prerequisite:
Consent of department. 

RU 374 Independent Study 
(1-3) 
Directed study. May be
repeated. Prerequisite:
Consent of department. 

Spanish 
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General Education program. 
See page 30 for details)

SP 100 Spanish for Travelers 
(3) 
Introduction to Spanish
language with emphasis on
everyday conversational
Spanish and vocabulary useful
for travelers. Discussion of
cultural aspects
of Hispanic countries
stressing the countries
selected by the class as
targets for travel.
Examination of the life
patterns in the countries
studied in order to promote
understanding and
better communication.
Extensive use of tapes and
slides. No prerequisite. 

</ SP 101 Beginning 
Spanish I  (4) 
Introduction to conversation,
reading, grammar, and
composition. Development of
oral/aural skills. Particular
emphasis on contemporary
culture and social customs in
the Spanish-speaking world. A
tape program to develop
phonological skills is a
component of this course. No
prerequisite. 

</ SP 102 Beginning 
Spanish II  (4) 
Continuation of Spanish 101.
Prerequisite: SP 101 or two
years of high school Spanish,
or consent of instructor. 

SP 107/207 Basic Spanish 
Conversation (2-3) 
Development of oral skills
with emphasis on practical
vocabulary. Use of magazines,
newspapers, and other topical
materials as basis for
conversation. A student may
take either course or both
in sequence, with consent of
instructor. Prerequisite: SP
102 or two years of high
school Spanish, or consent of
instructor.  
 
SP 209-210 Introduction to
Spanish Reading  (2-3) 
Development of proficiency in
reading and expression through
discussion of unabridged short
literary works from Hispanic
counties. Comparison between
material read and life
patterns and customs in the
Hispanic world. Prerequisite:
SP 102 or consent of
instructor. 

</ SP 211 Spanish Grammar 
Review I  (3) 
Comprehensive review of
Spanish grammar with emphasis
on the development of free
composition. Grammatical
accuracy, clarity, and the
appropriate use of idioms and
syntax are stressed. 
Prerequisite:  SP 102 or
consent of instructor.

</ SP 212 Spanish Grammar 
Review II  (3) 
Continuation of Spanish 211
and 212 need not be taken in
sequence. Prerequisite: SP 102
or consent of instructor. 

SP 231-331 Modern Hispanic
Writers (3) 
Intensive readings in modern
Hispanic literature to give
students critical methods for
dealing with Hispanic literary
genres. A student may take
either course or both courses
in sequence, with consent of
instructor. Prerequisite: SP
211 or 212, or consent of
instructor. 

SP 274 Independent Study 
(1-3) 
Directed study. May be
repeated. Prerequisite:
Consent of department. 

SP 299 Special Topics  (1-3) 
Study of individual authors or
literary topics. May be
repeated. See chairperson
and/or schedule for current
offerings. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. 

SP 302 Spanish Composition 
(3) 
Advanced grammar and creative
writing on assigned topics.
Focus on syntactic structure
and lexicon as reflection of
writer s view of the world.
Prerequisite: SP 211 and 212,
or consent or
instructor. 

SP 303 Readings in Hispanic
Theater (2-3) 
Readings in Hispanic drama
from beginning to contemporary
period. Written and oral
discussion of the literary
significance of the
works as well as their
socio-historical background.
Prerequisite: SP 211 and 212,
or consent of instructor. 

SP 304 Hispanic Civilization
(Spain) (3) 
Oral and written treatment of
geography, history, art,
economy, and customs in order
to understand present
conditions in this
country. Use of slides and
realia. Prerequisite: SP 211
and 212, or consent of
instructor.

SP 305 Hispanic Civilization
(Mexico) (3) 
Oral and written treatment of
geography, history, art,
economy, and customs in order
to understand present
conditions in this
country. Use of slides and
realia. Prerequisite: SP 211
and 212, or consent of
instructor.

SP 306 Hispanic Civilization
(Spanish America)  (3) 
Oral and written treatment of
geography, history, art,
economy, and customs in order
to understand present
conditions in this
country. Use of slides and
realia. Prerequisite: SP 211
and 212, or consent of
instructor.

SP 350 Masterpieces of Spanish
Literature  (3) 
Readings of unabridged works
from the Middle Ages through
the 19th century. Written and
oral discussion of the
literary significance of the
works, as well as their
socio-historical
background. Prerequisite: SP
211 and 212, or consent of
instructor. 

SP 353 Readings in Modern
Spanish Peninsular 
Literature  (2-3) 
Readings and discussion of
unabridged novels and plays as
well as short stories and
poetry of modern writers.
Focus on the expression of
contemporary problems and
aspirations. Prerequisite: SP
211 and 212, or consent of
instructor. 

SP 372 Readings in Modern
Spanish-American Literature 
(3)
Readings and discussion of
unabridged novels, plays,
short stories, and poetry of
modern writers. Focus on the
expression of contemporary
problems and aspirations.
Prerequisite: SP 211 and
212, or consent of instructor. 

SP 374 Independent Study 
(1-3) 
Directed study. May be
repeated. Prerequisite:
Consent of department. 

SP 375 Spanish Seminar  (1-3)
Application of the techniques
of literary analysis to
particular authors or literary
movements. May be repeated.
Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. 

SP 400 Senior Thesis (3-6)
A major research project
culminating in a thesis which
deals with a literary topic,
or other topics as approved by
the thesis director.  May be
presented to the departmental
faculty for consideration for
departmental honors. 
Prerequisite:  Senior
standing.

Foreign Languages 
(FL Courses) 
Courses designed as FL are
conducted in English. No
foreign
language background is
required. 

FL 100-200 Specified 
Topics    (2-4 hrs) 
Custom designed curriculum for
elementary-level training in
foreign language for on-site
offerings for local businesses
and institutions.

FL 101 Beginning Foreign 
Language I (4) 
Introduction to conversation,
reading, grammar and
composition in foreign
languages not regularly
offered, e.g., Japanese.
Development of aural/oral
skills and emphasis on
contemporary culture and
social customs of the language
area. No prerequisite. 

FL 102 Beginning Foreign 
Language II (4) 
Continuation of FL 101.
Prerequisite: FL 101 or
consent of instructor.

FL 200 Specified Topics  (2-4
hrs) 
Continuation in the specified
topic of FL 100  
Prerequisite: FL 100.

FL 299 Special Topics in
Foreign Literature or Culture 
(1-3) 
Study of individual authors,
literary and/or cultural
topics. May be repeated.
Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. 

FL 399 Special Topics in
Foreign Literature or Culture 
(1-3) 
Study of individual authors,
literary and/or cultural
topics. May be repeated.
Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. 


JOURNALISM 



(See Mass Media) 



KANSAS 
       STUDIES



To obtain the Optional Minor
in Kansas Studies, a student
must complete at least 15
hours from among the courses
listed below, with at least 6
of the hours at the upper
division level. The
coordinator of the Center for
Kansas Studies will serve in
the role of department chair
for certification that a
student has successfully met
the requirements for this
Optional Minor.
     Courses which could be
applied toward the
requirements of the
minor are:
AN 225 Kansas Archeology 
BI 170 Kansas Ecology 
EN 138 Kansas Literature 
EN 190 Film Appreciation 
     (when taught as  Kansas 
     in theMovies )
EN 199 Special Topics 
     (when taught as  Kansas
     Folklore )
HI 222/322 Kansas History 
     (may take either HI 222 
     or HI 322, but not
     both)
HI 317 Topeka and the Urban
     Experience in           
     American History 
PO 107 American State and      
     Local Government
PO 307 Internship in State and 
        Local  Government HI
397 Internship in Historical   
      Agencies


MASS MEDIA 



(Electronic Media, Public 
Relations, Print Media)


Henderson Learning Center, 
Third Floor 
(913) 231-1010 ext. 1836

Professor Anderson, Acting
Chair
Professor Wolff 
Assistant Professor Burgess
Instructor Horchem
Instructor Landholm
     
The Mass Media curriculum
provides Washburn students
with a rich diversity of media
studies in the areas of
electronic media, public
relations and print media. 
The courses of study within
these areas of emphasis are
designed to prepare students
for careers in the field and
graduate studies in the
applied areas. The courses are
also designed to meet the
needs of students interested
in media studies but not
planning to pursue a major. 
The major and minor can be
selected in combination with
other majors offered in the
College of Arts and Sciences
and other Schools within the
University.

The Major 

Majors must complete a total
of 40 hours which includes a
variety of basic course
requirements, courses in a
selected area of emphasis, and
elective offerings chosen in
consultation with an adviser.
All majors must complete a
15-22/hour minor.  Upon
completion of the minor the
student must fill out the
appropriate minor form
provided by the registrar's
office.  Students must
submit the list of courses in
the minor to the media adviser
prior to the completion of the
minor.  That list should be
signed by a minor adviser and
be retained in the department
file for advising purposes.

The Minor 

The minor in Mass Media
consists of 18 credit hours.
Students must complete MM 100,
201, 202, 300 and an
additional 6 hours selected in
consultation with a media
adviser.  A minor can be
developed in electronic media,
public relations, print media
or a combination of these
areas.

On Campus Laboratories

Mass Media majors have the
opportunity to gain hands-on
experience in electronic
media, public relations and
print media at Washburn
University. The media center s
television studio with
WUCT cable channel and the new
KTWU channel 11 facility
provide broadcast experience. 
The Review newspaper and the
KAW magazine provide both
print media and public
relations opportunities.  The
writing and design courses are
taught in computer labs.

Internships

Internships are available for
qualified students who want
experience and training in a
professional setting.  The
Mass Media faculty maintain a
network of contacts with
professionals in radio, TV and
cable network companies,
newspapers, advertising
and public relations agencies,
and business and professional
organizations.  Students
receive 3 hours of academic
credit for this work. 
Internships must be approved
by the chairperson, in
consultation with the media
adviser.  Twenty-four hours of
credit in the major must be
completed prior to the
internship experience.

Teaching endorsement 
qualifications in Journalism

Students may receive a
secondary teaching endorsement
to teach journalism only if
they are certified to teach
English. There are
no exceptions to this rule.
Students seeking this
endorsement must take the
following courses or their
equivalent: 12 hours required: 
MM 202 Reporting, MM 221
Publication Technology, MM 322
Editing, and MM 491
Supervision of School
Publications.  Students
seeking this endorsement to
teach must also be formally
admitted to the University
Professional Teacher Education
Program.  For admission
requirements see EDUCATION in
this catalog.

Electronic Media

The electronic media emphasis
prepares students who seek
careers in production,
performance, and broadcast
management.  Students
in other fields may wish to
take courses in this area to
prepare themselves to serve as
liaisons between members of
their own field and
professionals in the
electronic media. The emphasis
stresses hands-on production
experience.

Introduction to Mass Media 
Introduction to Broadcast
Production Designing the Media
Message
Reporting 
Broadcast Writing 
Broadcast Performance 
TV Production I 
Broadcast Programming Sales 
Law and Ethics in
Communication Senior Seminar 
Department Electives (12)
     Total Hours:  40
     
Public Relations

The mass media degree with a
public relations emphasis
prepares students to manage
communication programs of
public and private
organizations.  The curriculum
emphasizes writing,
communication theory, and
techniques including research,
production, and desktop
publishing.  The course
sequence provides a
traditional body of knowledge
and skills needed by
professionals, as well as
emerging information, issues
and trends.

Introduction to Mass Media 
Introduction to Broadcast
Production Designing the Media
Message
Reporting 
Public Relations 
Publication Technology 
Editing 
Media Writing 
Public Relations Campaigns 
Law and Ethics in
Communication Senior Seminar 
Department Electives (9)
     Total Hours:  40

Print Media

The print media sequence
prepares students for careers
as writers, reporters, editors
and layout designers, with
newspapers, magazines, and
wire services.  The curriculum
emphasizes writing, reporting,
editing, and layout and
design. 
Introduction to Mass Media 
Designing the Media Message 
Newswriting
Publication Technology 
Editing
Media Writing 
Feature Writing 
Publication Layout and Design
Law and Ethics in
Communication Senior Seminar 
Department Electives (12)
     Total Hours: 40
     
COURSE OFFERINGS
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General
Education program.  See page
30 for details)

</ MM 100 Introduction to Mass
Media  (3) 
The subject of this course is
the mass media.  It is
designed to acquaint students
with newspapers, magazines,
books, radio,recordings,
television, films,
advertising, public relations,
and the interactive media of
computers and information
technology. 
 
MM 110 Introduction to 
Broadcast Production  (3)
Basic principles, practices
and techniques of video and
audio production equipment as
it relates to the broadcast
industry. This is a hands-on,
hardware-intensive course
utilizing the studio and field
technologies.

MM 201 Designing the Media
Message (3) 
Explores mass media theory,
the preparation and
application of the media
message.

MM 202 Newswriting  (3) 
The study and practice of
fundamentals of news writing.
Prerequisite: EN 101, MM 201
Typing ability mandatory.

MM 210 Broadcast Writing  (3)
Preparing materials and copy
for audio/video media.
Includes special techniques in
radio and television
commercial writing. 
Prerequisite:  MM 100, 110,
201, 202, or consent.

MM 211 Broadcast 
Performance (3) 
Practice in speaking and
performing for radio and
television presentations.
Exercises are based on a
variety of practical
applications found in
announcing situations. 
Students are guided
by in-class evaluations from
the instructor and peers.
Prerequisite:  MM 100, MM 210,
or consent.

MM 220 Public Relations  (3)
Survey and analysis of
organizational practices in
communicating with internal
and external publics. 
Prerequisite: MM 202.

MM 221 Publication 
Technology (3) 
Learning design and layout
functions using desktop
publishing techniques and
software. Prerequisite:  MM
202.

MM 255/355 Sports and 
Media (3)
Mediated sport is an important
facet of modern life. 
Students will examine
relationships among media,
sport and society.  By
the end of this course,
students should have attained
knowledge and understanding
of:  the historical
development of the
relationships of sport, media
and society; career
opportunities which involve
media and sport; similarities
and differences in
the relationships of the
various media and sport; and
the ways media and sport
affect life in the United
States.

MM 293 Special Topics (3) 
Special subject courses not
covered in the department
catalog listing.  May be
repeated when topics vary.  

MM 300 Law & Ethics of 
Mass Media (3)
Study of ethical and legal
issues in  mass communication
contexts.  Examines the
limitations and
responsibilities of
communicators. Prerequisite: 
MM 100 or consent.

MM 310 TV Production I  (3)
Theories and practices in
scripting, producing, and
performing for video
programming.  Includes
operating studio and
control-room equipment.
Prerequisite: MM
110, 210, or consent.

MM 320 Media Writing (3) 
Study and practice of writing
for the mass media. Writing
styles include technical,
editorial, opinion,
promotional, critical, and
analytical. Prerequisite:  MM
202 or consent.

MM 322 Editing (3)
Evaluating and processing
print and graphic materials
for publication. Includes copy
reading, headline writing, and
picture editing. Prerequisite: 
MM 202 or consent. 

MM 351 Media Research &
Analysis  (3) 
Study of quantitative and
qualitative research
techniques and of
the interpretation and
reporting of research
findings.  Prerequisite:  MM
100, 201 or consent.
      
MM 352 Advertising  (3) 
Analysis of commercial
persuasion. Examining
messages, audiences,
and settings. Prerequisite: MM
100, 201, or consent.

MM 353 Advanced 
Communication Technology  (3) 
History, principles,
practices, regulation and
programming of radio,
television, cable, satellite,
and teleconferencing.
Prerequisite:  MM 100.

MM 393 Special Topics (3) 
Special subject courses not
covered in the department
catalog listing.  May be
repeated when topics vary. 
Prerequisites:  MM
100 or consent.  

MM 410 Broadcast 
Programming & Sales (3) 
Study of the objectives of
programming and sales in a
broadcast station, the
strategies used to reach those
objectives, and the
relationship between
programming and sales.
Prerequisite: MM 100 or
consent.

MM 411 Broadcast 
Management  (3) 
Basic concept of managing a
broadcast station, a study of
the various departments within
broadcast organizations and
how they interrelate, and an
overview of the regulatory and
technological landscapes that
face broadcast managers.
Prerequisite:  MM 100, 110, or
consent.

MM 412 TV Production II  (3)
Writing program proposals and
scripts, taping with small
format television equipment,
and audio and video editing.
Prerequisite: MM 310.

MM 413 TV Production 
Lab (1-3) 
Assisting with major campus
broadcast production in
association with the media
center, WUCT cable channel and
KTWU channel 11.  Students may
also undertake personal
projects in consultation
with a media adviser.
Prerequisite:  MM 310 or
consent.

MM 420 Public Relations 
Campaigns  (3) 
Design and use of
communication messages in a
comprehensive program of
organizational persuasion.
Prerequisite: MM 220. 
 
MM 430 Feature Writing  (3)
Article writing for newspaper
and magazines. Prerequisite: 
MM 202 or consent.

MM 431 Publication Layout and
Design (3) 
Producing periodicals
associated with business,
industry, and non-profit
groups. Prerequisite:  MM 221.

MM 432 Advertising Copy and
Design (3) 
Course involves planning,
creation and production of
advertising messages for
various mass media.
Prerequisite:  MM 352 or
consent.

MM 490 Senior Seminar  (1)
Discussion and preparation of
portfolio, audition tapes and
resumes for use in the job
search and/or making
application to graduate
programs.  Area professionals
will be invited to class to
offer insight into
career possibilities and
interviewing tips. 
Prerequisite:  Major
only, senior standing.

MM 491 Supervision of Student
Publications  (3) 
Advising student publications, 
for grades 7-12.  For teaching
endorsement in journalism.
Prerequisite: consent.

MM 492 Independent 
Study  (1-3) 
Investigates a mass media area
of interest not covered in
regular courses. Involves
producing research or creative
projects. Prerequisite:
consent of faculty and
chairperson, majors only. 
 
MM 493 Special Topics  (1-3)
Special subject courses not
covered in the department
catalog listing.  May  
vary.  Prerequisites:  MM 100
or consent. 

MM 494 Internship  (3) 
Experience and training in
professional setting related
to mass media careers.
Students are supervised by
mass media faculty
member or chairperson and the
sponsoring organization. 
Second semester junior or
senior standing.  A minimum of
15 hours per week. 
Twenty-four credit hours
completed in the major.
Prerequisite:  Chairperson s
approval, majors only.



MATHEMATICS 
         AND 
         STATISTICS 


Morgan Hall, Room 275  
(913) 231-1010 ext. 1491

Associate Professor Stucker,
Chair 
Professor Calys 
Professor Milner 
Professor Riveland 
Professor Wasserstein 
Associate Professor Blumberg
Associate Professor Schmidt 
Assistant Professor LaLonde 
Assistant Professor Mower
Instructor Ohm

The Major 

The course requirements for a
major are fulfilled by
selecting one of the following
three paths. (Note: Transfer
students must complete at
least nine upper division
hours in mathematics from the
Washburn Mathematics
Department.) 

Mathematics 

Calculus (MA 151, 152, 153),
Discrete Mathematics (MA 207),
Linear Algebra  (MA 261),
Applied Statistics (MA 343),
Modern Algebra (MA 354),
Introduction to Real Analysis
I (MA 371), Introduction to
Real Analysis II (MA 372),
Logic for Programming
(PH 110) or Logic (PH 220),
FORTRAN (CM 170) or The C
Programming Language (CM 244),
and any two of the following
four courses: Mathematical
Models  (MA 330), Mathematical
Statistics(MA344),Mathematical
Statistics II (MA 345),
Numerical Analysis  (MA 376).
In addition, 10-15 hours of
correlated courses approved by
the department are required. 
The correlated course
requirement will be one of the
following:  Physics 261 and
262; Physics 281 and
282;  EC 201, EC 202, BU 342,
and  BU 347; EC 201, EC 202,
AC 224, AC 225, and BU 381; or
a specially designed sequence
to be approved by the
Department
Chair.  

Mathematics (Secondary
Education Specialization) 

Calculus (MA 151, 152, 153),
Discrete Mathematics (MA 207),
Linear Algebra (MA 261),
Applied Statistics (MA 343),
Modern Algebra (MA 354),
Modern Geometry (MA 367),
Introduction to Real
Analysis I (MA 371), 
Mathematical Models (MA 330),
Logic for Programming (PH 110)
or Logic  (PH 220), History of
Mathematics (MA 381) or
Philosophy of Mathematics (PH
325).
     Students seeking
certification to teach
mathematics must also be
formally  admitted to the
University s Professional
Teacher Education Programs.
For admission requirements,
see  EDUCATION in this
catalog.

Mathematics (Actuarial 
Science Specialization) 
     
Calculus (MA 151, 152, 153),
Differential Equations (MA
241), Math (MA 250), Linear
Algebra (MA 261), Applied
Statistics (MA 343),
Mathematical Statistics (MA
344, MA 345), Numerical
Analysis(MA376), Actuarial
Mathematics (MA 385), 
Operations Research (CM
310), Accounting (AC 224,  AC
225), Economics (EC 201, EC
202),Insurance  (BU 374, BU
375,BU 378, BU 475). 

General Requirements

General requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree or the
Bachelor of Science degree are
listed in the catalog. See
College of Arts and Sciences,
degree programs, in the index.

The Minor 
(optional minor for the
Bachelor of Arts degree) 

Students who exercise the
optional minor in mathematics
will fulfill the fifteen hour
requirement by taking courses
numbered MA 151 or above
(excluding MA 206 and MA 228).
Six of the hours must be at
the upper division level. 

Associate of Arts 

The general requirements for
an Associate of Arts degree in
Natural Sciences and
Mathematics are listed in the
catalog. See Requirements
Common to all associate
degrees, in the index. For a
field of concentration in
Mathematics, the twelve
required hours are satisfied
by Mathematics courses 
numbered 151 or above
(excluding MA 206 and MA 228).

SUGGESTED INITIAL 
SCHEDULE FOR  
MATHEMATICS MAJORS IN ALL
THREE SPECIALTIES 

Freshman 
First Semester     
Mathematics 151*
Philosophy 110 or 220
Computer Information Science
111(Mathematics and
Actuarial Science specialties)
English 101**
Physical Education Requirement
Electives (0-6 hours)

Second Semester
Mathematics 152
Computer Information 
     Science 170 or 244 
     (Mathematics and      
Actuarial                   
Science specialties)
English 101**
Electives (1-7 hours)

Suggested electives for
Secondary Education students
are:
Education 150, Education 200.

*Students not qualified to
enter Mathematics 151 will be
placed in mathematics courses
according to their high school
preparation. 
**First or second semester
depending on student s last
name.

 COURSE OFFERINGS
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General
Education program.  See page
30 for details)

MA 103 Basic Algebra  (3) 
A first course in algebra.
Sets, number systems, signed
numbers and operations,
polynomials, factoring, linear
equations, rational
expressions and applications.
Does not count towards
degree credit hour 
requirements, nor general
education requirements. 

MA 104 Intermediate 
Algebra  (3) 
Linear equations and
inequalities, polynomials,
rational expressions,
exponents, radicals, quadratic
equations and inequalities,
and applications. For students
entering with one year of high
school algebra who are
preparing for Exploring
Mathematics or College
Algebra. Not open to
students with credit in (or
simultaneously enrolled in) MA
110, MA 116 or mathematics
courses above MA 116.
Prerequisite: MA 103
or one year of high school or
junior high school algebra and
one of the following:  an ACT
mathematics score of at least
16 (SAT quantitative score of
at least 410) or a placement
exam score of at least 8.

MA 105 Science Success 
Strategies (2)
Interdisciplinary class may be
taken as CH 100.  Develops
mathematics and science skills
fundamental to science majors. 
Prerequisite:  MA 104 or one
and one-half years of high
school or junior high school
algebra and one of the
following: an ACT
mathematics score of at least
22 (SAT quantitative score of
at least 505) or a placement
exam score of at least 15. 

</ MA 110 Exploring  
Mathematics (3) 
This course focuses on
understanding and analyzing
mathematical problems of a
variety of types and develops
methods, processes, and
strategies to solve them. 
Topics will be selected from 
mathematical structures,
functions and their graphs,
sequences and series,
elementary probability and
statistics, and systems of
equations.  This course is not
intended  to prepare students
for calculus.  Prerequisite: 
MA 104 or one and one-half
years of high school or junior
high school algebra and one of
the following: an ACT
mathematics score of at least
22 (SAT quantitative score of
at least 505) or a placement
exam score of at least 15.

</ MA 116 College Algebra  (3)
Equations, relations,
functions, systems of
equations, graphing,
matrices, determinants, linear
programming, logarithms,
sequences, series, and
binomial expansion. Not open
to students with credit in  MA
117 or any course numbered
above MA 140. Prerequisite: 
MA 104 or one and one-half
years of high school or
junior high school algebra and
one of the following: an ACT
mathematics score of at least
22 (SAT quantitative score of
at least 505) or a placement
exam score of at least 15. 

</ MA 117 Trigonometry  (3)
Trigonometric functions, their
inverses, graphs, identities
and their applications.
Applications are approached
through the use of technology,
laboratories, and field
projects.  Graphics calculator
highly desirable. 
Prerequisite: MA 116 or
concurrent with MA 116 or two
years of high school or junior
high school algebra and one of
the following: an ACT
mathematics score of at
least 28 (SAT quantitative
score of at least 640) or a
placement exam score of at
least 22. 

MA 123 Elementary  
Functions  (3) 
Algebraic, exponential and
trigonometric functions.
Topics in plane analytic
geometry. Designed for the
student preparing for
calculus. Prerequisite: MA
117, or three years of high
school mathematics, including
trigonometry. 

</ MA 140 Statistics (3) 
Introduction to statistics and
probability with practical
applications. Descriptive
techniques including graphical
methods, probability
distributions, sampling
distributions, confidence
intervals, hypothesis tests.
Prerequisite: MA 110 or MA 116
or two years of high school or
junior high school algebra and
one of the following: an ACT
mathematics score of at least
28 (SAT quantitative score of
at least 640) or a placement
exam score of at least 22. 

</ MA 141 Applied Calculus I
(3)
Definition and elementary
properties of the derivative
and definite integral with
emphasis on the application of
the derivative and integral to
problems in business. Students
will not receive credit for
both MA 141 and MA 151.
Prerequisite: MA 116 or two
years of high school or junior
high school algebra
and one of the following: an
ACT mathematics score of at
least 28 (SAT quantitative
score of at least 640) or a
placement exam
score of at least 22. 

MA 142 Applied Calculus II (3)
A continuation of MA 141. 
Elementary differential and
integral calculus including
the trigonometric functions,
techniques of integration and
an introduction to
multivariable calculus. 
Applications will  be
primarily from management and
biological sciences.
Prerequisite:  MA 117 and MA
141 or consent of
instructor.

</ MA 145 Mathematics for
Decision Making  (3) 
This course will introduce
students to quantitative
methods of decision making
used in management, the life
and social sciences. 
Topics covered will include: 
matrices, linear programming
(including the simplex
method), probability theory,
Markov chains, graph theory,
simulation and modelling. 
Prerequisite: MA 116 or two
years of high school or junior
high school  algebra
and one of the following: an
ACT mathematics score of at
least 28 (SAT quantitative
score of at least 640) or a
placement exam
score of at least 22. 

</ MA 148 Mathematics of 
Finance  (3) 
Interest, annuities,
amortization, sinking funds,
stocks, bonds. Prerequisite:
MA 116 or two years of high
school or junior high school
algebra and one of the
following: an ACT mathematics
score of at least 28 (SAT
quantitative score of
at least 640) or a placement
exam score of at least 22. 

</ MA 151 Calculus and
Analytic Geometry I  (5) 
Differential and integral
calculus of the elementary
functions with applications.
Prerequisite: MA 117 or four
years of high school
mathematics, including
trigonometry. 

MA 152 Calculus and Analytic
Geometry II  (5) 
A continuation of Mathematics
151. Topics in plane analytic
geometry, techniques of
integration with applications,
numerical methods, and
infinite series. Prerequisite:
MA 151. 

MA 153 Calculus and Analytic
Geometry III (3) 
A continuation of Mathematics
152. Multivariable calculus,
vectors in two and three
dimensional spaces.
Prerequisite: MA 152. 

</ MA 206 Discrete Mathematics
for Computing  (3) 
Discrete mathematic topics
useful in computer-aided
problem solving.  Topics will
include Boolean algebra and
computer logic, graphs and
trees with algorithms, and
analysis of algorithm
complexity. Prerequisite:  MA
116 or two years of high
school or junior high school
algebra and one of the
following: an ACT mathematics
score of at least 28 (SAT
quantitative score of at
least 640) or a placement exam
score of at least 22.

MA 207 Discrete  
Mathematics  (3)
Logic, sets, functions,
equivalence relations,
induction, recursion and
difference equations.
Significant emphasis on
method of mathematical proof
and applications of discrete
mathematics algorithms. 
Prerequisite: MA  151 or MA
206, PH 110 or PH 220 or
consent of instructor. 

MA 228 Mathematics for  
Elementary Educators (4) 
The in-depth investigation of
mathematical concepts
encountered in grades K-8. 
Topics will be selected from
focus areas recommended by
national professional
mathematics teaching
organizations and will include
number theory, geometry,
probability and statistics. 
Prerequisite:  MA 116 or
two years of high school or
junior high school algebra and
one of the following: an ACT
mathematics score of at least
28 (SAT quantitative score of
at least 640) or a placement
exam score of at least 22.

MA 241 Differential  
Equations  (3) 
Methods for solving ordinary
differential equations and
systems of ordinary
differential equations
including Laplace transforms,
series, numerical methods with
applications. Prerequisite: MA
153.

MA 250 Theory of Interest  (3)
Topics include measure of
interest (emphasis on
continuous nature),
accumulated and present value
factors, annuities, yield
rates, sinking funds, and
bonds and related securities. 
Prerequisite:  MA 151.

MA 261 Linear Algebra  (3)
Algebraic structure of vector
spaces, subspaces, linear
transformations, and matrices.
Eigenvalues, Eigenvectors, and
applications. Prerequisite:  
MA 153 or concurrent. 

MA 271 Contemporary Actuarial
Concepts  (1) 
Current issues in Actuarial
Mathematics with emphasis on
the releases of the Society of
Actuaries. Includes practical
application to solving
problems of the type included
in the Society of Actuary s
Course 100. Prerequisite: MA
153. 

MA 299 Special Topics in  
Mathematics (1-6)
Directed study in some area of
mathematics at the lower
division
level. 

MA 310/ CM 310 Introduction to
Operations Research (3) 
A study of the techniques and
topics that are the foundation
of operations research. 
Topics will include:  linear,
integer, and dynamic
programming, Queuing theory
and project scheduling.  
Prerequisite: CM 111 or 
CM 170, and MA 142 or MA 151,
and MA 145 or MA 261.

MA 330 Mathematical  
Models  (3) 
Mathematical models will be
constructed of real situations
in biology, economics, social
science, or engineering. The
mathematical results of these
models will be interpreted in
the context of the  real
situation. Models which
utilize graph theory are
emphasized. Prerequisite: 207
or consent of instructor.  
 MA 343 Applied Statistics 
(3)
Sampling, concepts of
experimental design.
Descriptive statistical
techniques. Probability,
random variables, and
distributions of random
variables. Sampling
distributions. Tests
of significance. Point and 
interval estimation. Simple
linear regression. Emphasis on
developing statistical
thought, not just methodology.
Prerequisite: MA 142 or 
MA 151. 

MA 344  Mathematical 
Statistics I (3) 
Probability, random variables
and expectation, conditional
distributions and stochastic
independence, distributions of
functions of random variables. 
Prerequisite: MA 153 and 
MA 343. 

MA 345 Mathematical 
Statistics II  (3) 
An introduction to the
theoretical framework of
estimation and testing with
emphasis on regression and
correlation and on time
series.  Prerequisite:  MA
344.

MA 349 Statistical Topics for
Actuarial Science  (1) 
Emphasis on topics in
probability and statistics of
special importance to
actuarial science students. 
Prerequisite:  MA 343,
MA 344 or concurrent.

MA 354 Modern Algebra  (3)
Algebraic structures of
permutation groups, finitely
generated Abelian groups,
factor groups, rings and
fields  and their
substructures. Prerequisite:
MA 153 and MA 207, or consent
of the instructor. 

MA 367 Modern Geometry (3)
Geometries, including
Euclidean and non-Euclidean,
are developed as axiomatic
systems from a historical and
experimental perspective.
Prerequisite: MA 151.

MA 371 Introduction to Real
Analysis I  (3) 
Sets and functions, properties
of the real number system,
sequences, limits of functions 
and continuity of functions.
Prerequisite: MA 153 and  
MA 207, or consent of the
instructor. 

MA 372 Introduction to Real
Analysis II  (3) 
Differentiation, the Riemann
integral, sequences of
functions, infinite series,
and series of functions.
Prerequisite: MA 371.  
 
MA 373 Applied Analysis  (3) 
The algebra, geometry, and
calculus of vectors. Fourier
expansions, the Laplace
transformation. Oriented
toward
applications in the physical
sciences. Prerequisite: MA
153.  
 
MA 374 Introduction to Complex
Variables  (3) 
Theory of analytic functions,
infinite series, Taylor and
Laurent expansion.
Prerequisite: MA 153. 

MA 376 Numerical Analysis  (3)
Solution of algebraic and
transcendental equations,
numerical differentiation and
integration,  numerical
methods in differential
equations and linear algebra.
Oriented toward machine
computation.  Prerequisite: MA
241 and CM 170. 

MA 381 History and Literature
of Mathematics  (3) 
Chronological development of
mathematics, based on the
study of classical problems
and proofs, biographies of
mathematicians, literature and
cultural analysis.
Prerequisite: MA 151 or
consent of instructor. 

MA 385 Actuarial  
Mathematics  (3) 
Theory and application of
contingency mathematics in
area of life and health
insurance, annuities and
sections from both the
probabilistic and
deterministic approaches. 
Prerequisites: MA
250, MA 344 or  consent of the
instructor.

MA 390 Seminar  (1-3) 
Directed study in some
advanced area. Prerequisite:
consent of the instructor. 

MA 400 Internship in 
Mathematics or Statistics
(1-6) 
A work experience in the area
of mathematics and/or
statistics performed in
cooperation with a business,
industrial, medical or
educational institution. The
internship study must provide
a learning  experience in the
applications of mathematics or
statistics. Prerequisite:
Consent of Department Chair. 

MA 450 Topics in 
Mathematics  (1-6) 
Directed study in some area of
mathematics at the graduate
level. Prerequisite: Consent
of the instructor. 


MEDICAL 
        TECHNOLOGY 


(Biology Department) 



On-campus advising in Medical
Technology  is under the
direction of the Biology
Development. 
     The BS degree with a
Medical Technology major
requires a 30 hour certified
clinical program including the
courses listed at the end of
this section. A first
minor in biology and a second
minor in chemistry are
required. The biology minor
must include Biology 102, 110,
255, 301, 305, 325, 362, and
363. Biology 343, 353, and/or
370 are also recommended. The
chemistry minor must include
Chemistry 151, 152, 340, 342,
350, and 351. Chemistry 341 is
recommended. In addition
Mathematics 116 and 140 along
with either Physics 101 or
Physics 261 and 262 (or PS
281/282) are required. The
clinical program is
a one year program in certain
clinical programs approved by
the National Accrediting
Agency for Clinical Laboratory
Science and the American
Society of Clinical
Pathologists. 
     Students who receive
baccalaureate degree in
biology from Washburn can also
receive a Bachelor of Science
in Medical Technology after
successful completion of a
clinical year in an
approved clinical program
provided that the required
academic courses for the B.S.
in Medical Technology have
been taken and that the
student has a total of at
least 154 credit hours.
Students may also apply for a
BS degree with a double major
by following the University
guidelines for a double major.
     Students with a BS or BA
degree that includes the
university courses required
for the BS in Medical
Technology will be
qualified to apply for the
clinical program at most
accredited schools of medical
technology in the United
States. The biology department
can also provide the
pre-profesional academic
courses necessary for those
students who wish to
complete the clinical
requirement at either the
University of Kansas or
Wichita State University. 
These students would receive
the B.S. in Medical Technology
from the university at which
they completed the clinical
program.

CLINICAL COURSE 
OFFERINGS 

The courses listed below are
offered by the hospital
schools of Medical Technology
and are not a part of Washburn
Universitys curriculum. The
variation in credit hours is
due to unique differences
between hospital programs. 

Clinical Microbiology (6-8) 
The theory and laboratory
study of pathogenic bacteria,
viruses, richettsiae, fungi
and parasites. Includes
morphology, physiology,
taxonomy, and medical
significance. 

Clinical Chemistry  (6-8) 
Theory and laboratory study of
analytical biochemistry,
incorporating both routine and
special chemical procedures.  

Clinical Hematology (4-6) 
Study of blood cell
derivation, maturation and
function, principles of
hemostasis and blood
coagulation. Methodology used
in routine and special
hematology studies. 

Clinical Immunology  (2-6)
Includes immunohematology, the
study of fundamentals of
antigenantibody reactions,
blood groups and
types, crossmatches, blood
components and the laboratory
methods used in
immunohematology studies; and
serology, the theory of
immunologic responses and
procedures used in
determination of serological
studies. 

Topics in Medical 
Technology  (2-4) 
Includes basic principles and
practices of the medical
laboratory, techniques and
special projects. 


MUSIC 



Garvey Fine Arts Center, Room
211     
(913) 231-1010 ext. 1511  
Associate Professor Saville,
Chair
Professor Rivers 
Professor Sheley 
Associate Professor Boyd 
Associate Professor Everett
Associate Professor Tumlinson
Assistant Professor Banister 
Assistant Professor Ding 
Assistant Professor Morgan
Assistant Professor Snook
Instructor Kellim 


The courses in music are
designed to meet the demands
of three groups of students:
first, those preparing to be
professional performers and
teachers of music; second,
those interested in
theoretical and practical
aspects of music without
necessarily planning to use
them in a career; and third,
those wishing to develop an
intelligent appreciation of
music and its contributions to
general culture. 
     The Department of Music
offers two degree programs.
One program leads to the
Bachelor of Music degree, with
a major in music performance,
or a major in music education.
The second program leads to a
Bachelor of Arts degree, with
a major in music. The Bachelor
of  Music degree is pursued by
students planning a
professional career in music
performance or in music
education. The Bachelor of 
Arts degree with a major in
music is pursued by students
seeking a liberal education
without aspiring to a
professional career in music. 
Incoming students who aspire
to the Bachelor of Music
degree, or the  Bachelor of
Arts degree with  major in
music, are urged to declare
their major as early
as practicable in  order to
come under advisement by a
member of the Music
Department. 
     Many courses are open to
non-music majors. One hour of
credit may be earned by one
semester of enrollment in
organizations such as Band,
Concert Choir, Singers,
Orchestra, Jazz Ensemble, and
Percussion Ensemble. A 
pamphlet describing a
number of other music courses
for non-music majors is
available at the music office. 
Non-music majors may enroll
for private lessons or group
instruction in any performance
medium with consent of
instructor. 

The Majors 

Bachelor of Arts

The program leading to the
Bachelor of Arts Degree with a
major in Music is designed for
students seeking a liberal
education with a concentration
in music. The degree, which
consists of a total of 124
hours, is appropriate  for
undergraduates who wish
to major in music as a part of
a liberal arts program
irrespective of specific 
carreer aspirations.   It
serves individuals who seek a
broad program of general
education rather than intense
specialization in the
undergraduate years.  The
degree does not carry
departmental recommendation
for a teaching certificate.
Students pursuing this degree
must complete the following:
General  Education 
requirements common to all
Bachelor of Arts programs;
Music 121, 122,123,215, 216,
315, 316, 325,  326, 327;
Private lessons or Group Piano
totaling eight hours; Music
electives for a total of 40
hours in Music; participation
in two ensembles each
semester; and recital
attendance. The remaining
electives (40 hours) may be
taken in any department except
music.  However, ensemble
credit, or private lesson or
Group Piano credit, beyond the
eight hours required, up to 15
hours, may be counted in the
block of elective hours. 

Bachelor of Music 

The Bachelor of Music degree
is a professional degree,
designed to equip students to
pursue careers in musical
performance or music teaching.
Majors are  offered in Music
Performance and in Music
Education. Freshmen who plan
to pursue the Bachelor of
Music degree should have
acquired reasonable skill in
musical performance before
enrolling at Washburn. The
following requirements must be
met: 

FOURTH SEMESTER 
PERFORMANCE 
EXAMINATION - At the
conclusion of four consecutive
semesters of study, the
student will perform in his or
her performance major or
concentration for a faculty
jury. Level of performance
will be evaluated to determine
the student's potential for
completing his/her degree
program. Should the jury agree
that the student lacks
sufficient performing
potential, the student will be
placed on probation  for one
semester and examined again.
Failure to attain an
acceptable proficiency by the
end of the probationary
semester will result in
cancellation of the student's
status as a candidate for the
degree.

SENIOR RECITAL JURY 
EXAMINATION - A Senior Recital
is required of all candidates
for the Bachelor of  Music
degree. For the recital to be
credited toward the degree the
student must be currently
enrolled for credit in private
lessons. At least  three weeks
prior to the scheduled public
performance, the student will
perform a complete recital
before a jury composed of
his/her private teacher and
two other faculty. If the jury
agrees, the student will then
be allowed to present the
recital publicly. 

RECITAL ATTENDANCE - Students
are required to attend 12
approved recitals and 
concerts each semester for the
first four semesters of
enrollment. Failure to meet
this obligation will result in
probationary status being
imposed during the fifth
semester.  

PIANO PROFICIENCY - Candidates
for the Bachelor of Music
degree, except those majoring
in piano or organ performance,
are required  to enroll in
piano during each semester of
full-time enrollment
until successful completion of
the piano proficiency
examination. 

MEMBERSHIP IN LARGE 
ENSEMBLES - All candidates
except Piano/Organ performance
majors are required  to
participate in two large
ensembles (band, orchestra,
choir, etc.) each semester of
full-time  enrollment. 
Keyboard majors and
concentrations must
participate in Accompanying
(Music 244,444) during each
semester of full-time
enrollment and must show
enrollment in both large and
small ensembles prior to
graduation.
     Music Education majors
with a concentration in
Keyboard may count
accompanying as one of their
major ensembles. Music
Education majors may count
only six hours of large
ensemble credit toward
graduation. 

Bachelor of Music in Music 
Performance 

The program leading to the
Bachelor of Music degree with
a major in Music Performance
is designed for students
planning a career in
professional performance,
college or university
teaching, or private studio
teaching.  Entering students
who plan to major in
Music Performance should be
prepared to  demonstrate
adequate performing ability
upon enrolling.
     Performance majors are
required to present a
full-length public recital
program in their senior year. 
Academic requirements for the
major in Music  Performance
include: 24 hours in the
Performance major; six hours
of English Composition; two
hours of Physical Education;
nine hours each in the 
Humanities (Music and required
English courses excluded),
Natural Sciences and
Mathematics, and  Social
Sciences, with courses in at
least two subject areas in
each group. Performance majors
must show at least four hours
of credit in piano. Orchestral
Instrument performance majors
must show three hours in an
instrumental minor. Elective
courses will be used to
complete a total of 124 hours. 

BACHELOR OF MUSIC:  
Requirements for the Major in
Piano or Organ

General Education 
Requirements - 35 Hours 
Requirements include: 
English 101, 300 (6) 
Physical Education (2) 
Humanities, Creative &
Performing 
Arts (9)
(In at least two areas
excluding music)
Natural Sciences and
Mathematics (9)
Social Sciences (9)
     (In at least two subject
areas)

Music Requirements -
 84 Hours (Minimum) 

Private Lessons - 24 Hours 
Organ (MU 265,465) OR Piano
(MU 267,467)  Students
normally enroll for 3 hours of
private lessons each semester. 

Accompanying - 8 Hours
Students enroll for 1-2 hours
of Accompanying (MU 244-444)
each semester. 

Orientation - 4 Hours 
MU 121 Introduction to Music
(1 hr.) 
MU 305 Business of Music (3
hrs)

Theory - 22-24 Hours 
MU 122 Rhythmic Perception (1
hr) 
MU 123 Computers and Music (1
hr)
MU 206 Improvisation 
MU 215 Theory & Aural 
     Comp., I  (4 hrs) 
MU 216 Theory & Aural 
     Comp, II (4 hrs) 
MU 315 Theory & Aural 
     Comp., III (4 hrs) 
MU 316 Theory, IV (3 hrs) 
MU 317 Orchestration-Organist 
     Only (2 hr) 
MU 415 Tonal Counterpoint (2
hrs) 
MU 443 Composition (1 hr)

Music History and Literature -
     8-12 Hours
MU 325 Music History I (3 hrs) 
MU 326 Music History II (3  
hrs) 
MU 327 Music History III (2
hrs) 
MU 337 Piano Lit. I
     (pianists only) (2 hrs) 
MU 338 Piano Lit. II
     (pianists only) (2 hrs) 
Conducting - 5 Hours 
MU 237 Choral Clinic (1 hr) 
MU 238 Instrumental Clinic (1
hr) 
MU 240 Beginning Conducting (1
hr) 
MU 441 Adv. Choral 
     Conducting (1 hr)     
MU 442 Adv. Instr. Conducting
(1 hr) 

Small Ensembles 
(MU 254,454) - 4 Hours 
Electives - pianists (2hrs)
organists (4 hrs)
 
Students may select any
courses in Music to complete a
total of 81 hours in Music.
General elective courses from
any department, including
Music, will be taken to
complete a total of 124
semester hours. Pianists (10
hrs)  Organists (12 hrs)

BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 
Requirements for the Major in
Music Performance in Voice 

General Education 
Requirements - 35 Hours 
English 101, 300 (6 hours) 
Physical Education (2 hours) 
Humanities, Creative &
Performing 
Arts (9)
(In at least two areas
excluding  music.)      
However, German and French
requirements outlined below
may be used) 
     FR 101-102 (6 hrs) or
     GE 101-102 (6 hrs) or
     FR 101, GE 101 (6 hrs)
Natural Sciences and  Math (9)
     (In at least two subject 
     areas)
Social Sciences (9)
     (In at least two subject 
     areas)

Music Requirements - 84 Hours 

Private Lessons - 25 Hours 
Voice (MU 275,475) - 24 hours 
Students normally enroll in 3
hours of Voice each  
semester. Any Orchestral
Instrument  (1 hr) 

Group Piano - 4 Hours 
Students must enroll in Group
Piano (MU 133,134,213, 214)
until  the  Piano Proficiency
examination is passed.

Ensembles - 8 hours
Enrollment or participation in 
 Concert Choir is required
each semester.  Students will
also enroll or participate in
a second  Large Ensemble each
semester. 

Orientation/Business - 4 Hour 
MU 121 Introduction to Music
(1 hr) 
MU 305 Business of Music (3
hrs)

Theory - 24 Hours 
MU 122 Rhythmic Perception (1
hr)
MU 123 Computers and Music (1
hr)
MU 206 Improvisation (2 hrs)
MU 215 Theory & Aural 
     Comp I (4 hrs)
MU 216 Theory & Aural 
     Comp II (4 hrs) 
MU 315 Theory & Aural 
     CompIII (4 hrs) 
MU 316 Theory IV (3 hrs)
MU 317 Orchestration (2 hrs)
MU 415 Tonal  Counterpoint (2  
 hrs)
MU 443 Composition (1 hr)
 
Music History and 
Literature - 8 Hours 
MU 325 Music History I  (3
hrs) 
MU 326 Music History II (3
hrs) 
MU 327 Music History III (2
hrs)
Conducting - 3 Hours 
MU 237 Choral Clinic  (1 hr) 
MU 240 Beginning 
     Conducting (1 hr) 
MU 441 Advanced Choral
     Conducting (1 hr)
 
Specialization Courses - 6
Hours 
MU 218 English, Italian and
Latin 
     Diction for Singers  (1
hr)
MU 219 French and German
Diction 
     for Singers (1 hr) 
MU 330 Vocal Pedagogy (2 hrs)
MU 250,450 Music for the 
     Stage (1 hr) 

General elective courses from
any department, including
Music, will be taken to
complete a total of 124
semester hours. 
     
BACHELOR OF MUSIC:  
Requirements for the Major in
Brass, Strings, Percussion, or
Woodwinds 

General Education 
Requirements - 35 Hours 
English 101, 300  (6 hours) 
Physical Education  (2 hours) 
Humanities, Creative &  
Performing Arts (9)
(In at least two areas
excluding music)
Natural Sciences and  
Mathematics (9)
     (In at least two subject
areas)
Social Sciences (9)
     (In at least two subject 
     areas)

Music Requirements - 84 Hours 
Private Lessons - 29 Hours 
Performance Major - 24 hrs. 
     Students normally enroll 
in 3 hours of private lesson
credit in  the  major
performance area each
semester. 

Performance Minor - Any  one
orchestral instrument 3hrs.
Voice (MU 275-475) (2 hr) 

Group Piano - 4 Hours 
 Students must enroll in Group
Piano (MU 133,134,213, 214)
until the Piano Proficiency
examination is passed. 

Ensembles - 8 Hours 
Band, Choir, Orchestra,
Percussion Ensemble, Jazz 
Ensemble, or
Accompanying.
  
Each semester students will
either enroll or participate
in the following 
ensembles: Percussion emphasis
- Percussion Ensemble; String
emphasis -Orchestra; Brass and
Woodwind emphasis - Band.  In
addition, students will enroll
or participate each semester
in a second large ensemble. 
 
Small Ensembles 
(MU 254,454) (4 hrs)  
String, Brass, and Woodwind 
 
Orientation/Business - 4 Hrs 
MU 121 Introduction to Music
(1 hr) 
MU 305 Business of Music (3
hrs)

Theory - 21 Hours 
MU 122 Rhythmic Perception (1
hr)
MU 123 Computers in Music (1
hr)
MU 206 Improvisation (2 hrs)  
MU 215 Theory & Aural 
Comp. I (4 hrs)
MU 216 Theory & Aural 
Comp. II (4 hrs) 
MU 315 Theory & Aural 
Comp. III (4 hrs)
MU 316 Theory  IV (3 hrs)
MU 317 Orchestration (2 hrs)
MU 415 Tonal Counterpoint  (2
hrs)
MU 443 Composition (1 hr)

Music History and 
Literature - 8 Hours 
MU 325 Music History I (3 hrs)
MU 326 Music History II (3
hrs)
MU 327 Music History III (2
hrs)

Conducting - 3 Hours 
MU 238 Instrumental Clinic (1
hr)
MU 240 Beginning Conducting (1
hr)    
MU 442 Adv. Instr. Conducting
(1 hr)  
 
Electives 
General elective courses from
any department, including
Music, will be taken to
complete  a total of 124
semester hours.  

Bachelor of Music in Music 
Education 

The Bachelor of Music Degree
with a major in Music
Education qualifies
the graduate for teacher
certification at both the
elementary and secondary
levels. This degree program
amounts to 146-148 hours
and normally will necessitate
work beyond eight semesters.  
The student is urged to seek
advisement by a member of the
Music faculty on specific
course requirements.
Distribution of general
education requirements for
Degree Teaching Certificates
is outlined.  Course
requirements in music and
professional education are
outlined below. 
     Students seeking
certification to teach must be
formally admitted to the
University's Professional
Teacher Education Programs.
Admission is conditional  on
recommendation by the Music
faculty. For admission
requirements, see EDUCATION in
this catalog. 
     
BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 
Requirements for the Major in
Music Education 

General Education 
Requirements - 42 Hours 
See the listing of General
Education Requirements. 

Music Requirements - 
65 Hrs-Instrumentalists
66 Hrs-Vocalists
Orientation (1) 
MU 121 Introduction to Music
(1 hr) 
Languages (1) (Vocalists Only) 
MU 218 English, Italian &
Latin
     Diction (1 hr) 
Theory (21) 
MU 122 Rhythmic Perception
(1hr) 
MU 123 Computers and Music
(1hr) 
MU 215 Theory & Aural 
     Comp. I (4hrs) 
MU 216 Theory & Aural 
     Comp. II (4hrs)  
MU 315 Theory & Aural 
     Comp. III(4hrs) 
MU 316 Theory IV(3hrs) 
MU 317 Orchestration (2 Hrs) 
MU 415 Tonal Counterpoint (2
hrs)
 
Music History and Literature -
  
Vocalists (8)
Instrumentalists (10)
MU 325 Music History I (3 hrs) 
MU 326 Music History II (3
hrs) 
MU 327 Music History III (2
hrs) 
MU 330 Vocal Pedagogy and
     Literature (2 hrs)
     (Vocalists Only) (2 hrs)
Conducting (5)
MU 237 Choral clinic (1 hr)
MU 238 Instrumental clinic (1
hr)
MU 240 Beginning Conducting (1
hr)
MU 441 Advanced Choral 
     Conducting (1 hr)
MU 442 Advanced Instr. 
     Conducting (1 hr)     
 
Techniques -
     Vocalists (5)
     Instrumentalists (6) 
MU 208 Vocal Techniques (1 hr)
     [Instrumentalists Only]
MU 209 Single Reed/Flute 
     Techniques (1hr)
MU 210 Brass Techniques (1 hr)
MU 207 Double Reed 
     Techniques (1hr) 
MU 212 Percussion 
Techniques (1 hr)
MU 211 String Techniques (1
hr)

Small Ensembles  (1)
 MU 254, 454 Small Ensemble (1
hr) Instrumentalists Only
 or MU 250, 450 Music for the 
     Stage (1 hr) Singers Only

Large Ensembles (6)
Band, Choir, Orchestra,   
Percussion Ensemble,  Jazz
Ensemble or
Accompanying  (6 hrs)

Each semester students will
either enroll or participate
in the following
ensembles:  Percussion
emphasis -Percussion Ensemble;
String emphasis Orchestra;
Brass and Woodwind emphasis -
Band; Vocal emphasis - Concert
Choir.  In addition, students
will enroll or participate
each semester in a second
large ensemble. 

Music Lessons 
(Performance Study): 
Vocalists (16 hrs) 
Instrumentalists (17 hrs) 
Performing Concentrations (12
hrs) Voice (Instrumentalists
Only)
(1 hr)
Keyboard (4 hrs) 
Students must enroll in Group
Piano (MU 133, 134, 213,214)
until the Piano Proficiency is
passed)

Keyboard emphasis 
Piano (8)
Harpsichord (1)
Organ (2)
Synth/electronic keyboard (2)
Electives (in any keyboard)
(2)

Professional Education 
Requirements - 38 Hours 
ED 200    Education Psychology 
                            (3)
ED 250    Educational      
          Technology        (3)
ED 302    Teaching Exceptional
          Learners       (3)
     OR
SE 476    Psychology of the
          Exceptional Student 
                         (3)
MU 313   Foundations of 
          Music Education      
             (2)
     OR
ED 385       Foundations of 
          Education      (3)
     OR
ED 472 Issues in Modern 
          American Education  
          (3)
     OR
ED 494    Philosophy of 
     Education      (3)
RD 484    Teaching Reading in
the
     Content Areas       (3)

Music Education Methods

MU 417    Elementary -      
Secondary   
     Music Education Vocal
     Methods             (3)
MU 418    Elementary -      
Secondary
     Music Education Instru-
     mental Methods      (3)
MU 419 Marching Band and 
     Jazz Pedagogy       (2)

Student Teaching Semester

ED 400    Understanding the
     Schools             (2)
     AND
ED 410    Secondary Student
     Teaching       (6)
     AND
ED 420 Elementary Student
     Teaching       (6)        
     
The Minor 

The optional minor is
available to non-music majors
enrolled in the College of 
Arts and Sciences. Nine
credits are required (MU
100 - 3 credit; Ensemble - 2
credits; MU 215 - 4 credits)
and fifteen or more Department
of Music credits  to be chosen
by the student. Six credits
must be chosen from upper
division courses. A maximum of
eight credits of ensemble
will be allowed (including the
two credits of ensemble
required). 

COURSE OFFERINGS
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General Education program. 
See page 30 for details)

</   MU 100 The Enjoyment of 
Music (3)  
The materials and structure of
music, as they relate to
perceptive listening and
increased listening enjoyment.
Frequent use of recordings and
lecture recitals places the
course on a plane of practical
appreciation. Planned
primarily for non-music
majors.  

</ MU 101 American Popular 
Music  (3) 
A survey of 20th Century
American and African-American
derived music styles. The
survey will include popular,
country, jazz, and
rock-related styles considered
from musical, historical, and
social viewpoints. Planned
primarily for non-music
majors.  
 
MU 102 American Musicals (3)
A survey of major works, forms
and composers of American
Musicals from the late
nineteenth century to the
present.

MU 107 Fundamentals of 
Voice  (1) 
For the inexperienced singer
interested in an elementary
knowledge of breath, 
phonation, resonance, and
correct tone production. 
Prerequisite:  Consent of
instructor. 

MU 109,110 Group Piano I 
and II  (2 each) 
Development of basic piano
techniques, sight reading,
improvisation, transposition,
and keyboard harmony. No
prerequisite for 109. Consent
of instructor for Music 110.
Planned for non-music majors. 

MU 111 Class Guitar I  (2) 
Designed to acquaint the
beginner with basic chords and
accompanying techniques. 

MU 112 Class Guitar II (2) 
A continuation of Class Guitar
I with emphasis on development
of right hand technique.
Prerequisite: Music 111 or
consent of instructor. 

MU 120 Fundamentals of Music
Theory   (3) 
Music fundamentals including
basic notation, intervals,
scales, rhythm, ear training,
writing of simple harmonic
material with selected
music for harmonic and form
analysis. 

MU 121 Introduction to 
Music (1) 
An orientation to music study
encom- passing terms, forms,
historical perspectives, use
of facilities and music study
procedures.  
 
MU 122 Rhythmic Perception (1)
Study of rhythm and meter
through the analysis  of
mathematical constructs,
notation practices,
counting systems and
tapping/clapping exercises. 
Development of rhythmic
perception through rhythmic
dictation and singing.  
 
MU 123 Computers and 
Music (1) 
An introduction to
understanding the use of
computer music applications
and MIDI (Musical Instrument
Digital Interface) in music. 
Will include software
applications addressing ear
training and music theory,
sequencing and music notation. 
For Music Majors or by consent
of instructor. 

MU 133, 134 Group Piano I 
and II  (1) 
Development of basic piano
techniques, sight reading,
improvisation, transposition
and keyboard harmony. For
music majors. No prerequisite
for MU 133.  Consent of
instructor for MU 134.

MU 200 Special Topics    
(1-3) 
A variable content course
treating areas of interest to
both music-majors and
non-music majors. May be
repeated for credit.  
 
MU 206 Improvisation (2)
Introduction to the basic
materials utilized in the 
practice of Improvisation.
Includes practical application
through performance
and utilization of major
scales and modes, ear
training, transcription, and
the learning of patterns.
Prerequisite: MU 216
or consent of instructor. 

MU 207 Double Reed 
Techniques (1) 
A practical study of tonal
production, technique,
reedmaking, and
other aspects of playing and
methods of teaching oboe and
bassoon in the public schools,
including minor repair and
maintenance of these
instruments.  Prerequisite:
Consent of the instructor.  
 
MU 208 Vocal Techniques (1) 
Designed to introduce the
instrumental major to all
aspects of vocal music from
the Junior High Choir to the
solo singer. The class will
include the study of
breathing, placement, diction,
and resonance. Special
attention will be placed on
problems encountered by
singers of all styles of
music. 

MU 209 Single Reed/Flute 
Techniques (1) 
Study of tone production,
embouchure, technique, care,
repair, and maintenance of the
flute, clarinet and saxophone,
Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. 

MU 210 Brass Techniques (1) 
The tone production,
techniques, and problems of
beginning brass instruments
with particular emphasis on
methods of teaching these
instruments in the public
schools. Prerequisite: Consent
of the instructor. 

MU 211 String Techniques (1) 
Tone production, techniques,
and particular problems of the
beginning string instruments
with particular emphasis on
methods of teaching these
instruments in the public
schools. Prerequisite: Consent
of instructor. 

MU 212 Percussion 
Techniques (1) 
A practical study of the
techniques and problems of
percussion with particular
emphasis on methods of
teaching these instruments
in the public  schools.
Prerequisite: Consent of the
instructor.  
 
MU 213, 214 Group 
Piano III and IV (1) 
Continuation of Group Piano II
at the intermediate level.
Also includes study (1)
Continuation of Group Piano II
at the intermediate level.
Also includes study of piano
repertoire from various style
periods, selected jazz and pop
idioms, chorale style sight
reading and elementary score
reading. For music majors.
Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor.

MU 215 Theory and Aural 
Comprehension I (4) 
Study of music notation,
scales, modes, intervals,
rhythm, triads, tonality, and
figured bass.  Development of
aural skills related to these
through the use of rhythmic,
melodic, and armonic
dictation, and sight singing.
Prerequisite: MU 123 or
consent of instructor. 

MU 216 Theory and Aural 
Comprehension II  (4) 
Study of four-part harmony,
harmonic progression,
cadences, modulation,
non-harmonic tones, phrase and
period forms, and baroque and
classic style  analysis. 
Development of aural skills
relating to these through
rhythmic, melodic and harmonic
dictation and sight singing. 
Prerequisite: MU  215.

MU 218 English, Italian and
Latin Diction for Singers (1) 
The study of lyric diction for
singing in English, Italian
and Latin using the
International Phonetic
Alphabet. Prerequisite: one
semester of Voice plus current
enrollment in Voice.      
 
MU 219 French and German
Diction for Singers (1) 
The study of lyric diction for
singing in French and German
using the International
Phonetic Alphabet. 
Prerequisite: MU 218 plus
two semesters of Voice.

MU 237 Choral Clinic  (1) 
The initial experience in
secondary music education in
the area of choral work.
Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. 

MU 238 Instrumental Clinic (1)
The initial experience in
secondary music education in
the area of strings, winds and
percussion. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. 

MU 240 Beginning 
Conducting (1) 
Basic beat patterns, baton
technique, score reading,
philosophy and basic
concepts of conducting. 

MU 243 Composition  (1-3) 
Individual tutoring in music
composition with emphasis on
the development and expansion
of music materials. May be
taken as an elective. May be
repeated as an elective with
consent of instructor.
Prerequisite: MU 216 or
consent of instructor.  
 
MU 244 Accompanying (1-2) 
A laboratory designed to
develop proficiency in sight
reading and accompanying at
the keyboard. Required for
keyboard concentrations and
keyboard majors. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor.

MU 305 The Business of 
Music (3) 
An overview of the music
industry, with specific
attention given to career
development and opportunities,
promotion and marketing
techniques, contracts and
negotiation, and arts
management. Prerequisite:
Junior standing or consent of
instructor. 

MU 306 Introduction to
Aesthetics and Music Criticism
(2)  
A basic course for laypersons
and musicians featuring a
study of musical intuition,
objective and subjective
responses to music, and
certain considerations
involved in making a value
judgment.  Development of
criteria leading to mature
critical acumen. Practical
experience in writing critical
music reviews and
appropriate research projects
may be required. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. 

MU 307 Musical Instrument 
Repair (1) 
Practical training making
emergency repairs on woodwind,
brass and string instruments.
Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor.  
 
MU 310 Introduction to 
Electronic Music (3) 
A survey of procedures used by
composers in electronic media,
together with creative
experiences using MIDI,
sequencing, notation software,
sampling and synthesizer.
Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. 

MU 313 Foundations of Music 
Education (2) 
This course will examine the
history and general principles
of aesthetic education, the
position of music education in
the historical and
contemporary frameworks of
universal public education,
administrative operation of
schools and music education
programs, curriculum design
and implementation, the
management of music material,
human relations aspects of
teaching music, and aspects of
the music educator's
professional development.
Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor.

MU 315 Theory and Aural 
Comprehension III  (4) 
Study of chromatic harmony,
larger forms and other topics
related to music before 1900. 
Development of aural skills
related to these through
dictation and sightsinging. 
Prerequisite: MU 216.  
 
MU 316 Theory IV  (3)
Analysis of twentieth century
music and various analytical
methods, including 
Schenkerian analysis and Set
Theory. Prerequisite: MU 315 

MU 317 Orchestration  (2) 
Practical arranging of piano,
choral and instrumental
literature. Scoring for
voices, strings, woodwinds,
brass and percussion
istruments including the study
of tone, timbre, ranges,
transpositions and the
blending of these elements. 
Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. 

MU 325 Music History I  (3)
Musical styles, composers, and
forms in Western Music from
600 B.C.-l750 A.D. including
Greek, Roman, Medieval,
Renaissance and Baroque music.
Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. 

MU 326 Music History II (3)
Musical styles, composers and
forms in western music from
1750-1900.
No prerequisite. 

MU 327 Music History III (2)
Musical styles, composers, and
forms in music since 1900.
Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor.  
 
MU 330 Vocal Pedagogy and 
Literature (2)  
Examines the anatomy and
physiology of vocal technique
and explains the uses of this
knowledge for the singer,
voice teacher, and music
educator. Included in this
course is basic repertoire
suitable for the young singer.
Prerequisite: Consent
of instructor. 

MU 335 Form and Analysis  (2)
Music works of all periods are
analyzed to  acquaint the
student with the standard
forms of tonal music and to
teach those analytical
techniques which  will
allow the student to discover
the structure of any work
encountered, however irregular
or unusual. Prerequisite: MU
316. 

MU 337, 338 Piano 
Literature  (2) 
Keyboard music from the
Elizabethan virginal school to
the present time, designed
primarily for piano majors and
prospective piano teachers.
Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. 

MU 400 Special Topics in 
Music (2-3) 
A variable content course
treating areas of interest to
music majors.  May be repeated
for credit. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. 

MU 411 Accompanying (1-2) 
A laboratory designed to
develop proficiency in sight
reading and accompanying at
the keyboard. Required for
keyboard concentrations and
keyboard majors. Prerequisite:
Consent of  instructor. 

MU 415 Tonal Counterpoint (2) 
The study, analysis, and
writing of inventions, canons
and fugues in 18th century
style, using works of J.S
Bach as a model. 
Prerequisite: MU 316. 

MU 417 Elementary - Secondary
Music Education Vocal Methods
(3) 
This course will examine
materials and specific
instructional methods of
teaching vocal music K-12, by
a concept and skill-building
approach, and emphasize the
organization and development
of vocal performing groups for
grades 7-12.  Prerequisite: 
MU 313 or consent of
instructor. 

MU 418 Elementary - Secondary
Music Education Instrumental
Methods (3) 
This course will examine
materials and specific
instructional methods of
teaching elementary and
secondary instrumental music,
by a concept and skill
building approach, and
emphasize the organization and
development of instrumental
performing groups. 
Prerequisite: MU 313, MU 417,
or consent. 

MU 419 Marching Band and Jazz
Pedagogy (2) 
This course will examine the
various marching band styles,
marching fundamentals,
rehearsal techniques, show
design principles and
other facets of organization
for teaching High School
Marching Band.  This course
will also examine various jazz
styles, rehearsal techniques
and improvisation in jazz
band.

MU 441 Advanced Choral 
Conducting (1)
A practical opportunity to
direct, under supervision,
voices under conditions
approximating the rehearsal
situation.  Prerequiste:  MU
240 or consent of instrucor.

MU 442 Advanced Instrumental
Conducting (1)
A practical opportunity to
direct, under supervision,
strings and wind instruments
under conditions approximating
the rehearsal situation. 
Prerequisite: MU 240 or
consent of instructor. 
 
ED 442 Music in the Elementary
School (3)
General principles and
specific instructional methods
for musical activities in the
self-contained elementary
classroom or in recreational
settings.  This course is
designed for both the
preservice and inservice
teacher.   A variety of
instrumental and vocal
activities are presented.

MU 443 Composition (1-3)
Individual tutoring in music
composition with emphasis on
the development and expansion
of music materials.  may be
taken as an elective.  May be
repeated as an elective with
consent of instructor. 
Prerequisite:  mu 206 and MU
415 or consent of instructor.

Performance Courses

ENSEMBLES - 1 HOUR

244,444 Accompanying
245,445 Band
246,446 Choir, Chamber
247,447 Choir, Singers
248,448 Choir, Washburn
249,449 Jazz Ensemble
250,450 Music for the Stage
251,451 Orchestra
252,452 Orchestra, String
253,453 Percussion Ensemble
254,454 Small Ensemble

PRIVATE LESSONS
1-3 HOURS

255,455 Bassoon
256,456 Cello
257,457 Clarinet
258,458 Euphonium
259,459 Flute
260,460 Guitar
261,461 Harp
262,462 Harpsichord
263,463 Horn
264,464 Oboe
265,465 Organ
266,466 Percussion
267,467 Piano
268,468 Saxophone
269,469 String Bass
270,470 Trombone
271,471 Trumpet
272,472 Tuba
273,473 Viola
274,474 Violin
275,475 Voice


     
NATURAL 
       SCIENCES AND     
       MATHEMATICS



The Associate of Arts Degree
in Natural Sciences and
Mathematics is intended to
give students a broad
background in a particular
area of liberal studies.
Students are required to take
coursework in at least three
subject areas within Natural
Sciences and Mathematics and
to take a concentration in one
subject area. The credits
earned in this associate
degree are all applicable
toward a bachelor s degree.
For information and advising
on this degree,
please contact the Associate
Dean of the College of Arts &
Sciences in Morgan 108. 

The Major 

For the Associate of Arts
Degree in Natural Science and
Mathematics, a student must
complete 62 semester hours
with a minimum grade point
average of 2.0. Twenty-four
credit hours must be completed
at Washburn University; of
these 12 of the last 24
must be Washburn University
credits. Forty-two hours must
be graded. A student may not
take the pass/fail option in
the area of concentration
without obtaining written
permission from the
chairperson of the department
offering the course and filing
it with the Registrar s
Office. The application for
degree should be on file
before enrolling for the last
15 hours. Specific course
requirements are as follows: 

I. GENERAL EDUCATION
(23 semester hours) 
A. English Composition (three
semester hours, English 101 
or its equivalent) 
B. Physical Education:  PE 198
Lifetime Wellness
C. Humanities and Creative and
Performing Arts (six semester
hours of courses from at least
two subject areas) 
D. Natural Sciences (six
semester hours from at least
two subject areas) 
E. Social Sciences (six
semester hours from at lest
two subject areas) 

II. AREA OF 
CONCENTRATION 
(24 hours of Natural Sciences
and  Mathematics course work
does not include six hours of 
Natural
Sciences and Mathematics
general education) 
A. The 24 hours of course work
will include at least six
hours each from a minimum of
three subject areas within the
Natural Sciences and
Mathematics.  
B. At least 12 hours will be
from one subject area. These
courses will be selected from
a list developed by the
faculty in that subject area
and may include six
hours of upper division
credit. The department from
which the student takes the 12
hour concentration will be The
effective administrative home
of the student. 
C. A minimum of a C grade is
required in all courses within
the area of concentration,
including the six hours of
general education in the
Natural Sciences and
Mathematics. 

III. At least 12 of the hours
remaining for the degree will
be chosen from outside the
area of concentration. 



PHILOSOPHY 



Garvey Fine Arts Center, Room
233  (913) 231-1010 ext. 1542 
Professor Rood, Chair
Professor Crawford 
Professor Jacobs 
Professor Nobo

Philosophy focuses on
fundamental questions
concerning the nature of
reality, knowledge, and
values: metaphysics seeks to
understand the true nature of
reality in general and of
humankind in particular; logic
and epistemology endeavor to
determine valid methods of
reasoning and the limits and
criteria of knowledge;
and ethics attempts to
formulate the basic moral
norms by which our choices and
actions should be governed.
Through the study of
philosophy, students can
improve their understanding of
themselves and the world in
which they live; they can
increase their command of
intellectually responsible
methods of establishing and
evaluating beliefs and
theories; and they can
develop more effective ways of
determining their moral
duties. 
     In general, the study of
philosophy helps to develop
the ability to think clearly.
If one understands how to
think clearly, one
can apply the techniques of
critical and constructive
thinking to the study of any
discipline or to the concerns
of any occupation.
The department s curriculum
provides an opportunity for
all students, whether majoring
in philosophy or not, to be
educated in the methods of
critical and constructive
thought through reflection on
the fundamental
presuppositions of knowledge
in general and of individual
disciplines such as science,
mathematics, law, religion,
and art in particular. 
     The Philosophy Department
offers a major and a minor in
philosophy and administers a
major and a minor in Religious
Studies. In addition, the
department offers
individualized philosophy
majors for pre-law and
pre-seminary students. 
     
PRE-LAW MAJOR IN 
PHILOSOPHY

An individualized course of
study for pre-law students,
which incorporates the
suggestions of many law
schools regarding
undergraduate preparation for
law school, may be designed in
cooperation with the
Philosophy Department s
pre-law advisor.     
 
PRE-SEMINARY MAJOR IN
PHILOSOPHY

An individualized course of
study for pre-seminary
students, which incorporates
the suggestions of many
graduate theological
seminaries regarding
undergraduate preparation for
seminary, may be designed in
cooperation with the
Philosophy Departments
pre-seminary advisor. 

The Major 

The Philosophy major consists
of 30 hours of Philosophy
including PH 201 (121), 202
(122), 220, 303, 311, 320,
335, 399 and six additional
upper division hours in
Philosophy. Philosophy majors
desiring to earn departmental
honors must successfully
complete the college
requirements for departmental
honors. 

The Minor 

Minor programs in Philosophy
are individually designed by
the student in consultation
with a departmental advisor
and subject to departmental
approval. A minor will consist
of at least 15 hours in
Philosophy, including six
upper division hours. Courses
may be broadly selected or may
concentrate in an area of
particular interest. 

COURSE OFFERINGS
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General 
Education program.  See page
30 for details)

</ PH 100 World Views and
Moral Values  (3) 
Philosophy is introduced to
the beginning student by
looking at metaphysics and
ethics through the works of
major Western Philosophers. 

PH 101 Meditations on Human
Nature  (3) 
An introduction to the
problems and theories of
Philosophical Anthropology,
the field of Philosophy
concerned with the study of
the ultimate nature of the
human being. 

</ PH 102 Introduction to
Moral Problems  (3) 
Rational decision-making
procedures in moral theory and
their application to specific
moral problems and problem
areas; e.g. killing and
murder; moral problems in
business; racism and
sexism; sexual morality. 

PH 103 Introduction to
Political Philosophy (3) 
Philosophical examination of
the central problems and ideas
of Politics and the State;
e.g., the legitimate nature
and extent of the State;
justification of political
authority; rights of
citizens. 

</ PH 104 Freshman Logic (2-3)

Undergraduates, especially
those not planning to major in
Philosophy, are exposed to
general principles of thought
and reason and to workable
guidelines for improving their
powers of rational thought. 

PH 105 Introductory Topics in
Philosophy  (1-3) 
Topics will vary from semester
to semester and will be
announced in advance. May be
repeated for credit when
topics vary.

PH 106 Ethics in America  (3) 
An introductory level course
which combines a brief
introduction to the history of
ethics and ethical theory with
a careful consideration and
analysis of ethical issues in
contemporary American society,
especially ethical issues in
the professions.
 
PH 107 Critical Reasoning (3)
An introduction to the
concerns, principles, and
skills of critical reasoning
with emphasis on the
evaluation and
construction of arguments
pertinent to issues taken from
various fields of knowlege
(e.g. law, government,
medicine, science,
philosophy, religion).  The
field or fields emphasized may
vary with different offerings.

</ PH 110 Logic for Computer
Programming (3) 
Philosophical reasoning and
methods of decision making are
applied to computer logic. 

</ PH 115 Philosophy of Love 
and Sex  (3) 
An introduction to
philosophical thinking about
human love and sexual
relationships.  The course
will examine fundamental
questions such as  What is
Love?  and  What is
Perversion?   It will also
raise moral questions dealing
with the proper role and
circumstances of sex, and deal
with socio-sexual issues such
as pornography and the sexist
implications of sex.

PH 117 Creation, Evolution and
Morality (2-3)
Evolutionary theory appears to
hold that human beings are
natural products of
evolutionary forces, without
special moral or religious
status.  What does this mean
for morality?  Can notions
of right and wrong, good and
evil, have a place in an
evolutionary world?  What are
the religious implictions of
evolution?  This course will
consider these and other
philosophical and moral issues
raised by Darwinism.

PH 200 General Topics in 
Philosophy (1-3) 
Topics will vary from semester
to semester and will be
announced
in advance. May be repeated
for credit when topics vary. 

</ PH 201 History of Ancient 
Philosophy (3) 
Western Philosophy from the
pre-Socratics through the
Middle Ages. Emphasis is on
the most prominent
philosophers of that
period, their fundamental
theories, and the problems
with which they were
concerned.

</ PH 202 History of Modern 
Philosophy (3) 
Western Philosophy from the
Renaissance through the
Eighteenth Century.  Emphasis
is on the most prominent
philosophers of that
period, their fundamental
theories, and the problems
with which they were
concerned.
 
PH 205 Introduction to 
Existentialism: Condemned to
Freedom  (3) 
Introduction to both theistic
and atheistic existentialism
through the study of some of
the more prominent
existentialists (e.g.
Kierkegaard, Nietzsche,
Sartre, Camus, Buber,
Tillich), major existentialist
themes (e.g., concrete
individuality, freedom of
choice, dread, alienation and
death), and the influences of
existentialist thought on
contemporary literature,
ethics, social and political
theory, psychology and
religion.  

</ PH 207 The Existence of 
God (3) 
An elementary course in
Philosophy and Religion
focusing upon the
specific rational arguments
which have been advanced for
and against the existence of a
supreme being. 

PH 211 Introduction to Ethical
Theory (3) 
Introductory survey of
problems and positions in
ethical theory: moral
absolutism and moral
relativism; moral
decision-making theories,
including Utilitarianism and
Kant; evidence in moral
argument. 

</ PH 214 Medical 
Ethics (3) 
Philosophical examination of
moral problems that arise in
health care; e.g.,
professional-patient
relationship; role and rights
of the patient; truth-telling
and confidentiality; abortion
and euthanasia. 

</ PH 220 Logic  (3) 
Analysis of argument and
argument form, using symbolic
logic as a primary tool. 

PH 300 General Topics in 
Philosophy (1-3) 
Topics will vary from semester
to semester and will be
announced in advance. May be
repeated for credit when
topics vary. 

PH 302 Philosophy of 
Religion (3)
Analyzes basic religious
concepts such as God, faith,
the problem of evil, etc. and
looks closely at the meaning
of religious language.
Prerequisite: PH  121 (201) 
and 3 additional hours of
Philosophy or Religion. 

PH 303 Topics in the History
of Philosophy (3) 
Advanced study of a major
period, movement, or
individual in the History of
Philosophy. May be repeated
for credit when topics
vary. Prerequisite: PH 121
(201)  and 122 (202). 

PH 311 Issues in Ethical 
Theory (3) 
Specific issues in the
philosophical study of
morality; e.g., the
objectivity of moral
judgments, the place of reason
in moral thinking, proof of
basic moral principles, the
status of moral language.
Prerequisite: PH 100, or 102,
or 211. 

PH 312 Social-Political 
Philosophy (3) 
Current problems in social and
political philosophy including
but not limited to
distributive justice,
reparations, liberalism,
alienation, radicalism,
freedom and natural rights,
social decision procedures,
the concept of public
interest, and the relationship
between justice and equality.
Prerequisite: 3 hours
of Philosophy. 

</ PH 315 Philosophy of Law
(3) 
A philosophical examination of
such topics as the fundamental
concept of law; relations
between legal theory and moral
theory; the nature of legal
reasoning; justification of
punishment. Prerequisite:
three hours of Philosophy. 

PH 320 Advanced Logic  (3)
Advanced study of logical
theory and language calculi.
Prerequisite: Philosophy 220. 

PH 325 Philosophy of 
Mathematics (3) 
Philosophical aspects of
mathematics, including the
foundation of mathematics, the
nature of mathematical truth,
and the ontological status of
mathematical objects.
Prerequisite: PH 220
or MA 207.

PH 327 Philosophy of Science
(3) 
Philosophical aspects of the
physical and social sciences,
including the nature and
problems of theory
construction and concept
formation, empirical
testability, explanation and
prediction, and problems of
induction and confirmation.
When the topics studied differ
significantly, this course may
be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: PH 220. 

PH 330 Philosophy of Mind (3)
Classical and contemporary
treatments of the traditional
problems of mind-body, other
minds, mental acts, self,
persons, perception etc.
Prerequisite: PH 100
or PH 101 or PH 122 (202). 

PH 335 Metaphysics (3) 
Alternative theories of the
nature of ultimate reality,
including concepts such as
cause, substance, time, etc.
Prerequisite: PH
122 (202). 

PH 340 Aesthetics (3) 
A philosophical approach to
such questions as the nature
of art, aesthetic value, and
art criticism. Prerequisite:
PH 211, or PH 121 (201) and PH
122 (202) . 

PH 386 Special Studies  (1-3)
Individual study in the
thought of a particular
philosopher or on a particular
philosophical problem. Regular
conferences to be scheduled
with the professor directing
the study. Prerequisite:
Senior standing, nine hours of
Philosophy, and permission in
advance by the professor with
whom the student desires to
work. May be repeated for
credit. 

PH 399 Senior Thesis    (3)
Independent research, writing
and defense of a substantial
paper, under faculty
supervision. Prerequisite:
Senior standing, Philosophy
major, and consent. 



PHYSICAL 
       EDUCATION 


(Health, Physical Education
and Exercise Science) 

Petro Allied Health Center, Rm
201  
(913) 231-1010 ext. 1459 
e-mail zzdppe@acc.wuacc.edu

Professor McCormick,
Chairperson   
Professor Sarkesian 
Associate Professor Miller  
Assistant Professor Friesen
Assistant Professor Konzem 
Lecturer Reilly
Lecturer Wohl

The Department seeks to
present a balanced physical
education program by:
a.  providing fundamental
knowledge in the principle
areas of study in health and
physical education;
b.  providing an understanding
of health and fitness concepts
and supervising individual
evaluation of each student's
health and fitness status;
c.  providing a wide variety
of opportunities for
experiences and knowledge
through instruction in
aquatics, sports, dance,
health and fitness activities
and related topics;
d.  providing comprehensive
professional preparation
programs which meet or exceed
state and national standards;
e.  providing guidance and
leadership through academic
advisement;
f.  providing an understanding
of and appreciation for the
value of health and physical
activity with emphasis on
lifetime  participation;
g.  providing research to
enhance the knowledge base of
health, physical education and
exercise science
h.  providing community
leadership and education
services. 

The Major in Physical 
Education Bachelor of 
Education Degree 

The major requires
satisfactory completion of 40
hours of the following courses
for a Bachelor of Education
Degree: Twenty-eight hours of
core courses including HL 152,
PE 250, PE
272, PE 306, PE 320, PE 321,
PE 326, PE 340, PE 440 and one
class in aquatics. Students
selecting an emphasis in
Elementary Physical Education
would complete 7 hours of the
following classes: PE 311, PE
324, plus 4 hours of electives
to  reach 40 hours.  Students
wishing the secondary emphasis
would take PE 260,PE 261, PE
360, PE 361 and PE 325 plus 3
credits of  electives to reach
40 hours for the major.
Students interested in K-12
certification would combine
the  elementary and secondary
emphasis for a total of 50
hours in Physical Education.
Students may elect  a 
concentration in Coaching or
Athletic Training. Students
who elect an  emphasis in
Coaching should complete the
following courses:
PE 257, PE 280, PE 300, PE 306
and 6 hours of coaching 
technique classes for a total
of 16 hours. The emphasis in
Athletic Training requires: PE
257, PE 300, PE 306, PE 350, (
PE 492 for 600  hours), FS 122
or PE 308, CH 101, PS 101, SO
315 for a total of 30 hours.  
Additional requirements will
be listed under degree
requirements in the
Education Department. 

The Major in Physical 
Education Bachelor of Arts
Degree 

The Bachelor of Arts degree in
physical education will
prepare students for future
study in physical education
and movement science and/or
careers in activity-oriented
businesses. This degree is NOT
for students seeking teaching
certification. Each student
will take the general
education requirements
necessary for the Bachelor of
Arts degree. The Physical
Education common requirements
include 24 - 25 hours from the
following  courses:
HL 152, four hours of physical
education 100 level,PE 250, PE
271 or PE 272, PE 320, PE 321,
PE 326, PE 440, PE 494
(internship 135 hours).
Correlated requirements
include CM 212 or PE 333, SO
315. Concentration in Sports
Facilities Management includes
the following: BU 260, 315,
342 or 345, 360, AC 224, 225,
EC 201, 202 and PE 306. In
addition, students will need
to complete 9 hours of
physical education interest
area courses.  The
concentration in Athletic
Training includes: PE 257, PE
300, PE 306, PE 315 Special
Topics: Theraputic Modalities,
PE 350, ( PE 392, PE 492 - 600
hours of practicum experience
in the training room).
Correlated requirements
include: FS 122 or PE 308, CH
101, PS 101. The concentration
in Exercise Physiology
includes the following: PE
257, PE 300, PE 410, PE 411.
Correlated requirements
include: FS 122 or PE 308, MA
140 or PY 102, CH 121,
SO 315. 
     For the concentration in
Physical Therapist Assistant
(PTA) students must complete
all common requirements and
corrlated requirements for the
basic BA degree in physical
education. In addition to the
Physical Therapist Assistant
degree requirements this
concentration will have 12
hours of physical education
interest area courses.

The Minor in Physical 
Education

Required Courses (18 credits): 

HL 152 - Personal and      
Community Health
PE 250 - Introduction to 
     Physical Education  
PE 260 - Physical Education 
     ActivityI or PE 360   
PE 261- Physical Education 
     Activity II or PE 361
PE 306 - Administration of PE, 
       Intramurals & Athletics
PE 320 - Motor Learning  
     or 
PE 311    Motor Development
PE 324 - Methods of Elementary 
        Physical Education   
        OR 
PE 325 - Methods of Secondary  
        Physical Education 


The Minor in Health & Fitness  
19 credits

1. Required courses - 13
credits
     a. HL 152 Personal & 
     CommunityHealth - 3 cr 
       b. PE 300 Psychology of 
     Sport & Physical Activity
          - 3cr
     c. PE 308 Nutrition for 
     Sport & Fitness - 2 cr
     d. PE 326 Exercise      
Physiology -      3 cr
     e. PE 410 Fitness Testing
     & Exercise  
     Prescription - 3 cr
2. Elective Courses - Choose 
     at least6  credits from
     the following:
         any course from Health 
     and Physical Education 
     Theory courses not      
previously listed       
    or    SO 315 Sociology of  
            Sport. 

COURSE OFFERINGS 
All students are required to
complete PE 198 Lifetime
Wellness (2
cr) 

100 Rhythmic Fitness I (1 hr) 
102 Archery (1 hr) 
103 Badminton I (1 hr) 
105 Elementary Ballet  (1 hr) 
106 Intermediate Ballet  (1)  
107 Basketball (1 hr) 
109 Bowling I (1 hr) 
111 Canoeing (1 hr) 
112 Cycling (1 hr) 
113 Fencing I (1 hr) 
114 Fencing II (1 hr) 
117 Golf I (1 hr) 
119 Gymnastics I (1 hr) 
123 Judo (1 hr.) 
124 Karate I (1 hr) 
125 Lifeguard Training (1 hr) 
126 Elementary Modern 
     Dance  (1 hr) 
129 Racquetball I (1 hr) 
132 Softball (1 hr) 
133 Swimming I (1 hr) 
134 Swimming II (1 hr) 
137 Tennis I ( 1 hr) 
138 Tennis II (1 hr)
139 Tai Chi (1 hr)
141 Training for Physical 
     Fitness (1 hr) 
144 Volleyball (1 hr) 
146 Weight Training I (1 hr) 
149 Body Building I (1 hr) 
150 Judo (1 hr) 
151 Karate II (1 hr) 
153 Training for Physical 
     Fitness 2 (1 hr) 
155 Elementary Jazz Dance (1 
156 Rhythmic Fitness II (1) 
157 Country and Western 
     Dancing (1 hr) 
158 Intermediate Jazz Dance 
(1 hr) 
159 Tap Dance (1 hr) 
162 Beginning Skin and Scuba   
             Diving    (1 hr) 
165 Self Defense (1 hr) 
166 Weight Training II (1 hr) 
168 Rowing I (1 hr) 
169 Social Dance  (1 hr) 
170 Aqua Exercise I (1 hr) 
171 Deep Water Walking (1 hr)
173 Water Safety Instructor(1) 
176 Tae Kwon Do  (1 hr) 
183 Advanced Tae Kwon Do (1) 
184 Self-Defense II (1 hr)
188 Country & Western II (1) 
189 Social Dance II (1 hr) 
190 Special Topics (1 hr)

PE 198 Lifetime Wellness (2) 
This course explores fitness
and wellness concepts which
are important throughout one's
life.  Each student will
participate in a selected
activity, attend lectures,
participate in fitness
testing, and develop a
personal fitness plan.

PE 220 Aerobics Certification 
(2) 
To provide methods and
instruction in teaching
aerobic fitness classes.
Certification is only through
Washburn University.  
 
PE 250 Introduction to
Physical  Education  (2) 
Personal and professional
qualifications for Physical
Education; philosophy and role
of physical education in
education; values of
physical education in the
development of children and
adults; general purposes of
physical education program. 

PE 253 Fundamentals of
Football Coaching (2) 
Football fundamentals and
techniques for thoses who plan
to coach. 

PE 254 Fundamentals of 
Basketball Coaching (2) 
The fundamentals and
techniques in playing
basketball. Discussion
of current systems of coaching
basketball.  Emphasis will be
placed on offense, defense,
variation of play against
various offense and defense,
planning a practice.  This
course is designed for
students who want to coach
basketball.

PE 257 Prevention and Care of
Athletic Injuries   (3) 
This course will follow the
recommended course content
prescribed by the NATA.  This
course will consider general
procedures and specific
techniques for the treatment
of minor athletic injuries
including wounds, taping,
bandaging and massage. This
course is appropriated for
physical education majors and
students interested in
coaching. Prerequisite: BI
250.

PE 260 Physical Education
Activity Techniques I: Team 
Sports (2) 
This course will emphasize the
learning of basic skills, the
knowledge of teaching
progressions, instructional
strategies and teaching
methods, including lead-up
games/activities for the
following activities:
Volleyball, Basketball,
Soccer/Speedball,
Softball and Flag Football.
 
PE 261 Physical Education
Activity Techniques II: 
Recreational/Fitness
Activities (2) 
This course will emphasize the
learning of basic skills, the
knowledge of teaching
progressions, instructional
stragies and teaching methods,
including lead-up
games/activities for the
following activities: Weight
Training, Aerobics
Orienteering, Field/ Floor
Hockey, and Team Handball.

PE 271 First Aid (2) 
General emergency first aid
including simple wounds,
splinting, bandaging and
C.P.R.  Opportunity is
provided to earn both
American Red Cross First Aid
Certification and American Red
Cross C.P.R certification.
 
PE 272 First Aid & Sports
Injury Management  (3) 
The first aid content of this
course is the same as PE 271
with the addition of
recognition and treatment of
minor athletic injuries.

PE 280 Officiating I (2) 
Study and interpretation of
current rules; field work for
practicing officiating
techniques. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. 

PE 292/392/492 Practicum in
Physical Education - Athletic
Training (1 each) 
Students will assist the Head
Athletic Trainer in the care
and rehabilitation of Washburn
University athletes.  Hours
completed in the practicum
will count for NATA
certification.

PE 300 Psychology of Sport and
Physical Activity  (3) 
The study of psychological
processes related to the
participation in sports &
exercise.  Topics include
communication and personality
issues applied to
interventions for participants
including imagery
concentration, arousal,
self-confidence and
motivation. 

PE 302 Coaching Advanced 
Basketball (2) 
The fundamentals and
techniques involved in playing
basketball. Discussion of
various systems or styles of
basketball now used;
different types of team
defenses; variation of play
against different defenses;
planning of practice session.
Designed especially for those
who intend to coach
basketball. 

PE 303 Coaching Track and 
Field (2) 
Fundamentals and coaching
methods in all events on the
track and field program.
Rules, records, and history of
track and field.  
 
PE 304 Coaching Baseball and
Softball   (2) 
Individual fundamentals and
team play in baseball and
softball. Designed
particularly for those who
plan to coach. 

PE 306 Administration of
Athletics, Intramurals &
Physical
Education(3) 
The theoretical and practical
approach to the administration
of an athletic, physical
education and intramural
program. Students will be
assigned administrative
projects in physical
education; athletics and
intramurals. 

PE 308 Nutrition for Sport and 
Fitness  (2) 
This course will provide an
understanding of nutrition and
its relationship to health and
physical activity. Students
will assess their diet and
activity level and develop a
plan to improve their
nutritional and exercise
habits. A computerized
diet assessment will be
included in this class. 

PE 310 Elementary/Middle
School Health & Physical 
Education (3) 
This course is designed to
provide the elementary/middle
school education major with
fundamentals for the 
development of a health
curriculum and an effective
indoor/outdoor physical
education program. 

PE 311 Motor Development 
and lab (3) 
Examination of current
theories of motor development
with emphasis on stages of
fundamental motor skills. 
Identification of the
milestones of physical growth
and development, assessment
instruments and appropriate
teaching techniques for normal
and developmentally delayed
children.  Teaching of
preschool children and
intermediate children needing
remedial motor education is
required in the laboratory
setting. 

PE 315 Special Topics in
Physical Education  (1-3)  
May vary from semester to
semester. May be taken more
than one semester
depending upon topic. 

PE 320 Motor Learning (3) 
Application of motor learning
theories and principles to the
acquisition of motor skills,
with emphasis on structuring
practice to optimize skill
learning. 

PE 321 Kinesiology (3) 
The study of anatomical and
mechanical principles in
relation to human motion. 
Prerequisite: BI 250. 

PE 324 Curriculum & Methods of
Elementary School 
Physical Ed. (4)
Methods in planning, teaching
and evaluating a physical
education curriculum in the
elementary schools.  Practical
teaching experiences are
provided in the public and/or
private school setting.

PE 325 Methods in Middle &
Secondary School Physical 
Education (3) 
Methods in planning,
presenting, administering and
evaluating physical education
for middle and secondary
school teachers.  
 
PE 326 Physiology of Exercise
(3)
Process of scientific inquiry
applied to exercise physiology
and identification of basic
principles applicable for
maximum physical performance.
Examination of the effects of
exercise on structure and
function including metabolic
and environmental aspects of
exercise, fatigue and
training. Prerequisite:
Biology
255. 

PE 333 Micro-computer 
Applications to Physical 
Education  (2)
Students will learn to run
physical education software on
the I.B.M. Micro-computer.
Prerequisite: Physical
Education Major. 

PE 340 Adapted Physical 
Education  (3) 
Adapted and corrective
programs and techniques for
students with developmental
delays and/or mental and
physical disabilities.
Emphasis upon inclusion in the
regular physical education
program.  A practicum in the
public school setting and work
with the Special Olympics
program are required. 

PE 350 Advanced Athletic 
Training (3) 
Advanced techniques, equipment
and methods for rehabilitating
the injured athlete.
Prerequisite: PE 257. 

PE 360 Physical Education
Activity Techniques III:
Individual/
Dual Sports (2)
This course will emphasize the
learning of basic skills,
knowledge of teaching
progressions, instructional
strategies and teaching
methods including lead-up
games/ activities for the
following activities: Tennis,
Golf, Archery, Badminton/
Pickleball and Bowling.
 
PE 361 Physical Education 
Activity Techniques IV: 
Dance/Combatives(2)
This course will emphasize the
learning of basic skills, the
knowledge of teaching
progressions, instructional
strategies and teaching
methods, including lead-up
games/activities for the
following activities: Folk,
Country/Western, and Ballroom
Dance; Self-Defense, Martial
Arts and Tumbling/Stunts.

PE 410 Fitness Testing and
Exercise Prescription (3) 
Students will become familiar
with current fitness testing
procedures and exercise
prescription methods. 

PE 411 Current Literature in
Exercise Physiology (3) 
This course acquaints students
with the processes by which
research generates information
and theoretical advances in
the human movement sciences
and also introduces specific
recent developments in the
field of exercise physiology. 

PE 440 Measurement and 
Evaluation (3) 
An understanding of
measurement and evaluation in
physical education
including descriptive
statistics, test construction,
microcomputer software.
Prerequisite MA 110 or 116. 

PE 450 and 450 Grad. Institute
in Athletic Training (1-3) 
Outstanding athletic trainers
from around the country
present current materials
regarding the treatment and
rehabilitation of
athletic injuries. 

PE 451 and 451 Grad. Study and
Research in  Athletic Training
(1-3)
Prerequisite: PE 450. 

PE 494 Internship in Physical 
Education  (3) 
Students must have completed
all core & concentration
courses before enrolling in PE
494. The internship involves a
field experience related to
the students degree and
concentration. 

PHYSICS 



(Physics and Astronomy 
Department) 



Stoffer Science Hall, Room 108 
(913) 223-1010 ext. 1330

Associate Professor Parnell,
Chair Professor Nagy 
Assistant Professor Black 
Assistant Professor Dirksen 

Courses of study in the
Department of Physics and
Astronomy are planned
primarily to provide the
technical training necessary
for the student to work
effectively in the fields of
industrial research, or
teaching, or to continue study
at a higher professional
level. However, certain
courses offer the opportunity
for the general student to
gain a nontechnical
knowledge of physics and
astronomy to help understand
both the contributions and
problems of technology in
modern society. 
     Students seeking
certification to teach must
also be formally admitted to
the University s Professional
Teacher Education Programs.
For admission requirements,
see EDUCATION in this
catalog. 

The Major 

To major in Physics with a
Bachelor of Science Degree,
one must satisfactorily
complete Physics 261 and 262
or 281 and 282, 320, 330, 334,
335, 350, 360, 365, at least
two additional upper
division laboratory courses,
and pass a written and/or oral
comprehensive examination.
Credits in Physics 101, 151,
and Astronomy 101, 102 and 103
will not be allowed toward a
major in physics. Credit in
all other courses in astronomy
may be applied toward a major
or minor in physics. 
     To major in physics with
a Bachelor of Arts Degree, one
must satisfactorily complete
24 hours in Physics including
12 upper division hours. At
least 6 hours of major courses
in the Department must be
taken in residence at Washburn
University.  

SUGGESTED SCHEDULE IN PHYSICS
     
     Freshman
First Semester (17 hrs) 
English 101 (3) 
Mathematics 151 (5) 
Chemistry 151 (5) 
Physical Education (1) 
Electives (3)

Second Semester
(14-17 hrs) 
Mathematics 152 (5) 
Chemistry 152 (5) 
Physical Education (1) 
Electives (3-6)

     Sophomore 
First Semester (16 hrs) 
Mathematics 152 (3) 
Physics 281 (5) 
French, German or Russian (4)
Electives (4)

Second Semester (15 hrs) 
Mathematics 241 (3) 
Physics 282 (5) 
Physics 365 (3) 
French, German or Russian (4)

     Junior 
First Semester (15-18 hrs)
English 300 (3) 
Physics 320 (3) 
Physics 335 (3) 
Mathematics 261 (3) 
Electives (3-6)

Second Semester (13-16 hrs) 
Physics 321 (3) 
Physics 322 (2) 
Physics 334 (3) 
Mathematics 373 (3) 
Electives (2-5)

     Senior 
First Semester (15-17 hrs) 
Physics 330 (3) 
Physics 332 (1) 
Physics 351 (3) 
Mathematics 374 (3) 
Electives (5-7)

Second Semester (15 hrs) 
Physics 340 (3) 
Physics 351 (3) 
Physics 352 (1) 
 Mathematics 376 (3) Electives
(5)

The Minor 

To minor in Physics, the
student must complete 20 hours
in physics which will consist
of PS 261 and 262 or PS 281
and 282 plus 10 hours of
course work in Physics
requiring PS 261, 262 or
PS 281, 282 as prerequisites.
To count toward a minor, work
must be grade C or better. 
     
COURSE OFFERINGS
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General 
Education program.  See page
30 for details)

</ PS 101 Introduction to 
Physics   (3) 
For non-majors. Recommended
for partial fulfillment of the
graduation requirement in
natural science. Selected
topics from the field of
classical and modern physics
are studied and discussed in
terms of their impact on
modern society without
mathematical emphasis. 

</ PS 120 Meteorology (3) 
The Earth s atmosphere and
basic circulation patterns
including types and
classification of clouds and
air masses, the formation
of fronts, winds aloft
computations, principles of
forecasting, energy
considerations and other
associated physical processes.
Prerequisite: MA 104 or one
and one-half years of High
School algebra. 

</ PS 126 Physical Science for
Elementary Ed (4) 
This course, designed to
provide a comprehensive
background in physical science
for the elementary school
teacher, will provide
lecture and laboratory
experiences which will serve
to improve confidence in both
scientific process and product
applicable to all elementary
curricula.  Two lecture and
one lab period per week.

PS 261 College Physics I (5)
Recommended for medical arts
and general science students.
Mechanics, heat, and sound are
studied. Lecture-recitation
and laboratory. Prerequisite:
Trigonometry and college
algebra. 

PS 262 College Physics II (5) 
A continuation of College
Physics I. Electricity, optics
and modern physics.
Lecture-recitation and
laboratory. Prerequisite:
PS 261. 

PS 281 General Physics I (5)
Required for students who wish
to major in physics and
astronomy and for
pre-engineering students.
Mechanics, heat, and sound are
studied. Lecture-recitation
and laboratory. Prerequisite:
High School physics or
chemistry; MA 151 or
concurrent enrollment. 

PS 282 General Physics II (5) 
A continuation of General
Physics I. Electricity and
magnetism, optics, and modern
physics. Lecture-recitation
and laboratory.
Prerequisite: PS 281. 

PS 310 Relativity (2) 
Concepts of space and time,
frames of reference, Einsteins
Theory of Special Relativity
and Elements of General
Relativity. Prerequisite: PS
262 or 282. 

PS 320 Electromagnetic 
Theory I (3) 
The basic theory of
electromagnetic fields and
waves using the calculus and
vector methods. Prerequisite:
PS 262 or 282; MA 153. 

PS 321 Electromagnetic 
Theory II (3) 
A continuation of Physics 320.
Prerequisite PS 320. 

PS 322 Electrical Laboratory
(2) 
Basic theory of semiconductors
and the application of this
theory in electrical
measurements. One-hour lecture
and three hours laboratory a
week. Prerequisite:  PS 262 or
282.

PS 330 Optics (3) 
Physical and geometrical
optics. Lecture-recitation.
Prerequisite: PS 262 or 282. 

PS 332 Optics Laboratory (1)
Experiments with lens systems,
mirrors, aberrations, the
spectrometer, interference and
diffraction, and polarization.
Prerequisite: PS 330 or
concurrent enrollment. 

PS 334 Thermodynamics (3) 
A consideration of heat
phenomena, the first and
second laws of thermodynamics,
their principal consequences
and applications to simple
systems, and the kinetic
theory of gases. Prerequisite:
PS 262 or 282; MA 153. 

PS 335 Theoretical 
Mechanics I (3) 
A mathematical study of
classical mechanics. Rigid
body statics and dynamics,
kinematics and dynamics of
particles and systems of
particles, and conservative
and non-conservative force
fields. Prerequisite: PS 262
or 282; MA 153. 

PS 336 Theoretical 
Mechanics II (3) 
A continuation of Theoretical
Mechanics I. Prerequisite: PS
335. 
 
PS 340 Electronics (3) 
Digital electronic cicuits and
devices with special emphasis
on computer interfacing to
instrumentation.Two one-hour
lectures and one three-hour
laboratory a week.
Prerequisite:  PS 262 or 282,
and MA 153.

PS 350 Modern Physics I  (3)
Phenomena specific to the
extra-nuclear structure of the
atom; phenomena peculiar to
the atomic nucleus;
introduction to quantum and
wave mechanics, and
relativity. Prerequisite: PS
262 or 282; MA153. 

PS 351 Modern Physics II  (3) 
A continuation of Physics 350.
Prerequisite: PS 350. 

PS 352 Atomic and Nuclear
Physics Laboratory (1)   
Measurements of constants
fundamental to atomic physics:
Plancks constant, electron
charge and mass, speed of
light, etc. Techniques of
nuclear alpha, beta and gamma
ray spectroscopy.
Prerequisite: PS 350. 

PS 360 Experimental 
Physics  (1 or 2) 
Experimental design and
techniques. Extensive use of
technical literature will be
necessary. Independent work is
encouraged. Prerequisite:
consent of instructor. 

PS 365 Introduction to 
Theoretical Physics (3) 
Application of ordinary and
partial differential
equations, Fourier series,
Laplace transforms, Gamma
functions, and complex
variables to problems in the
fields of physics and
engineering. Prerequisite: PS
262 or 282 or concurrent
enrollment.

PS 370 Special Subjects in
Physics (Credit to be
Arranged)
Offered on demand as teaching
schedules permit. Material is
to be chosen according to
student interest from any one
of a number of fields of
physics. Prerequisite: consent
of instructor. 


POLITICAL 
       SCIENCE 


(American Citizenship Program)



Henderson Learning Center, 
Room 215
(913) 231-1010 ext. 1737

Professor Cann, Chair
Professor Freeman 
Professor Jervis 
Professor Smith 
Assistant Professor Berglund 
Lecturer Professor Schmiedeler
Professor Heath, Emeritus 
     
The Department of Political
Science seeks to prepare
well-rounded students who wish
to be trained as part of a
liberal arts program or who
plan to go on to graduate or
professional school. The
department also offers a
Bachelor of Public
Administration degree
for those interested in public
sector employment. For
additional information on the
Bachelor of Public
Administration, see the
index.

The Major 

At least 30 credit hours in
Political Science to be
distributed as follows: PO 106
plus nine (9) additional
credit hours of lower
division PO and 18 credits of
upper division courses with at
least one three credit upper
division course in each of the
four areas. 
     The nine credits of lower
division work may be satisfied
by any three of the following
courses: 107, 200, 210, 211,
225, 235, 245, 255, 265.
Eighteen credits of upper
division work must include at
least one course in each of
the following areas.  
     I) Political Theory: 333,
     334, 336 
II)  Comparative Government/   
        International Relations:
     351,353, 354, 361, 363 
III) American Government and
     Politics: 304, 305, 306, 
     320,321, 338, 339, 340,
     343
IV)  Public Administration: 
     305,306, 343, 346, 390, 
     391,392, 393 
     Courses which satisfy
credit for upper division
electives only are: 300, 307,
386, (although PO 307 is a
requirement for the BPA
degree). 
     Majors are strongly
encouraged to take courses in
modern language, statistics,
and computer science.
Political Science hours in
excess of 40 cannot be counted
for either the major or
graduation.  The Department
requires that at least half or
15 credit hours be completed
at Washburn. 

The Minor 

A minor consists of no less
than 15 hours. Students must
take PO 106, PO 107, and
select 6 hours from upper
division courses, and 3 hours
of electives. Students must
have a grade of C or better
in each course applied to the
minor.  A student cannot major
in either political science or
public administration and
receive a minor in the other
area.

Departmental Honors in
Political Science and Public
Administration

3.65 GPA overall and a 3.8 in
P.O.

Pi Sigma Alpha 

The national political science
honorary society is
represented by a chapter
chartered in 1983. Membership
is conferred each year on
advanced political science
students whose grades meet the
prescribed national and local
requirements. 

COURSE OFFERINGS 
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General 
Education program.  See page
30 for details)

</ PO 106 The Government of
the United States (3) 
Theory, organization and
functioning of our democratic
government in modern society
with special emphasis on the
national government and its
relations with the states. The
role of government in a
democratic society as a
supplier of services, the
embodiment of values and the
arbiter of conflict is
stressed. Distinctions are
drawn of autocratic systems
and the maintenance
of our values and interests in
our relations with other
nations.  

</ PO 107 American State and
Local Government (3) 
Examines American grassroots
democracy with special
emphasis placed on the
institutions of state and
local government, how
these institution actually
operate, and how they differ
from the national government. 

PO 200 Special Topics in
Political Science  (1-3) 
Topics will vary from semester
to semester and will be
announced in advance. 

PO 210 Political Corruption in
America  (3) 
An historical and analytical
probe of political corruption
in the United States. Special
emphasis will be placed on
analyzing the reasons why
corrupt politicians exist, why
they survive, and how they
have fallen. The reform
movements and their impact
also are discussed. 

PO 211 American Political 
Parties (3) 
American party history,
organization and operation. 

PO 225 Introduction to 
International Politics  (3) 
Theory and practice of
international politics with
special attention to foreign
policy and decision-making
process, major issues facing
the international system, the
role and functions of
international and
transnational organizations
with respect to conflict and
cooperation in the
international community. 

PO 235 Introduction to 
Comparative Politics  (3) 
Basic concepts, theories and
methods in comparative
analysis of political
institutions, processes, and
policies of nations. Case
studies of selected political
systems-developed and
developing, Western and
non-western, democratic and
non-democratic illustrate
the analytical approaches. 

PO 245 Introduction to Public
Administration  (3) 
Designed to acquaint the
student with the organization
and functioning of the
administration of government.
Includes introduction to
theories of administration,
policy and administration
values, and study of the
governmental bureaucracy
and administration behavior. 

PO 255 Introduction to the
American Legal System (3) 
Designed to acquaint the
student with the basic
institutions and
procedures of the American
legal system. Also a very
basic introduction to
substantive areas of American
law such as: torts, contracts,
civil procedure, regulation of
business. 

PO 265 American Political 
Theory (3) 
Our understanding of the
founding period will involve
us in the debate between
Federalists and
anti-Federalists regarding the
great dialogue between ancient
and modern theory. The
Federalists make a case for a
large republic; the
Anti-Federalists, agreeing
that some sort of Union was
needed, were inclined as a
matter of principle toward the
ancient view that smaller
states are best. That
difference, in turn, points to
more fundamental questions;
questions that will be
emphasized in the course: What
is human nature? Are human
beings  political animals? 
What does it mean for one
human being to  represent 
another? Similarly, the
ratification debate asked
perennial questions with an
even more contemporary sound:
Should war or peace be the
first principle on
which institutions are
premised? Is foreign policy
only a necessity, or are
positive goals to be sought in
international politics? What
is the place of religion in
political society?  What are
rights, human and individual?
What case can be made for
private property? What is
democracy? Can rule by the
many be made compatible with
the rights of the few? These
are some of the more important
questions and concepts that
will be examined. 

PO 300 Special Topics in
Political Science  (1-3) 
Topics will vary from semester
to semester and will be
announced in advance. 

PO 304 Public Opinion and
Voting Behavior (3) 
Study of the formation and
implementation of public
opinion and participation in
governmental decision-making.
Analysis of voter behavior by
means of electoral and other
data. Introduction to
techniques of measuring public
opinion. Discussion of issues
as related to the democratic
process of public
decision-making.  
 
PO 305 Public Policy  (3) 
Examines the role of
government as a supplier of
services to its citizens. It
will cover the following
topics: the nature of
politics and policy, social
problem identification and
articulation, interest group
aggregation and the formation
of public policy, the analysis
of policy content, policy
implementation, and policy
evaluation. 

PO 306 Urban-Metropolitan
Government (3) 
Analysis of historical,
political, economic, and
social develop-ment of urban
America. Emphasis will be
placed on discussion of
contemporary urban problems
through investigation
of the legal status of
municipal and county
governments, machine,
reform, and ethnic politics,
socioeconomic class status and
urban society, community
power, forms of participation
in urban politics, the
problems and politics of urban
policymaking, and
suggestions for improving
urban-metropolitan
governments.  
 
PO 307 Internship in State and
Local Government  (3-6) 
Experience in an operating
office of state and local
government in order to gain
insight into government at
these levels. Problem
paper required. Prerequisites:
Political Science 107 and/or
consent of instructor. Junior
and Senior standing. 

PO 320 The Legislative 
Process  (3) 
Analysis of the special role
of legislative bodies as they
function within the American
system of separation of powers
and checks and balances.
Emphasis is placed on Congress
and its significance to our
democratic system of
government.

PO 321 The Presidency  (3) 
The President in the American
system of democratic
government. His role as
national and international
leader, as chief of party
and arbiter of interest
conflicts. Comparison between
the American Presidency and
beads of government of other
states. 
 
PO 331 Politics Through 
Literature (2) 
Offered in Winter
Intersession.  

PO 333 Classical & Medieval
Political Theory (3) 
Analysis of Western Political
Thought from the Classical
Greek period through the
thirteenth century. Drawing
upon selected political
philosophers particular
emphasis will be placed on
such concepts as:  human
nature, the nature of the
state, political authority,
political obligation,
citizenship, the nature of
constitutions, justice,
virtue, and political rights,
to mention only a few. 

PO 334 Modern and 
Contemporary Political Theory 
(3) 
Analysis of Western Political
Thought from the fourteenth
century to the present.
Drawing upon selected
political philosophers
particular emphasis will be
placed on history, literature,
philosophy, science, social
and religious thought, and the
paradigmatic structuring of
both modern and contemporary
political thought. 

PO 336 Marxism  (3) 
Political philosophy of Marx
and Engels and the Marxist
movements after the death of
Marx. The objective is to help
the student develop a
capability for critical
analysis of political
movements and to understand
the cultural frameworks within
which these movements develop. 

PO 338 Contemporary American
Politics (3) 
Principal issues, trends, and
personalities in current
American politics and election
campaigns. Normally taught in
the first semester of even
numbered years. Prerequisite:
PO 106. 

PO 339 Constitutional 
Law I  (3) 
Analysis of Supreme Court
cases dealing with the
separation of powers,
federalism, and government
regulation of property.
Conducted like a law school
class, the student is required
to brief cases daily and the
socratic method is the
pedagogical approach. 

PO 340 Constitutional Law II 
(3) 
Analysis of Supreme Court
cases dealing with civil
rights and civil liberties.
More specifically the subject
matter covers the 14th
Amendment and the Bill of
Rights. Conducted like a law
school class, the student is
required to brief cases daily
and the Socratic method is the
pedagogical approach. 

PO 343 Administrative Law (3)
The scope of the law as it
applies to administrative
agencies of the government.
Focuses on the powers of
agencies, administrative
rule-making, regulatory
activities, due process, and
judicial review of
administrative actions. 

PO 346 Problems in Public
Administration  (3) 
Problems and cases involved in
administering public policy. 
 
PO 351 International Law  (3)
Nature, general principles and
development of international
law by examination of
appropriate cases and
materials. The development of
international legal principles
within the framework of
cultural diversity, competing
religious and value systems,
and conflicting economic and
national expectations. 

PO 353 American Foreign 
Policy  (3) 
Analysis and evaluation of
post-World War II American
foreign policy. Assessment of
the sources and the substance
of policy as well as some of
the enduring issues in
American foreign policy.  
 
PO 354 Current Issues in
Foreign Policy  (3) 
Analysis of selected foreign
policy issues confronting the
United States in the 1990s.
The focus of the course varies
from year to year. 

PO 361 European Politics  (3)
Study of the government and
politics of selected European
countries. Analysis of the
political process and
government policies of the
United Kingdom, France,
Germany, and Russia as well as
the movement toward European
unity. 

PO 363 Revolution in the Third
World  (3) 
Study of both theories about
revolutions, e.g.,
causes/consequences of
revolutions, participants in
revolutions, and selected
revolutions in the Third
World, including China, Iran,
and Nicaraqua. 

PO 386 Directed Readings (1-3)
Readings in the selected
fields of Political Science.
Prerequisite: Senior Political
Science major or approval of
the department head. May be
taken until three credit hours
are earned. 

PO 390 Applied Political 
Research  (3) 
Introduction to utilization of
basic research techniques in
public administration and
political science. 

PO 391 Public Personnel 
Administration (3) 
The principles and techniques
involved in managing public
employees. Particular
attention is given to
staffing, separation,
and administrative functions
related to public employment.  
 
PO 392 Urban and Regional
Planning (3) 
Principles and theories of the
administrative implementation
of land use, housing, and
transportation policies and
planning procedures. 

PO 393 Public Budgeting  (3) 
The politics of planning,
financing, and managing
governmental budgets at the
national, state, and local
levels. 



PRE-THEOLOGY


Professor Crawford, Advisor 

The American Association of
Theological Schools in the
United States and Canada
recommends that pre-seminary
studies place emphasis on a
liberal arts program. Washburn
University makes available
also the recommended courses
in Religion to ensure
familiarity with that field. A
suggested pre-seminary course
of study with a major in
Philosophy or Religious
Studies may be obtained from
the Philosophy Department. 


PSYCHOLOGY 




Henderson Learning Center,
Room 211
(913) 231-1010 ext. 1564

Professor Forbach, Chair
Professor Evans 
Professor Delphine Yelen 
Professor Donald Yelen 
Associate Professor Stephenson
Assistant Professor Altman 
Assistant Professor Bowman 
Assistant Professor Kirsh 
Assistant Professor Provorse

The curriculum for the major
in Psychology has three
objectives: 
(1) To introduce the student
to the existing body of
scientific knowledge about
human and animal behavior; 
(2) to acquaint students with
the methods and procedures
psychologists use in
conducting scientific research
designed to acquire new
knowledge about human and
animal behavior; and (3) to
introduce students to the
various methods of using
existing psychological
knowledge about human and
animal behavior. The
requirements for a major in
Psychology are designed to
meet educational goals of two
distinct student populations. 
First, Psychology is a
profession which usually
requires an advanced
degree for employment as a
psychologist.  Consequently,
the major is designed to
provide the fundamental
knowledge, skills, and
experience appropriate for
those students who plan to
attend graduate school in
Psychology.  Second, most
students who choose a major in
Psychology do so because they
are very interested in
the subject and want more than
just a casual understanding of
Psychology. Therefore, the
major is also designed to
provide basic knowledge and
skills which would be useful
to students who plan to
complete a BA degree and then
pursue a career in a field
other than Psychology.  
    The department also
administers a graduate program
leading to a Master of  Arts
degree with an emphasis in
Clinical Skills. See
Psychology, Graduate Programs,
in catalog index. 

The Major 

It is recommended that
students with a serious
interest in Psychology
distribute their elected
courses over as many areas of
Psychology as possible in
order to get a comprehensive
picture of modern Psychology.
    Students must complete a
minimum of 30 graded hours of
credit in Psychology earning a
grade of C or better. These
hours must include Psychology
100, 102, 250, 300, and at
least one from each of the
following three pairs of
courses: 301 or 302; 306 or
307; and 309 or 310.  Because
the latter six courses are not
offered
every semester, students
should consult their
department advisor
when planning their schedules. 
    At least 15 of the
required 30 hours must be
upper-division courses, and at
least 9 hours (including 6
hours upper division)
must be taken at Washburn. 

Department Honors

Psychology majors having a GPA
of 3.5 or higher in all
Psychology classes are
eligible for department honors
by demonstrating superior
research skills or scholarship
while enrolled in Psychology
389 or 390. Students are
encouraged to begin these
projects no later than the 
first semester of their senior
year. Students can obtain more
information about honors from
their department advisor. 
Psi Chi:  The national
honorary psychology society,
Psi Chi, is represented at
Washburn University by a
chapter chartered in 1968. 
Membership is conferred each
year on advanced psychology
students whose grades in
Psychology meet the prescribed
national and local
requirements.

Independent Work in 
Psychology 

The department encourages all
interested and qualified
students to pursue a program
of independent work in
Psychology by participating in
one or more of the following
three courses: Psychology 336:
Field Experience; Psychology
389: Independent Study; 
Psychology 390: Directed
Research. Generally it is
recommended that a student
should have completed at least
15 hours in Psychology
including Psychology 250:
Experimental Psychology,
prior to enrolling in one of
the above courses. Interested
Sophomores and Juniors are
required to arrange
independent work with their
departmental advisor during
the semester prior to
enrolling in these courses. 

The Minor 

A minor in Psychology consists
of no less than 15 hours,
including at least nine hours
of upper division courses. At
least 4 (four) hours must be
taken at Washburn.  Students
should consult an advisor in
the Psychology Department for
selecting the most appropriate
psychology courses to
complement their major.
Students must have a grade of
C or better in each course
applied to the minor.

Requirements for Secondary
Teaching Specialty 

Secondary education teachers
may elect to meet the
requirements for a certificate
in Psychology. Students should
consult with their department
advisor to identify courses
which will meet the
certification in Psychology
requirements. Please note,
however, that students seeking
certification to teach must
first be formally admitted to
the University s Professional
Teacher Education Programs.
For admission and course
requirements, refer  to the
EDUCATION section in this
catalog. 
    
COURSE OFFERINGS 
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General Education program. 
See page 30 for details)

</ PY 100 Basic Concepts in
Psychology  (3) 
An introduction to fundamental
areas of psychology including
an overview of the concepts
and methods of such areas as
perception, learning,
motivation, memory,
development, personality,
abnormal and social. 

</ PY 101 Psychology of 
Adjustment  (3) 
Applications of psychological
concepts and principles
relating to adjustment in
interpersonal and stressful
situations. 

PY 102 Psychological 
Statistics  (4) 
Descriptive and inferential
statistics in design, analysis
and interpretation of
psychological research.
Lectures and two hours
of laboratory. Prerequisite:
PY 100 and MA 104. 

PY 209 Psychological
Development Through the
Life-Span (3)
Psychological research and
theories which describe and
explain life-cycle stability
and change in perception,
cognition, language,
psychomotor behavior,
personality interpersonal
relationships, etc.
Prerequisite:  Psychology 100
or 101. 
 
PY 210 Psychology of Infancy
and Childhood (3) 
Overview of theory and
research on the psychological
development of infants and
children. Included are the
development of sex roles,
aggression, friendship,
attachment to parents,
perception, cognition,
language, and moral reasoning
and behavior.
Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. 

PY 211 Adolescent 
Psychology (3) 
Theory and research on
adolescent personality, social
and cognitive development,
including problems of
adjustment during the teenage
years. Prerequisite: PY 100 or
101. 

PY 212 Psychology of Adulthood
and Aging  (3) 
Psychological theory and
research on the changes and
continuities of the adult
years:  personality,
intelligence, memory, sex
roles, interpersonal
relationships, death and
dying,  and the psychological
consequences of physical and
health  of physical and health
changes. Prerequsites: PY100
or 101. 

PY 215 Consumer Psychology (3)
Survey of the psychological
principles, theories, and
methodology in learning,
perception, motivation,
attitude formation,
personality, etc. as they
affect consumer behavior.
Prerequisite: PY 100 or  101. 

PY 220 Psychology of
Human/Computer Interactions 
(3) 
A study of methods of
scientific inquiry in the
fields of cognitive psychology
and human factors, and the
application of the knowledge
base of these fields toward
achieving effective and
productive human/computer
interactions. Prerequisite: PY
100 or CM 110. 

</ PY 231  Abnormal 
Psychology  (3) 
A survey of the origins,
processes and diagnostic
characteristics of
representative syndromes of
maladaptive behavior.
Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. 

PY 234 Behavior Management
Techniques  (3) 
Elementary principles of
learning and their application
for managing the behavior of
normal and abnormal
populations in a variety of
settings including schools,
mental institutions,
hospitals and businesses.
Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. 

PY 250 Experimental 
Psychology  (4) 
An introduction to objectives
and methods of experimental
psychology, including how to
design and implement
experiments, and how to
analyze, interpret, and report
experimental results.
Prerequisite: PY  102. 

PY 281 History and Psychology
of Sex and Gender (2) 
Surveys historic and current
experience of being male and
female within changing Western
Society.  The course will
examine past ideas fostering
distinctions between sexes, as
well as surveying current
Psychological research in this
area.  This course will
usually be offered during the
winter intersession and team
taught by a historian and a
psychologist.  Prerequisite:
Three hours of Social Science
or consent.  Of the PY 281,
PY381, HI 281, HI 381
courses, only one may be taken
for course credit.

PY 282 Zoo Research (3)  
Exploration of methods of
observational research used to
study behavior.  Students will
conduct supervised
observations of animals or
people at the Topeka Zoo. 
Prerequisite: PY100. 
 
PY 295 Special Topics  (1-3)
Selected topics in psychology,
announced in advance.
Prerequisite: Specified for
each topic.  
 
PY 300 Psychological Forum (1)
Survey of applied issues in
the profession of psychology
including an overview of
employment and graduate school
opportunities as well as
vocational techniques
for achieving those goals. 
Prerequisite: Junior
Psychology Major
- Pass/Fail Only. 

PY 301 Principles of 
Learning  (3) 
Empirical and theoretical
approaches to the study of
classical and instrumental
conditioning. Prerequisite: PY
100 or 101.  
 
PY 302 Motivation  (3) 
A review of biological,
behavioral, and cognitive
approaches to motivation.
Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. 

PY 306 Cognition  (3) 
A study of the intellectual
structures and processes
involved in the acquisition,
storage, transformation and
use of knowledge.
Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. 
      
PY 307 Physiological 
Psychology  (3) 
Examines the physiological
basis of psychological
phenomena (eg.behavior). 
Concentrates on the function
of biological systems on
both general and specific
behaviors. Prerequisite: PY
100 or 101. 

PY 309 Theories of
Personality  (3) 
Psychological theories of
personality, including
psychoanalytic, learning and
humanistic approaches.
Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. 
 
PY 310 Social Psychology (3)
Theory and research on
cognitive and behavioral
responses to social stimuli.
Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. 

PY 312 Psychology of 
Creativity  (3) 
Exploration of the many facets
of creativity, including the
nature, measurement,
prediction, and cultivation of
creativity, and its
relationship to other
cognitive abilities.
Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101.

PY 314 Personality and Social
Behavior  (3) 
Description of the
characteristics that
distinguish individuals
and a review of the processes
by which these characteristics
are thought to be established
and changed. Prerequisite: PY
100 or 101. 

PY 315 Personnel Psychology
(3)
The psychological aspects of
personnel administration
stressing the application of
psychological principles to
personnel management.
Prerequisite:
PY 100 or 101. 

PY 320 Principles of 
Psychological Testing  (3) 
Theory and methods in
psychological measurement, and
their application to the
construction, selection and
interpretation of
psychological tests. Includes
a survey of representative
personality and ability tests.
Prerequisite: PY 100 or PY
101. 
PY 325 Community 
Psychology (3) 
The study of community and
organizational approaches to
intervention and prevention
strategies for mental health
care, general health care and
various social problems.
Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. 

PY 326 Health Psychology (3)
Psychological research and
theory in the areas of
psychosomatic disorders,
chronic illness, disability,
terminal illness, and
staff/patient relationships.
The course emphasizes the
contributions of psychological
theory and treatment in
traditionally medical areas of
human behavior.
Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. 

PY 333 Counseling 
Psychology (3) 
Major theories and techniques
of psychological counseling.
Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. 

PY 336 Field Experience in
Psychology (1-3) 
Supervised experience in the
application of psychological
concepts and methods. Work in
nonclassroom situations
required. Arrangements for
enrollment must be completed
prior to registration.
Prerequisite: One related
advanced course and consent of
instructor. May be repeated
once. Pass/Fail Only.  
 
PY 338 Childhood 
Psychopathology  (3) 
An overview of psychological
and behavioral disorders of
children and adolescents,
including their
characteristics, origins, and
treatment. Prerequisite: PY
231. 

PY 350 Introduction to
Clinical Psychology  (3) 
Clinical psychology as a
science and a profession. The
history, scope, ethics,
theories and methods of
clinical psychology.
Prerequisite: PY 231.

PY 356 Psychology of Marital
and Family Processes (3) 
An overview of psychological
theories and research
pertaining to family processes
and the influence of the
family on the psychological
development of the individual.
Topics to be covered include
various psychological theories
pertaining to family
functioning, family
dysfunction and divorce,
and relationships between
family functioning and
psychopathology.
Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101.

PY 381 History and Psychology
of Sex and Gender (2) 
Surveys historic and current
experience of being male and
female within changing Western
society.  The course will
examine past ideas fostering
distinctions between sexes, as
well as surveying current
Psychological research in this
area. This course will
usually be offered during the
winter intersession and team
taught by a historian and a
psychologist.  Prerequisite:
Three hours of Social Science
or consent.  Of the PY 281,
PY381, HI 281, HI 381 courses,
only one may be taken for
course credit.

PY 382 Zoo Research (3)  
Exploration of methods of
observational research used to
study behavior.  Students will
conduct supervised
observations of animals or
people at the Topeka Zoo. 
Prerequisites: 
PY 100 and PY 250.

PY 389 Independent Study 
(1-3) 
Individual problems planned
and executed by the student
under supervision.
Prerequisite: Consent
of instructor. May be repeated
up to a total of six hours. 

PY 390 Directed Research (1-3)
Supervised independent
research involving gathering
and analysis of empirical
data. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. May be
repeated up to a total of six
hours.

PY 395 Special Topics  (1-3)
Selected topics in psychology,
announced in advance.
Prerequisite: Specified for
each topic. 

PUBLIC 
       ADMINISTRATION 



(Political Science 
Department) 


The Bachelor of Public
Administration (BPA) degree is
designed to meet the needs of
students seeking careers in
the public or quasi-public
sector or seeking to continue
their education in
professional programs. The BPA
degree provides a strong
component of analytical and
management skills relevant to
public management as well as a
background and understanding
of political, economic, and
social environments in which
public management takes place.
BPA also gives students a
solid foundation for entering
programs in fields such as
health care administration,
urban and regional planning as
well as other professional
programs.  The Bachelors of
Public Administration major
requires 21 credits of cognate
courses and 30 to 33 credits
of PO courses depending upon
how the student meets the
internship requirement. 

The Major

Required Cognate Courses 
Hours (21 hrs)
PY 100* Basic Concepts in 
     Psychology 
SC 241* Business and      
Professional Speaking  
     OR
SC 150 Public Speaking   
EC 201* Principles of          
        Macroeconomics 
CM 110 Introduction to      
Electronic Data      Processing 

AC 224 Principles of      
Accounting I  
BU 346 Organizational Behavior
          or
SO 314* Organizations 

Political Science Required 
Courses (30-36 hours) 
PO 106 Government of the U.S 
PO 107 American State and 
     Local Government 
PO 245 Introduction to Public  
     Administration  PO
305 Public Policy 
     OR 
PO 346 Problems in Public 
     Administration 
PO 306 Urban-Metropolitan 
     Government 
     OR 
PO 392 Urban and Regional 
     Planning 
PO 307 Internship** 
PO 343 Administrative Law    
PO 390 Applied Political 
     Research   
  PO 391 Public Personnel 
     Administration
PO 393 Public Budgeting  
Elective***

*Also satisfy general
education requirements. **In
the case of a student who the
department believes already
has significant public
employment in an
administrative capacity, the
internship credit can be
replaced with an additional 3
credits of elective
Political Science courses.
***Courses which can be
utilized to satisfy this
requirement are as follows: PO
305, 346, 306, 392, 386.

The Minor

The minor in Public
Administration consists of 18
credits distributed as
follows:  9 lower division
credits (PO106, 107, and 245)
and 9 upper division credits
chosen from the following
list (PO306, 343, 391, 392, or
393).

 
COURSE OFFERINGS 
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General 
Education program.  See page
30 for details)

</ PO 106 The Government of
the United States  (3) 
Theory, organization and
functioning of our democratic
government in modern society
with special emphasis on the
national government and its
relations with the states. The
role of government and its
relations with the states. The
role of government in a
democratic society as a
supplier of services, the
embodiment of values and the
arbiter of conflict is
stressed.
Distinctions are drawn of
autocratic systems and the
maintenance of our values and
interests in our relations
with other nations.  

</ PO 107 American State and
Local Government  (3) 
Examines American grassroots
democracy with special
emphasis placed on the
institutions of state and
local government, how
these institutions actually
operate, and how they differ
from the national government. 

PO 245 Introduction to Public
Administration  (3) 
Designed to acquaint the
student with the organization
and functioning of the
administration of government
policy. Includes introduction
to theories of administration,
policy and administration
values, and study of the
governmental bureaucracy
and administration behavior. 

PO 305 Public Policy  (3) 
Examines the role of
government as a supplier of
services to its citizens. It
will cover the following
topics: the nature of
politics and policy, social
problems identification and
articulation, interest group
aggregation and the formation
of public policy, the analysis
of policy content, policy
implementation, and policy
evaluation. 

PO 306 Urban-Metropolitan
Government  (3) 
Analysis of historical,
political, economic and social
development of urban America.
Emphasis will be placed on
discussion of contemporary
urban problems through
investigation of the legal
status of municipal and county
governments, machine reform
and ethnic politics,
socioeconomic class status and
urban society, community
power, forms of participation
in urban politics, the
problems and politics and
urban policy making, and
suggestions for improving
urban-metropolitan
governments.  
 
PO 307 Internship in State and
Local Government  (3-6) 
Experience in an operating
office of state and local
government in order to gain
insight into government at
these levels. Problem paper
required. Prerequisites:
Political Science 107 and/or
consent of instructor. Junior
and Senior standing. 

PO 343 Administrative Law (3)
The scope of the law as it
applies to administrative
agencies of government.
Focuses on the powers
of agencies, administrative
rule-making, regulatory
activities, due process, and
judicial review of
administrative actions.  
 
PO 346 Problems in Public
Administration  (3) 
Problems and cases involved in
administering public policy.  
 
PO 390 Applied Political 
Research (3) 
Introduction to utilization of
basic research techniques in
public administration and
public policy.  Prerequisite: 
satisfy university math
requirement.

PO 391 Public Personnel 
Administration (3) 
The principles and techniques
involved in managing public
employees. Particular
attention is given to
staffing, separation,
and administrative functions
related to public employment.  
 
PO 392 Urban and Regional
Planning  (3)
Principles and theories of the
administrative implementation
of land use, housing, and
transportation policies and
planning procedures. 

PO 393 Public Budgeting (3) 
The politics of planning,
financing, and managing
governmental budgets at the
national, state, and local
levels. 


PUBLIC 
       RELATIONS 


(See Mass Media) 



RELIGIOUS 
       STUDIES 


(Philosophy Department) 


Garvey Fine Arts Center, Room
233  (913) 231-1010 ext. 1542 
Professor Crawford 

Religious Studies courses
examine the nature and
function of religious beliefs
and practices in the
development of human
self-understanding and in the
conduct of human affairs. The
curriculum presupposes that
the study of religion involves
a great variety of subjects
which can be explored from the
perspective of several
different disciplines and in
terms of multiple
methodologies. Courses in the
curriculum acquaint students
with a rich diversity of
scholarship on religion and
with critical methods employed
in the interpretation of
religious phenomena. Students
of all backgrounds and fields
of study should find courses
in religion helpful for
understanding how religious
ideas and ideals have shaped
the way people live and think. 

The Major

The major in Religious Studies
is a broadly based program of
instruction designed to meet
the needs of the following
three groups of students:
first, anyone wishing to gain
a deeper understanding of the
role of religion in human
experience and history;
second, those interested in
entering a seminary in
preparation for a career in
the ministry; and, third,
those planning to continue the
academic study of religion at
the graduate level in
preparation for a career of
teaching and research. 
The requirements for the major
in Religious Studies consist
of the following: 
A. Religion 101: Introduction
to Religion; Religion 102:
World Religions; Religion 331:
Concepts of God, East and
West; Religion 399: Research
in Religious Studies; three
additional upper division
hours in Religion; Philosophy
102: Introduction to Moral
Problems; Philosophy 201 
(Philosophy 121): History of
Ancient Philosophy; Philosophy
302: Philosophy of Religion;
Anthropology 313: Religion,
Magic and Witchcraft;
Sociology 318: Sociology of
Religion. 
B. Nine additional upper
division hours in related
courses to be selected in
consultation with the student
s advisor and approved by the
Department of Philosophy. 
C. Two semesters of a Modern
Foreign Language. (French,
German, Russian, or Spanish
101 and 102) 
D. World Civilizations I and
II (HI 101 and 102). 

SUGGESTED SCHEDULE FOR 
THE MAJOR IN RELIGIOUS 
STUDIES
     
Freshman
Fall Semester 
RG 101 Introduction to
Religion*
PH 100 World Views and Moral
Values
SO 100 Introduction to
Sociology
HI 101 World Civilizations*
MA 110 Exploring Mathematics
Lifetime Wellness (2 hours)

Spring Semester
RG 102 World Religions* 
     (Both RG 102 and PH 102   
        are suggested)
PH 102 Introduction to Moral   
        Problems
AR 101 Survy of Art
HI 102 World Civilizations*
EN 101 Freshman
     Composition (3 hours)

Sophomore
Fall Semester
RG 105 Intro to Old Testament
PH 201 History of Ancient 
     Philosophy*
AN 112 Cultural Anthropology
     Foreign Language 101*
Math/Natural Science Elective 

Spring Semester
RG 106 Intro to New Testament
PH 202 History of Modern 
     Philosophy
PY 100 Basic Concepts in 
     Psychology
Foreign Language 102*
Math/Natural Science Elective 

Junior
Fall Semester
RG 331 Concepts of God: 
East & West*
PH 220 Logic
SO 303 Human Prehistory
EN 210 Mythologies in
Literature
Math/Natural Science Elective

Spring Semester
PH 302 Philosophy of Religion*
EN 300 Junior Composition
PY 309 Theories of Personality
AN 313 Religion, Magic 
and Witchcraft*
Math/Natural Science Elective

Senior
Fall Semester
RG 3--*
EN 301 Critical Reading and 
     Writing
PY 310 Social Psychology
SO 318 Sociology of Religion*
Elective - Upper Division (3
hours)

Spring Semester 
RG 399 Research in 
Religious Studies*
PH 335 Metaphysics or
PH 330 Philosophy of Mind
PY 311 Psychology of      
Consciousness
EN 345 Shakespeare
Elective - Upper Division (3
hours)

Students must insure that
electives taken will fulfill
general education
requirements.
*Required for the major 

The Minor
 
Minor programs in Religious
Studies are individually
designed by the student in
consultation with a
departmental advisor and
subject to departmental
approval. A minor will consist
of at least 15 hours, 12 of
which must be in Religion
courses and six of which must
be upper division. 
     
COURSE OFFERINGS
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
GeneralEducation program.  See
page 30 for details)

</ RG 101 Introduction to 
Religion  (3)
Religion and its role in human
life. Various forms of
religious experience and
expression, both past and
present, are studied,
and selected religious issues
(e.g., the question of God,
the problem of evil, the
meaning of life and death) are
examined and
discussed. 

</ RG 102 World Religions (3) 
The major world religions are
studied in terms of their
historical, social, and
cultural contexts.

</ RG 105 Introduction to the
Old Testament (3) 
Representative writings in the
Hebrew scriptures are studied
against the background of the
Ancient Near Eastern world.  

</ RG 106 Introduction to the
New Testament (3) 
Selected writings from the New
Testament are read and
interpreted. Emphasis on how
these writings reflect their
social locations in the
ancient Mediterannean world.

RG 110 Special Topics in 
Religion  (1-3)
Topics will vary from semester
to semester and will be
announced in advance. May be
repeated for credit when
topics vary. 

</ RG 207 The Existence of 
God (3) 
An elementary course in
Philosophy and Religion
focusing upon the
specific rational arguments
which have been advanced for
and against the existence of a
supreme being. 

RG 300 Special Topics in 
Religion  (2-3) 
Topics will vary from semester
to semester and will be
announced in advance. May be
repeated for credit when
topics vary. Prerequisite:
three hours of Religion or PH
302. 

RG 301 Old Testament 
Prophecy  (3) 
An examination of Hebrew
prophecy as recorded in
selected prophetic texts of
the Old Testament (e.g., the
books of Amos, Hosea, Isaiah,
Jeremiah, Ezekiel).
Prerequisite: three hours of
Religion. 

RG 303 Jesus in the Gospels
(3) 
An analysis of the Gospels of
Matthew, Mark, Luke and John.
Emphasis on the nature and
function of the gospels within
the context of New Testament
Christianity. Prerequisite:
three hours
of Religion.

RG 305 The Mission and 
Message of Paul     (3) 
An examination of Pauline
Christianity and its place in
the early church. Focus is on
the genuine Pauline letters to
determine the nature of Paul s
contribution to early
Christian thought and its
impact on developing Christian
beliefs and practices.
Prerequisite: three hours of
Religion. 

RG 331 Concepts of God: East
and West (3) 
The variety of concepts used
to describe the nature and
activity of God according to
the philosophical and
theological interpreters of
the world s major religions.
Prerequisite: three hours of
Religion or Philosophy. 

RG 386 Special Study  (1-3)
Individual study of
specialized subjects
pertaining to religion.
Prerequisite: Senior standing,
nine hours of Religion and
permission in advance by the
professor under whom the
student desires to work. May
be repeated for credit. 

RG 399 Research in Religious
Studies (3) 
Independent research under the
direction of the student s
advisor in an area of study
pertaining to one or more of
the specific emphases of the
student s upper division
course work. Prerequisite:
Senior standing in the
Religious Studies major.  

RUSSIAN 


(See Modern Foreign 
Languages) 



SOCIOLOGY 


(Sociology and 
Anthropology
 Department) 


Henderson Learning Center, 
Room 218 
(913) 231-1010 ext. 1608

Associate Professor Johnson,
Chair Professor Field
Professor Otudeko 
Professor Zelkovitz 
Associate Professor Halford 
Assistant Professor Booth
Assistant Professor Childers 

The curriculum offered in
Sociology is designed to: 
(1) provide a basis for later
professional or graduate
training;  (2) satisfy the
needs of the student, major or
non-major, who is interested
in a broad liberal arts
education; and (3) provide
training for the student who
intends to seek immediate
employment in occupations that
utilize a sociological
background.  We recommend that
prospective majors and minors
consult with Department
advisors as early as possible. 
Requirements for graduation
are explained below.

The Major
 
Students majoring in Sociology
must complete a minimum of 30
semester hours of courses in
the department.  These hours
must include SO 100, 101, 360,
362, and AN 112.  In addition
one course must be selected
from each of the following
groups:  SO 207 or 209; 305 or
309; 304 or 306 or 315 or 318
or 377.  At least 15 of the
required total hours must be
upper division Sociology
courses.  Students must
receive a grade of C or better
in each course applied to the
major.  Department honors are
awarded to majors who attain: 
(1) a 3.5 GPA in all course
work in the major (2) a 3.5
GPA in all upper division
Sociology coursework, (3) a
3.5 GPA in the two capstone
courses (SO 360,
362) and, (4) a 3.2 GPA in all
University coursework.  All
majors in Sociology must also
meet one of the following
requirements:
(1) Any three hours of
Computer Science and any three
hours of Statistics or (2)
first and second semesters of
a single Modern Foreign
Language or (3) an established
minor or (4) a second
major.
     Students who anticipate
continuing their education at
the graduate level are
strongly urged to elect a
course in statistics from
either psychology or
mathematics.

The Minor 

To minor in Sociology,
students must complete a
minimum of 15 hours of credit
in Sociology. These hours must
include SO 100 and any other 4
courses in Sociology, two of
which must be upper division
courses.  Students must have a
grade of C or better in each
course applied to the minor. 
Anthropology majors are
permitted to minor in
Sociology.
     
COURSE OFFERINGS
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General Education program. 
See page 30 for details)


</ SO 100 Introduction to 
Sociology (3) 
Concepts and elementary
methods used in the study of
society. Special attention is
given social organization,
social stratification, social
institutions, formal
organizations, small
groups and social change.  
*Approved General Education
Course 

</ SO 101 American Social 
Problems (3) 
Major problems of contemporary
American society from the
viewpoint of sociology.
Special emphasis is given to
problems emerging from
divisions in society related
to social power, social class,
race, sex and the environment. 
*Approved General Education
Course

SO 205 Juvenile Delinquency
(3) 
Characteristics and extent of
youthful deviancy; possible
causes, concepts of treatment,
and societal reaction.
Prerequisite: three hours in
Sociology.  
 
SO 206 Criminal Victimization
Victimology  (3) 
Perceptual and behavioral
responses to criminal
victimization, victim
epidemiology and victim
precipitation. The focus will
be on victim-offender
relationships, personal and
societal responses
to crime. Prerequisite: SO 100
or SO 101.

SO 207/AN 207 Race and Ethnic
Group Relations    (3) 
How racial and ethnic group
contacts are resolved,
including expulsion,
annihilation, segregation,
assimilation and pluralism.
Social power and intergroup
conflict are emphasized. A
major segment is devoted to
discrimination and racism in
the United States.
Prerequisite: SO 100 or AN
112. 

SO 209 Social Inequality:
Differences in Power & Wealth 
(3)
Stratification systems,
including theories of
stratification and historical
and comparative studies of
stratification systems,
with the primary emphasis on
the American social class
system, and its implication
for contemporary society and
the individual. Prerequisite:
SO 100. 

SO 300 Special Topics in 
Sociology (1-3) 
Topics will vary from semester
to semester and will be
announced in advance. May be
taken for more than one
semester. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. 

SO 301 World Population:
Growth, Hunger & U.S. Foreign
Policy (3) 
Worldwide trends in fertility,
mortality and migration; the
role of the U.S. in reducing
population growth and
alleviating hunger.
Prerequisite: SO 100 and AN
112 or EC 201. 

SO 302/AN 302 Culture and
Human Sexuality (3)
A theoretical and empirical
survey of human sexual beliefs
and activities in selected
Western and non-western
cultures. Prerequisite: AN 112
or SO 100 or consent of
instructor.

 SO 304/AN 304 The Family (3)
Changes that have occurred in
definitions of family and
family functions, the effects
of the changes on status and
roles of family members, and
family disorganization, with
emphasis placed on the United
States family. Prerequisite:
SO 100 or AN 112. 

SO 305 Criminology (3) 
Theories of causation of crime
and their relationships to
social structure and culture.
Prerequisite: six hours of
Sociology including SO 100. 

SO 306 Law and Society (3) 
The legal system is studied
not in terms of the rules
which make up the system, but
in terms of the activities
involved in creating,
interpreting and enforcing
these rules. The primary
concern is with the ways in
which the legal system affects
society and in which society
is an integral part of the
larger social system and not
an isolated set of rules,
procedures and activities.
Prerequisite: SO 100 or
consent of instructor.  
 
SO 307 Penology (3) 
History of treatment of
convicted adults and
juveniles. Discussion of
modern alternatives to prison:
probation, parole, and
suspended sentence. Field
trips to local institutions.
Prerequisite: six hours of
Sociology including Sociology
305.     
  
SO 308 The Sociology of Mental
Health (3) 
Survey and sociological
analyses of major theoretical
approaches toward mental
health and illness exploring
the social factors associated
with mental illness;
examination of the dynamics of
societal reactions to mental
illness. Prerequisites: SO 100
or AN
112. 

SO 309 Sociology of 
Deviance (3) 
Presentation, evaluation, and
integration of sociological
theories of deviance. Focus on
the social processes producing
and maintaining deviance.
Consideration given to a
variety of deviant
expressions. Prerequisite: SO
100 or 101. 

SO 312/AN 312 Culture, Health
and Illness (3) 
Sociocultural causes of
illness; health care delivery
systems, patient-practitioner
relationships; prevention of
illness. Prerequisite: SO 100
or AN 112 or consent of
instructor. 

SO 314 Organizations (3) 
Organizations are examined
from the sociological
perspective with attention
given to the formal and
informal components of
organizations ranging from
voluntary association, through
professional organizations to
modern bureaucracies. Special
attention is given to
organizational theory and its
implications for behavior
within and between
organizations. Prerequisite:
SO 100. 

SO 315 Sociology of Sport (3) 
The emergence of organized
sport in becoming a major
social institution in American
society. Prerequisite: SO 100. 

SO/AN 317 Peoples and Cultures
of Africa (3) 
A survey of the indigenous
cultures and societies of
Africa through the study of
kinship, politics, economics,
religion and contemporary
socio-cultural change.
Prerequisite: Anthropology
112 or consent. 

SO 318 Sociology of Religion
(3) 
A comparative study of the
phenomenon of religion with
special emphasis on the impact
and future of religion in the
modern world. Concepts of such
men as Weber, Durkheim,
Troeltsch, & Merton will serve
as a basis for the approach to
religious values, norms,
institutional structures
& changing religious
practices. Prerequisite: SO
100/AN 112.  

SO 323/AN 323 The City and
Urban Life (3)
Comparative study of the
origin and development of
cities.  Focuses on processes
of urban development,
rural-urban migration,
interrelationships between
people, urban cultures, social
institutions, use of space and
competing theoretical
perspectives.  Examines Latin
American, African, European as
well as American cities. 
Prerequisite:  SO 100, AN 112,
or consent. 

SO 326/AN 326 Aging and 
Society   (3) 
The social position of the
aged, paying particular
attention to American society,
using historical and
cross-cultural considerations.
The situation and problems of
older persons will be examined
from the vantage point of
sociological theories of aging
and related empirical studies.
Prerequisites: SO 100 or
consent of instructor. 

SO 330 Collective Behavior:
Crowds, Disasters & Social 
Movements  (3) 
Collective behavior as a
special form of social change.
Topics investigated include
crowd behavior, rumor, panic,
fads and
social movement. Prerequisite:
SO 100. 

SO 338/ AN 338  Advanced
Social Problems (Strategies
for Change) (3) 
This course examines possible
solutions to major
contemporary social problems,
including poverty, racism,
sexism, educational
inequality, and environmental
abuse. Theories of social
change are explored and
alternative futures for
American society are
considered. Prerequisite: SO
100, 101 or consent. 

SO 360 Sociological Theory (3)
Exploration of the development
of sociological theory from
its classical roots to the
present. Central concepts are
elaborated and interrelated
within the context of the work
of particular theorists and
the  schools of thought  they
represent. One of two capstone
courses required of Sociology
majors.  Prerequisite:
declared major, junior/senior
standing, or consent.

SO 361 Supervised Study (1-3)
Under supervision,
Sociology-Anthropology majors
may undertake a research
project or undertake extensive
reading in some aspects of the
disciplines or engage in a
field experience.
Prerequisite: declared major,
junior/senior standing or
consent.

SO 362/AN 362 Methods of
Social Research  (3) 
Specific research techniques
employed by sociologists,
anthropologists, and other
social scientists are
considered, including polls
and surveys, the interview and
participant observation. Each
student will complete an
outside project. One
of two capstone courses
required of Sociology majors.
Prerequisite: declared major,
junior/senior standing, or
consent. 

SO 363 Internship (1-3) 
Field training to provide
students with experience in an
operational or research
setting through assignment to
local social agencies or
museums approved and
supervised by a faculty
member. Prerequisite: declared
major, senior standing and
consent.  May be elected twice
for a maximum of three hours. 
 
SO 377 The Sociology of 
Education (3)
This course examines theories
and methods focusing on the
role of education in
stabilizing and changing
industrial society
particularly the United
States. We describe and
analyze how schools and
universities figure into
recurring crises and
struggles-especially those
related to the job market and
to people s concerns as to
what constitutes a rewarding
life. 
Prerequisite: SO 100, SO 101
or consent of instructor. 

SO 400 Special Topics in 
Sociology (3) 
Topics will vary from semester
to semester and will be
announced in advance. May be
taken for more than one
semester. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. 


SPANISH 


(See International Studies) 



SPEECH 
       COMMUNICATION 



Morgan Hall, Room 266    
(913) 231-1010 ext. 1380

Professor Moore, Chair 
Director of Forensics/Debate
Coach Backus 
Professor Chorba 
Associate Professor Phillips 
Lecturer Rosenfeld

The Speech Communication
department curriculum is
designed to develop students
both academically and
professionally. Students
will acquire oral and written
communication skills that
enhance their career goals and
also prepare them for advanced
degrees in the discipline.
The curriculum is organized
around three components of
learning in a liberal arts
environment. First,
performance skills are
emphasized. Communication
skills are required to succeed
in a variety of contexts such
as business, corporate
communication, law, medicine,
teaching, and in the course of
everyday life. Second, the
theory component of the
curriculum provides the
student with the necessary
tools to work critically and
analytically as a producer and
consumer of messages. This
section is also invaluable to
the student who plans to
attend graduate school. Third,
the applied communication
component provides the
link between research and
theory and specific contexts
such as politics,
organizations, social
movements, and intercultural
communication.

Requirements for the Major
(39-40)

Majors must complete 39-40
hours in the department. The
two core requirements are SC
101 (Theories of Interpersonal
Communication) and SC 150
(Public Speaking). The
remaining hours are selected
from the following:

Speech Communication 
Performance 
(9 hours required) 
SC 240 Effective Listening (3) 
SC 241 Business & Professional
     Speaking                (3)
SC 340 Professional      
     Interviewing           (3)
SC 341 Advanced Public      
     Speaking                (3) 
SC 342 Small Group
      Communication      (3) 
SC 343 Forensics           (1-3) 
SC 349 Speech Comm. 
     Performance           (3)

Speech Communication Theory 
(9 hours required) 
SC 350 Persuasion           (3)
SC 351 Advanced Interpersonal  
             Communication (3) 
SC 352 Speech Communication    
        Theory           (3)
SC 353 Readings in Speech
     Communication 
     Research (3)

Applied Speech Communication 
(9 hours required)
SC 360 Political Communication
                         (3)
SC 361 Comm. in Social 
     Movements           (3)
SC 362 Organizational 
     Communication           (3)
SC 363 Intercultural 
     Communication           (3)
SC 369 Applied Speech 
     Communication           (3) 

Additional Courses
SC 154 Forensics (1-3)
SC 295 Special Topics in 
     Speech Communication(1-3)
SC 395 Special Topics in 
     Speech Communication(1-3)
SC 398 Internship in Sp. 
     Commun.                (1-6)
SC 399 Directed Research in 
     Speech Communication(1-3)

To complete the 39-40 hour
requirement, 6-7 hours are
selected from any of the
speech communication courses
in consultation with a
departmental advisor.

The Minor 
(18 hours) 

Students majoring in SC are
not required to declare a
minor. The minor requirements
identified here are for
students from other
majors who wish to declare a
minor in speech communication. 
Minor requirements include SC
101, SC 150, 3 hours from
Speech Communication
Performance, 3 hours from
Speech Communication Theory, 3
hours from Applied Speech
Communication, and 3 hours
from any of the SC offerings
in consultation with a
departmental advisor. Students
must submit a minor form to be
signed by the SC chair when
the minor requirements have
been met.

Debate/Forensics 
Washburn maintains a
long-distinguished competitive
debate program. Parliamentary
and Lincoln-Douglas debate and
individual events are the
current focus of the program.
Scholarships are available.

Internships 
Internships are available to
qualified students who wish to
obtain work experience in
settings outside of the
classroom. Guided by both the
department and the intern s
supervisor, the student may
receive up to 6 hours credit.
For example, students
have been placed in banks,
non-profit agencies, personnel
departments, governmental
offices, and political
offices. Students are
encouraged to offer
suggestions for their own
internship experiences.
Teaching Certificate 
Qualifications Students may be
certified to teach Speech if
they are also certified to
teach English (21 hours).
There are no exceptions to
this rule. The requirements
are MM 100 Introduction
to Mass Media (3 hours), SC
398 B Internship in Speech
Communication (6 hours), SC
154 Forensics (3 hours), SC
343 Forensics (3 hours), SC
150 Public Speaking (3 hours),
SC 351 Interpersonal      
Communication (3 hours).
Students seeking certification
to teach must also be formally
admitted to the University
Professional Teacher Education
Programs. For admission
requirements, see EDUCATION in
this catalog.
     
COURSE OFFERINGS
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General Education program. 
See page 30 for details)

SC 086 Speaking Skills for the
International Student  (3) 
Prerequisites:  EN 086,
Reading Speaking & Writing for
Non-Native Speakers or consent
by international advisor. 
This course is exclusively for
international students who
need to improve English
pronunciation, diction, and
grammar. Does not meet credit
for SC 150 or generaleducation
requirements.  Elective credit
only.

</ SC 101 Theories of
Interpersonal Communication 
(3) 
An overview of interpersonal
communication concepts, models
and practices.

</ SC 150 Public Speaking  (3)

Fundamentals of speech
preparation, organization, and
delivery. 
 
SC 154 Forensics  (1-3) 
Introduction, preparation,
and/or study of
intercollegiate debate
and other speech activities.
Three hours are required for
speech certification. May be
repeated up to 3
hours.Consent.

SC 240 Effective Listening (3)
Theories, techniques, and
practices in appreciative,
empathetic, discriminative,
and evaluative listening.

</ SC 241 Business and
Professional Speaking  (3) 
Principles of public speaking
applicable in a professional
and/or business community.

SC 295 Special Topics in
Speech Communication  (1-3) 
Special subject courses not
covered in the departmental
catalog listings. May be
repeated when topics vary.

SC 340 Professional 
Interviewing  (3) 
Application of communication
theories to interviewing in
social and professional
settings. Prerequisite: SC 101
or consent. 
 
SC 341 Advanced Public 
Speaking (3) 
Theory and practice of public
communication emphasizing
increased proficiency in
speech construction and
delivery. Prerequisite: SC
150 or consent.

SC 342 Small Group 
Communication  (3) 
Analysis and practice of
communication within and
between groups in various
contexts. Prerequisite: SC 101
or consent.

SC 343 Forensics (1-3) 
Instruction, preparation
and/or study of
intercollegiate debate
and other speech activities.
May be repeated up to 3 hours.
3 hours is required for Speech
Certification. See SC 154.
Consent. 
 
SC 349 Speech Communication
Performance (3)
Examination and practice of
one particular aspect of
communication emphasizing
student participation.  May be
repeated with a change of
content. Prerequisite: SC 101
or consent.  

SC 350 Persuasion (3) 
An analysis of the principles
and methods of influencing
belief and action.
Prerequisite: SC 101 or
consent.

SC 351 Advanced Interpersonal
Communication (3)
Theories, practices and
research related to
communication in two-person
contexts. Prerequisite: SC 101
or consent.

SC 352 Speech Communication
Theory (3) 
The study of speech
communication theories,
concepts, movements and themes
from the classical period to
the present. Prerequisite: SC
101 or consent.

SC 353 Readings in Speech
Communication Research (3)
Detailed analysis of the types
of research performed in
speech communication:
historical, descriptive,
qualitative,quantitative. 
Prerequisite: SC 101 or
consent.

SC 360 Political 
Communication  (3) 
Analysis of the communication
process in political contexts.
Prerequisite: SC 101 or
consent.

SC 361 Communication in Social
Movements  (3) 
Analysis of the symbolic
process in protest
communication.Prerequisite: SC
101 or consent.

SC 362 Organizational 
Communication (3) 
Analysis of the flow,
utilization, and impact of
information in formally
structured groups.
Prerequisite: SC 101 or
consent. 
 
SC 363 Intercultural 
Communication (3) 
A study of the speech
communication process as it
operates in and between
different
cultures/communities.
Prerequisite: SC 101 or
consent.

SC 369 Applied Speech 
Communication (3) 
Application of speech
communication within a
particular setting
and context. May be repeated
with a change of content.

SC 395 Special Topics in
Speech Communication (1-3) 
Special subject courses not
covered in the departmental
catalog listings. May be
repeated when topics vary.

SC 398 A Internship in Speech
Communication (1-3) 
Experience and training in
professional settings related
to communication careers. SC
faculty and sponsoring
organizations supervise
student. Second semester
junior or senior standing 18
credits in the major.  Average
15 hours per week. Chair
approved. Majors only.

SC 398 B Internship in Speech
Communication (1-6) 
For speech certification only. 
Chair approval.

SC 399 Directed Research in
Speech Communication  (1-3)
Investigates a communication
field of interest not covered
in regular courses. Consent of
chair. For majors only, may be
repeated.


THEATRE



Garvey Fine Arts Center, Room
133  (913) 231-1010 ext. 1639 
Professor Hunter, Chair
Professor Prece 
Assistant Professor Naylor 

The Washburn University
Theatre is the center of
theatrical activity throughout
the year. A 400 seat house,
complete with handicapped
seating, a thrust stage, a
spacious backstage area,
advanced technical facilities,
a computerized lighting system
and an experimental theatre
promote maximum efficiency in
the preparation and
presentation of productions
and afford the student a wide
variety of experiences. 

The Major 

A major in Theater at Washburn
University is intended to
provide extensive preparation
for graduate school or
professional opportunities.
Development of a complete
portfolio and resume is
essential and we encourage the
student to seek assistantships
and internships at local,
regional and summer theaters.
Theatre graduates may apply
their training to other
degree-related job
experiences such as public
relations, advertising,
convention entertainment,
radio and television,
community and recreational
theatre. 

Degree Requirements 

The Bachelor of Arts Degree in
Theatre consists of forty (40)
credit hours in Theatre plus
the general education
requirements of the college.
Twelve hours in the major must
be taken at the upper division
level. Theatre majors are
required to take the following
courses: TH 101/301, 102, 103,
203, 205, 303, 305 or 306,
307, 308, and a total of 13
hours of theatre electives. 
Schedule for the Theatre Major 

Freshman Year  
TH 101/301 Drama Classics on 
     Video (3)
TH 102 Introduction to Theatre
          (3)
TH 103 Oral Interpretation (3)
3 hours of electives

Sophomore Year
TH 203 Acting (3)
TH 205 Stagecraft (3)
6 hours of electives

Junior Year
TH 303 Directing (3)
TH 305 History of Theatre or
TH 306 Contemporary Theatre
(3)
TH 307 Set and Costume Design
(3)
TH 308 Lighting Design (3)

Senior Year
Any remaining required courses
or electives necessary to
complete the 39 hour program.

TH 313 Introduction to
Children's Theatre and TH 314
Children's Theatre Tour are
excellent electives to
consider for students
interested in an emphasis in
acting/directing.

Theatre Minor

A theatre minor consisting of
18 hours may be taken in
Acting/Directing, Technical
Theatre, or a combination of
both. You must first meet with
a theatre advisor to select
your course of study.  A copy
of your selections will be
placed in the department file
and sent to the Registrar.

Acting/Directing 
TH 101, 301 Drama Classics on  
   Video                    3 
TH 102 Introduction to Theatre
3 
TH 103 Oral Interpretation 3 
TH 111 Improvisation or 
TH 203 Acting or 
TH 303 Directing     3 
TH 305 History of the Theatre
or 
TH 306 Contemporary Theatre 3
Elective

Technical Theatre 
Th 101 or 301 Drama Classics 
     on Video 3 
TH 102 Introduction to Theatre
3 
TH 205 Stagecraft 3 
TH 307 Set & Costume Design or 
TH 308 Lighting Design 3 
TH 305 History of Theatre or 
TH 306 Contemporary Theatre 3
Elective  3
     
COURSE OFFERINGS
(Courses marked with </ are
part of the University's
General
Education program.  See page
30 for details)

TH 100/300 Theatre Production
Crew  (1 or 3) 
Intensive experience in either
performing selected roles on
stage or fulfilling key staff
positions such as stage
manager, lighting technician,
property master, etc. 

</ TH 101/301 Drama Classics
on Video (3) 
An introduction to the theatre
through play reading and
viewing of selected video
tapes of staged plays that
cover the work of  theatre
artists, production styles
range from the Greeks to the
American Musical theatre. 

</ TH 102 Introduction to 
Theatre   (3) 
Current views of theatre in
society; theatre as art and
ritual and its relationship to
other fine arts, the nature of
the theatrical metaphor and
the aesthetic evaluation by
the audience. Career
opportunities associated with
the art; professional,
educational, community, and
amateur. 

</ TH 103 Oral 
Interpretation (3) 
Study and practice of
techniques necessary for the
oral performance of
literature, the role of the
interpreter and introduction
to reader s theatre. 

TH 104/304 Theatre Lab  (3)
Laboratory exploration of
building and painting
processes of the scenic
studio. Emphasis is given to
the safe and proper use of
tools and equipment used in
the Theatre.

TH 110/310 Stage Makeup (3)
Lectures, discussion, and
extensive experience in
applying makeup for the stage. 

TH 111 Improvisation    (3) 
Theatre  games  and other 
growth  exercises leading to
basic improvised situational
interactions. 

TH 199/399 Special Topics in
Theater  (2-3) 
Newly-developed course
material offered for variety
and expansion of the course
curriculum. 

TH 203 Acting (3) 
Practical introduction to the
fundamentals of acting as a
craft and as an art, the
introduction of an approach
for beginning students. 

TH 205 Stagecraft (3) 
Classroom and laboratory
exploration of the basic
concepts of stage drafting,
design, construction, and
painting. 

TH 303 Directing (3) 
Theoretical and practical
introduction to the
fundamentals involved in
directing a play. The director
s relationship to actors and
other theatre personnel, and
to the play itself.  

</ TH 305 Theatre History (3)
Historic trends in Western
theatre are examined in order
to understand the origins of
theatre, its major forms and
possible future development. 

</ TH 306 Contemporary 
Theatre (3) 
Emphasis is on the forms and
periods that most directly
influence the modern
theatrical experience. 

TH 307 Set and Costume
Design  (3) 
This course will introduce the
student to design in a unified
conceptual process, it will
deal with historic and
contemporary trends in design.

TH 308 Lighting Design  (3) 
Study of historic and
contemporary trends of
lighting used in the
entertainment industry.
Emphasis will be given to the
theatrical approach but will
also include such areas as
T.V., video and film
lighting. (no prerequisites)

TH 313 Introduction to
Children'sTheatre (3)
Study of theatrical production
for children. Development of a
philosophy of theatre for
children. 

TH 314 Children s Theatre 
Tour  (3) 
Touring to area schools as a
performer, or stage manager
throughout a given semester.
Preparation, rehearsal and
performance of play chosen for
a specific age group.
(prerequisite TH 203, TH 313,
or consent)

TH 315 Rendering for the 
Stage (3) 
Teaches techniques used to
prepare renderings of
theatrical designs, e.g.
settings, costumes,
properties, etc. This course
stresses artistic achievement
over objective appearances.  
 
TH 415 Experimental 
Theatre  (3) 
Practical introduction and
practice in performance
theory, collective creation
and conceptualization.
Creation of theatre
piece from existent or
original sources.

TH 416 Special Theatre 
Projects  (2-3)
Individual projects such as
producing workshops, plays,
playwriting, preparing designs
and intensive reading public
relations/management. 


GRADUATE 
        PROGRAMS



In 1960 the Washburn Board of
Regents authorized the
University to grant the Master
of Education degree, and in
1980, it authorized the
granting of the Master of Arts
degree. 
     The graduate programs are
organized to serve students
who, in their undergraduate
work and in their professional
experience,
have demonstrated their
aptitude for advanced study. 
The needs, abilities, and
interests of students provide
the basis for formulation of a
unified and balanced program
of study designed to improve
each individual and profession
which they serve.  The
academic work at the Master s
Degree level is administered
by the Department of Education
and the Department of
Psychology.
     To be admitted to
graduate standing, students
must have a bachelor s degree
and meet the scholastic
requirements and prerequisites
established by the department
in which they plan to
study. Students interested in
information about graduate
programs should consult with
the Chairperson of the
individual department.
Currently, Washburn is
offering  graduate programs in
:
1.  Professional Education
specializing in:
     a. Elementary Curriculum 
     and Instruction
     b. Elementary Curriculum 
     and Instruction (Language
     Arts Emphasis)
     c. Reading
     d. Interrelated Special 
     Education (Elementary)
     e. Interrelated Special 
     Education (Secondary)
     f. Educational      
Administration      
(Elementary and         
     Secondary)
2. Psychology, emphasizing 
     clinical skills.


EDUCATION 



Accreditation 
Kansas State Department of 
     Education 
North Central Association 
National Council for
Accreditation of       
Teacher Education
National Association of
Schools of      Music
 
Aims and Objectives 

The Graduate Program is
primarily designed to provide
regular and special education
teachers with experiences
which will directly improve
their instructional
competence. The Department of
Education at Washburn
University believes that it
can render its greatest
service in this area. While
instruction in the use of
research procedures is an
important part of the program,
the major emphasis is the
improvement of instruction at
the elementary and middle
school level. 
     A second aim of the
Department of Education is to
provide the opportunity to
fulfill requirements for
additional teaching
endorsements or renewal of
certificate. The Department of
Education also offers a
variety of options to enable a
candidate to obtain teaching
endorsements in additional
subjects and fields of
concentration. Specific
programs and courses of study
are available upon request. 
A third major objective of the
graduate program is the
professional development of
educational administrators.
The Department of Education at
Washburn believes that the
educational administrator
plays an essential role in
instructional leadership. The
Department further believes
that the educational
administration program should
emphasize a knowledge of
curriculum, finance, and
school law as well as superior
management skills. We hope to
nurture educational
administrators whose chief and
abiding concern is the
improvement of instruction
and who believe that
administrative principles and
procedures exist to facilitate
instruction. 

Curriculum and Instruction 

The Master s Degree in
Elementary Curriculum and
Instruction is a program
designed to satisfy the
personal and professional
needs of the elementary, or
middle school teacher. As
such, the Elementary
Curriculum and Instruction
degree offers a great
number and variety of course
options.  Students in the
program are required to take
the core curriculum of
graduate courses (15 semester
hours) and to select other
courses (21 semester hours)
from other areas with the
approval of their advisor. The
Elementary Curriculum and
Instruction degree plan is
designed to help individuals
become Master Teachers.
     A minimum of 21 semester
hours of elective courses in
professional education is
required. The Curriculum and
Instruction degree plan is
designed for graduate students
who require a flexible program
to meet a variety of classroom
teaching situations. 

Curriculum and Instruction
with Emphasis in Language Arts
(K-9)  
This specialized Curriculum
and Instruction program is
designed to provide the
graduate student seeking
advanced educational
specialization with both the
theoretical and practical
knowledge necessary to guide
the development of oracy and
literacy skills as classroom
or resource teacher in the
elementary/middle school. 
     Students in this program
must complete a thirty-six
hour graduate program which
includes a core curriculum of
graduate courses, fifteen
hours of specified coursework
in this program with the
guidance of the graduate
program advisor and tailored
to the student s needs. The
concepts and skills necessary
to provide appropriate
instruction for the
development of both oral and
written language communication
are developed through these
five courses: RD 510 Classroom
Reading Instruction; RD 516
Teaching Writing in Whole
Language Classrooms; RD 518
Integrating the Language Arts
in Whole Language Classrooms;
RD 528 Speech and Language
Development; and either RD 456
Advanced Childrens Literature
or RD 420 Literature for Young
Adults. The competencies in
this program are aligned with
the guidelines established by
such professional groups as
the National Council of
Teachers of English. 

Reading 

The graduate program in
Reading is designed to provide
the graduate student seeking
advanced educational
specialization with both
theoretical knowledge and
practical experience in the
teaching of reading. The
recipient of this degree has
the competencies necessary to
act as a Reading Specialist, a
reading resource teacher or
supervisor, or a classroom
specialist. This program
fulfills the standards set
forth in the regulations of
the Kansas Department of
Education for certification as
a Reading Specialist and with
the recommendations and
guidelines of such
professional groups as the
International Reading
Association. 
     Students seeking the
M.ED. in Reading must complete
a thirty-six hour graduate
program which includes a core
curriculum of graduate
courses, eighteen hours of
specified coursework in
reading aligned with
endorsement as a Reading
Specialist, one specified
course in Educational
Administration, and three
elective hours selected from
any graduate area with the
guidance of the graduate
program advisor.
     Graduate students seeking
endorsement as a Reading
Specialist may do so through
the Master s Degree in
Reading, through the allied
graduate program in Elementary
Curriculum and Instruction
with Emphasis in Teaching
Language Arts (K-9) by
tailoring the
elective hours in their
program with specific reading
courses, or by completing the
eighteen hour Certification
Program. The eighteen hour
program for endorsement as a
Reading Specialist is
developed through six courses:
RD 510 Classroom Reading
Instruction; RD 520 Assessment
Procedures in Reading; RD 522
Instruction for Readers at
Risk; RD 524 Practicum in
Reading; RD 528 Speech and
Language Development; and
either RD 456 Advanced
Children s Literature or RD
420 Literature for Young
Adults. The scope of this
program is designed to develop
a reflective professional who
is competent to guide reading
instruction with learners of
all abilities and needs. Such
a person possesses a
comprehensive understanding of
language development and the
reading process and is
confident and capable in
assessing problems and
determining the appropriate
instructional approaches,
strategies, and materials for
specific learners
needs.
     Candidates for either the
Master s Degree or the
Certification Program in
Reading must meet specific
admission requirements for
graduate study. To be eligible
for endorsement by Washburn
University as a Reading
Specialist, students must hold
a Bachelor s Degree in
Education, a Kansas teaching
certificate, successfully
complete the prescribed
eighteen hour program with a
3.0 GPA, and document two
years of successful teaching
experience.

Special Education 

Washburn University offers a
Master s Degree in
Interrelated Special Education
in the areas of Educable
Mentally Handicapped
(EMH), Learning Disabilities
(LD), and Behavior Disorders
(BD), and Early Childhood
Handicapped (ECH).  
     The requirements for
provisional endorsement
(certification) by the Kansas
State Department of Education
may be met prior to completion
of the Master s Degree. Full
endorsement is granted in
Educable Mentally Handicapped,
Learning Disabilities,
Behavior Disorders, or Early
Childhood Handicapped
following the completion of
the full sequence of courses
and two years of successful
classroom teaching experience.
Provisional certification in
Educable Mentally Handicapped,
Learning Disabilities,
Behavior Disorders or Early
Childhood Handicapped
may be obtained with the
completion of nine specified
hours of graduate credit,
including an appropriate
practicum experience
and admission to the Graduate
Program. 
     Most special education
endorsements are granted at
the level (e.g. elementary,
secondary) for which a regular
teaching certification is
held. Consequently, career
placement options for
certified elementary and
secondary education teachers
include the self-contained
classroom, the resource room,
and the itinerant consultant
teacher in the public school.
Secondary special education
teachers with a subject area
specialization (e.g., history,
mathematics, art, English,
etc.) may also work in state
or private institutions as
well as in adolescent
correctional facilities. 
     The Certificate Program
in Special Education is
designed for those students
who already hold a Master s
degree in other disciplines
but who wish to qualify for
endorsement as a Special
Education Teacher. Washburn s
Certificate Program is
designed to meet the
requirements of the Kansas
State Department of Education
and the department s concept
of graduate study. To be
eligible for admission, all
applicants must hold a Master
s degree from a
regionally-accepted
institution and a teaching
certificate. Two years of
classroom teaching experience
must be earned prior to
the completion of the
Certificate Program. The
program requires 39 semester
hours of approved graduate
credit. 

Educational Administration 

Washburn University offers a
Master s Degree program in
Educational Administration.
The master s degree program is
offered for candidates seeking
administrative positions in
the elementary, middle, or
secondary school as well as
other positions of leadership
within educational agencies of
government and industry, or
within professional
organizations. This program
fulfills the State of Kansas
requirements for certification
as a building principal. In
addition to the basic degree
plan, a variety of courses,
workshops, and seminars are
also offered to meet a wide
range of administrative needs.
Washburn University assists
teachers and administrators to
fulfill state certification
requirements, in gaining
specific management and
human relations skills, and in
securing current information
about relevant concerns such
as law finance,
school-community
relationships, personnel
administration, and other
pertinent topics. 
     The Certificate Program
in Educational Administration
is designed for those students
who already hold a Master s
degree in other disciplines,
but who wish to qualify for
endorsement as a Building
Principal. Washburn s
Certificate Program is
organized to meet the
requirements of the Kansas
State Department of Education
and the department s concept
of graduate study. To be
eligible for admission, all
applicants must hold a Masters
degree from a
regionally-accredited
institution and a teaching
certificate. Three years of
teaching experience as a
certified teacher in a school
at the level of theendorsement
must be earned prior to the
completion of the Certificate
Program. The program requires
21 semester hours of approved
graduate credit.
All courses are in the area of
Educational Administration.  

Advising 

All graduate students will be
assigned to a faculty advisor
by the Chairperson of the
Department of Education. The
purpose of advising is
two-fold: (a) to provide
professional guidance, and
(b) to assist in academic
course selection.  Students
are encouraged to meet with
their advisor to define and
discuss professional
aspirations and are required
to consult with their
advisor about course selection
to ensure that thedepartmental
requirements of their program
will be met. 

Admission to Graduate Programs


Before enrolling in any
graduate courses, the student
must (a) hold a bachelor s
degree from a
regionally-accredited
institution, and (b) file an
application for admission to
Washburn University with the
Office of Admissions. However,
a Washburn University senior
within six hours of graduation
may apply for admission to
graduate courses. 
     All requirements for
formal admission to an
advanced degree or
certification program must be
completed no later than the
completion of the first nine
(9) semester hours of graduate
course work taken at Washburn
University. This includes
receipt of the required GRE or
Miller Analogy Test scores by
the Education Department.
Courses taken as an 
Unclassified  graduate
student may not be applied to
graduate degree requirements
unless the student receives
formal approval. 
Admission requirements are
subject to change. Candidates
for advanced degree and
certificates must check with
the Department Chairperson or
their Graduate Program
Coordinator for requirements
in effect at the time of
admission to the Graduate
Program. At the time of
publication of this catalog,
the requirements for formal
admission to graduate degree
and certificate programs were: 
     1. Submit a completed
Application for Formal
Admission toGraduate Programs
in Professional Education. 
     2. Submit official
transcripts of all
undergraduate and graduate
course work both to the
Education Department and to
the Registrar s OffIce. 
     3. Have achieved a
cumulative grade point average
of 2.5 or higher in all upper
division course work taken
during the last two years of
undergraduate study. 
     4. Have achieved a
cumulative grade point average
of 3.0 in all graduate course
work attempted. 
     5. Have achieved the
required scores on the
Graduate Record Examination
(GRE) or the Millers Analogy
Test (MAT). Consult the
Education Department for the
specific score at the time of
admission. 
     6. Submit two (2) 
letters of recommendation
supporting the applicant s
ability to succeed in a
graduate program from such
persons as (a) the applicant s
immediate supervisor, (b) a
professional colleague, and
(c) a university professor
other than
the Graduate Program Advisor. 
     7. Submit a completed
Program of Courses for the
appropriate degree or
certificate program
identifying any transfer
credit to be applied to the
program. 
     8. Obtain the
recommendation of the Graduate
Program Advisor. 
The Graduate Program Committee
carefully considers each
application and makes one of
the following decisions: (a)
formal admission,
(b)conditional admission with
the conditions and the
time limit for meeting these
conditions clearly stated, (c)
probationary admission with
the term of the probation
clearly stated, or (d) denial
of admission. The student is
notified of the facultys
decision, in writing within
seven (7) days. The
student may appeal any adverse
decision by submitting a
written petition to the
Chairperson of the Education
Department. Upon receipt of
such a petition, the
Department Faculty shall
promptly review the case and
inform the student of their
decision.  

Degree and Certificate
Requirements 

To receive the Master of
Education degree and/or
certificate, the
student must complete the
approved Program of Courses
subject to
the following conditions: 
     
1. All course work must be
completed within six (6)
calendar years. 
2. A cumulative G.P.A. of 3.0
must be maintained in all
graduate work. 
3. A maximum of six (6)
semester hours of  C  credit
may be counted. 
4. Any grade below C will not
be accepted. 
5. Correspondence courses will
not be accepted. 
6. A maximum of nine (9)
semester hours of courses
taken at another institution
may be approved by the
Graduate Admissions Committee
if the courses fall within the
time limit, if the other
institution is
regionally-accredited, and if
a grade of B or better has
been received. 
7. A maximum of three (3)
semester hours of Independent
Study or workshop credit may
be counted.    
8. A minimum of twenty-one
(21)semester hours of courses
must be at the 500 level or
above.
9. Certificate candidates must
have three years of full-time
certified employment at the
grade level of the certificate
to obtain Institutional
Recommendation. 
10. Degree candidates must
pass a written comprehensive
examination in the area of
concentration or defend a
Masters Thesis. 

Grades 

The symbols used in grading
are as follows: A, excellent;
B, above average; C, average;
D, below average but passing;
F, Failure; I, incomplete. In
graduate courses in education,
a mark of Incomplete does not
automatically convert to a
grade of F; however, all
degree requirements must be
completed within a six-year
time limit.  In computing
grade point averages, A equals
4 points, B equals 3 points, C
equals 2 points, D equals 1
point, and F equals 0 points.
A student who has earned a
cumulative grade point average
of 3.80 or better in a
graduate degree program in
education is designated as a
Stoffer Scholar at
Commencement. 

Academic Status: Full-Time
Graduate Student

Graduate students enrolled for
9 or more semester hours are
considered to be full-time
students.


COURSE OFFERINGS

Courses at the 400 level are
open to both seniors and
graduate students; courses at
the 500 level are open only to
graduate students; courses at
the 600 level are open only to
advanced graduate students.
 
ED 441 Language & Literacy
Development in Early 
Childhood Education (3) 
Students will identify speech
and language behaviors which
are developmentally
appropriate for young children
birth - eight.  Students will
identify and practice methods
and techniques necessary to
foster listening, speaking,
pre-writing, pre-reading, and
premath skills in children
birth to five years
of age.  Prerequisite:
graduate standing.

ED 444 Art in the
Elementary/Middle School  (3) 
Understanding the purpose
behind the creative process as
it applies to teaching and
evaluating art produced by the
child. Correlates various art
experiences with the student s
developmental and emotional
level. Applies elementary,
middle, and secondary art
experiences to the  regular 
classroom. Prerequisite:
permission of the instructor. 

ED 445 Introduction to Craft
Techniques (3) 
Lectures and demonstrations
covering a variety of craft
materials utilized in the
elementary, middle, and
secondary schools. Includes
experience and practice with
block printing, fabric art,
casting and molding
techniques, and safety
standards associated
with the craft production.
Prerequisite: permission of
the instructor. 

ED 447 Pre-Kindergarten and
Kindergarten Methods (3) 
The primary focus of this
course is on methods and
materials that support
physical, emotional, social
and intellectual needs of the
kindergarten and
pre-kindergarten child. 
Prerequisite: graduate
standing.

ED 452 Cognitive and Language
Development  (3) 
Emphasizes the study of two
essential areas of human
development as they apply to
early childhood teaching and
learning: Theoretical
perspectives and research on
cognitive and language
development and instructional
knowledge which provides
understanding of teaching and
learning that demonstrate
instructional strategies
grounded in theory and
research. Prerequisite:
Admission to Teacher Education
and Consent of Teacher.

ED 453 Assessment and 
Evaluation in Early Childhood
Education (3) 
Students in this course will
learn ways in which young
children s development is
assessed and evaluated. 
Typical assessment
procedures appropriate for
children from birth through
age eight will be studied. 
Techniques will be developed
to record children s behavior
individually and in group
settings. Prerequisites: ED
347 and graduate standing.

ED 459 Language Problems of
Non-English Speakers  (3) 
Emphasis on practical methods
of teaching English as Second
Language and strategies for
working with speakers of other
languages. Includes a review
of resource materials for non-
English speakers.Prerequisite:
permission of the instructor. 
 
ED 462 Advanced Social 
Studies  (3) 
Advanced study of issues and
instructional methods for
improving social studies
education in elementary/middle
school. Emphasis is
given to content, materials,
and strategies for teaching
history, geography and
citizenship education. 

ED 472 Issues in Modern 
American Education  (3) 
Critical analysis of
contemporary problems and
issues in American
education. Consideration of
historical, sociological, and
philosophical foundations
affecting problems and issues
included. This course is part
of the graduate core. 

ED 474 Special Topics in 
Education (1-3) 
Courses in special topics
which will vary from semester
to semester and will be
announced in advance. ED 474
may be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: permission of
Department Chairperson and the
instructor. 

ED 478 Organization and 
Administration of Early
Childhood Programs (3) 
The organization and
administration of early
childhood programs. 
Emphasizes the supervision of
volunteer assistants and
para-professionals.  The
course also inroduces the
student to the techniques for
organizing the staff as an
instructional Early
Childhood Education team. 
Prerequisite: graduate
standing. 
 
ED 490 Tests and
Measurements  (3) 
Evaluation procedures as an
integral part of the
teaching/learning process.
Involves: identifying and
defining intended learning
outcomes, writing educational
objectives, constructing and
selecting various evaluation
instruments, and
interpreting and utilizing
test results to improve
instruction. Emphasis is given
to criterion and norm
referenced tests of
ability and achievement as
well as tests of individual
assessment. 

ED 494 Philosophy of 
Education  (3) 
An historical and contemporary
analysis of philosophical
perspectives concerning the
educational process. Develops
and traces schools of
educational thought in an
effort to help students
clarify their own educational
philosophy. The relationship
between educational philosophy
and practice will be
emphasized. Prerequisite:
permission of the instructor. 
 
ED 514 Guidance in the 
Elementary/Secondary School 
(3) 
The role of the classroom
teacher and administrator in
the guidance and counseling
program of the elementary/
secondary school. Special
emphasis is given to the
unique needs of elementary
children in regular,
mainstreamed, and special
classes. Prerequisite:
permission of the instructor.

ED 518 Supervision of Student
Teachers (3)
An analysis of problems,
issues, and strategies of
student-teacher supervision.
Different perspectives and
approaches to supervision are
addressed. Issues of teacher
education as they apply to
supervision are explored.
Designed for cooperating
teachers and supervisors of
student teachers.  

ED 560 Advanced Educational
Psychology  (3) 
An advanced study of child
development including the
physical, social, emotional,
cognitive development of
children from birth through
adolescence. Emphasis is
placed upon learning theory
and the application of such
theory to the improvement of
teaching. This course is part
of the graduate core
curriculum. Prerequisite:
permission of the instructor.

ED 565 Introduction to 
Educational Research  (3) 
An introduction to education
research and descriptive
statistics. Designed to assist
the student to master
competencies in the
various techniques and
strategies of educational
research, including skills in
the interpretation of current
research. An instructional
unit on  computer literacy  is
also presented. The
expected outcome of this
course is the anticipation
that the student will become a
skillful producer and consumer
of educational research. Part
of the graduate core
curriculum.  
 
ED 567 Curriculum 
Development &
Evaluation-Elementary
Education  (3) 
An examination of social and
psychological influences upon
curricula design and
implementation. Emphasis is
placed upon study of the
societal forces which affect
school curricula, prominent
instructional models and their
supporting theoretical
rationale, barriers of
effective implementation of
innovative curricula, and
systematic evaluation of
educational programs.
Students learn to review the
process of curricular
modification from a
perspective which integrates
theory and practice. 

ED 569 Curriculum
Development and
Evaluation-Secondary Education 
(3) 
An examination of social and
psychological influences upon
ED curricula design and
implementation. Emphasis is
placed upon study of the
societal forces which affect
school curricula, prominent
instructional models and their
supporting theoretical
rationale, barriers to
effective implementation of
innovative curricula, and
systematic evaluation of
educational programs.
Students learn to review the
process of curricular
modification from a
perspective which integrates
theory and practice. 

ED 596 Thesis  (3-6) 
Research design and analysis
of action research or library
research study. This project
is the culminating activity
for the graduate student
interested in research or
advanced study. Professional
laboratory experiences in
child study, innovative
curriculum models, and
teaching problems constitute
the typical projects for a
thesis design. Prerequisite:
Education 565 and
permission of Chairperson of
the Department of Education.  
 
ED 597 Independent Study in
Education (3) 
Independent research for
graduate students
investigating a special
problem in a specific area.
Prerequisite: permission of
Chairperson of the Department
of Education. 

ED 674 Special Topics in 
Education (1-3) 
Topics vary from semester to
semester and will be announced
in advance. May be repeated
for credit. Prerequisite:
permission of Department
Chairperson and Instructor. 

RD 420 Literature for Young
Adults  (3) 
The study of books read by
young adults between the ages
of 12 and 18, covering the
history of young adult
literature, the
relationship between children
s and young adult literature,
censorship and selection, and
teaching methods. 

RD 456 Advanced Children s
Literature (3) 
Advanced survey and analysis
of the literature written for
children through middle
school. A variety of literary
forms will be explored with
emphasis on evaluation and
development of specific
strategies to enhance
reader/listener comprehension
and appreciation. Emphasis
will be given to incorporating
childrens literature in
instruction across the
curriculum. 

RD 484 Teaching Reading in the
Content Areas (3) 
A study of the specific
reading skills relating to the
various disciplines found in
middle and secondary schools.
Addresses the philosophy that
the effective content teacher
includes the teaching of
reading as an essential
element for mastery of the
content. Emphasis is given to
the importance of pre and post
assessment of student s
reading skills and abilities,
comprehension strategies,
thinking and study skills,
readability of materials, and
collateral reading. Required
for all middle school and
secondary school majors in the
State of Kansas.  
 
RD 510 Classroom Reading
Instruction (3) 
Theories of the reading
process, current approaches to
instruction, and instructional
practices across a K-12
curriculum. The focus is on
improving instruction through
appropriate and thoughtful
decision-making which supports
the development of process,
content, and attitude goals in
a total reading curriculum.

RD 516 Teaching Writing in
Whole Language Classrooms  (3) 
Current approaches to teaching
writing based on whole
language philosophy across a
K-9 curriculum. Instructional
strategies for improving
writing skills through a
writing workshop and methods
of evaluating writing
including portfolio assessment
will be emphasized. Course
content will explore current
issues and recent
research findings relating to
teaching writing.

RD 518 Integrating the
Language Arts in Whole
Language 
Classrooms  (3)
Current approaches to teaching
communication skills based on
whole language philosophy
across a K-9 curriculum.
Instructional strategies for
developing oracy and literacy
skills will be based
on an integrated language arts
perspective and will include
the development of thematic
planning and reading workshop.
Course content will explore
current issues and recent
research findings relating to
teaching language arts.

RD 520 Assessment Procedures
in Reading  (3) 
Principles and techniques of
assessment of reading for the
classroom or clinic. Current
trends in naturalistic
assessment procedures which
emphasizes the use of
portfolios is included
along with traditional
assessment procedures which
emphasize administering
various assessment
instruments, analyzing
diagnostic data, and
evaluating strengths and
weaknesses to determine goals
for instruction. 

RD 522 Instruction for Readers
at Risk  (3) 
Principles and techniques of
instruction for at-risk
readers including the mildly
handicapped student in
classroom or clinic.
Current trends in applying
strategies grounded in whole
language philosophy is
included along with more
traditional strategies.
The focus is on selection of
appropriate approaches,
strategies and materials for
readers who exhibit specific
strengths and weaknesses.
Prerequisite: reading methods
course or RD 510.   RD 524
Practicum in  Reading  (3) 
Supervised clinical experience
with learners who exhibit
reading problems. Students
administer tests, analyze
data, determine reader s
strengths and weaknesses,
develop an instructional plan,
select and implement
appropriate strategies and
materials, and assess progress
towards instructional goals.
Prerequisite: RD 510, RD 520,
and RD 522. 

RD 528 Speech and Language
Development  (3) 
Principles of the processes of
speech and language
development including factors
which affect language
development, the stages
of language acquisition, and
the relationship between oral
language and literacy. The
focus is on developing
assessment procedures and
instructional strategies to
facilitate development
for language-challenged and
language different learners.

RD 674 Special Topics in
Reading Education(1-3) 
Topics vary from semester to
semester and will be announced
in advance. RD 674 may be
repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: permission of
Department Chairperson and
Instructor. 

SE 476 Psychology of the 
Exceptional Student  (3) 
Historical and current
practices relating to the
educational characteristics,
needs, and placement
alternatives for exceptional
students. Emphasis placed on
procedure and strategies
for teaching exceptional
students in the regular
classroom. Prerequisite: ED
200 or equivalent. 

SE 510 Learning and Behavior
Problems of Children and 
Youth with Mild-Moderate 
Disabilities  (3) 
Social, cognitive, behavioral,
educational, medical aspects
of development to establish
etiology, characteristics, and
best practice interventions
for children and youth with
learning and behavioral
problems and theories of the
causes of learning and
behavioral problems. Emphasis
on identifying disabilities
according to state guidelines,
utilizing appropriate
assessment data, engaging in
multi-disciplinary planning,
and developing
appropriate interventions.
Prerequisite: ED 302 or SE
476. 
 
SE 520 Educational Planning
for Children and Youth with 
Mild-Moderate Disabilities--
Preschool/Elementary (3) 
Introduction to programming,
planning and scheduling
procedures to structure the
learning environment for
pre-school and elementary
students with learning and
behavioral problems. Emphasis
placed on establishment of
procedures for regular class
integration, student and
teacher time management, 
class scheduling, grading
practices, and student/program
evaluation. The Individual
Educational Planning (IEP)
process and training in
development of computerized
IEP included.  Prerequisite:
SE 510. 
 
SE 522 Educational Planningfor
Children and Youth with
Mild-Moderate
Disabilities--Middle/Secondary
School (3)
Introduction to programming,
planning and scheduling
procedures to structure the
learning environment for
middle and secondary
school students with learning
and behavioral problems. 
Emphasis placed on
establishment of procedures
for regular class integration,
student and teacher time
management, class scheduling,
grading practices, and
student/program evaluation. 
Prerequisite:  SE 510.

SE 530 Methods & Materials for
Teaching Mild-Moderate
Disabled Children & Youth
(Preschool/Elementary School) 
(3) 
Implementation of
comprehensive Individualized
Education Program (IEP).
Emphasis on selection and
implementation of
instructional methods
including affective and
learning behaviors, selection
and adaptation of materials to
support student learning,
behavior, and social
adjustment in regular
education classroom.
Prerequisite: SE 510 and
Consent of Instructor.

SE 532 Methods & Materials for
Teaching Mild-Moderate
Disabled
Children & Youth (Middle
School/Secondary)  (3) 
Implementation of
comprehensive Individualized
Education Program
(IEP). Emphasis on selection
and implementation of
instructional methods
including affective and
learning behaviors, selection
and adaptation of materials to
support student learning,
behavior, and social
adjustment in regular
education classroom.
Prerequisite: SE 510 and
Consent of Instructor.

ED 533 Advanced Child 
Development  (3) 
An advanced course in the
theories and basic concepts of
child development. Topics
include assumptions and
principles of five
major approaches:
normative-maturation,
psychoanalytic, social
learning,
cognitive-developmental and
behavior analysis. Also
included are historical
background of developmental
theory and cross-cultural
perspectives. 

SE 535 Conferencing and
Consulting in Special 
Education  (3) 
An introduction of counseling
and communication skills to
develop multidisciplinary
approaches to work with
parents and other
professionals to secure
supportive school/home
environments for
exceptional children.
Prerequisites: ED 302 or SE
476 and SE 510. 

SE 540 Individual and Group
Management for Children and
Youth with Mild-Moderate 
Disabilities  (3) 
Principles and applications of
individual and group
management techniques for
children and youth with
mild/moderate disabilities.
Methods of targeting behaviors
through positive management
procedures stressed. Includes
an introduction to curriculum
in teaching new behaviors.
Prerequisite: SE 510, SE
520, and Consent of
Instructor.

SE 556 Special Ed. Practicum
(Preschool/Elementary 
School)  (1-6)
Directed and supervised
intensive teaching experiences
with children with
mild/moderate disabilities in
educational settings
which include
pre-school/elementary age
children. When interrelated
settings are unavailable which
include children classified as
Early Childhood Handicapped,
Educable Mentally Handicapped,
Learning Disabled, and/of
Behavioral Disordered,
teaching experience in more
than one setting may be
arranged. Prerequisites: SE
510, SE 520, and Consent of
Instructor.

SE 558 Special Education
Practicum (Middle
School/Secondary
School)  (1-6) 
Directed and supervised
intensive teaching experiences
with children with
mild/moderate disabilities in
educational settings which
include middle school and
secondary age children. When
interrelated settings are
unavailable which include
children classified as
Educable Mentally Handicapped,
Learning Disabled, and/or
Behavioral Disordered,
teaching experience in more
than one setting may be
arranged. Prerequisites: SE
510, SE 520, and Consent of
Instructor.

SE 560 Assessment in Special
Education
(Pre-School/ElementarySchool) 
(3)
 Survey and analysis of
individual tests,curriculum-
based and ecological measures
applicable to diagnosing and
planning instructional
programs for children with
mild/moderate disabilities.
Emphasis is on development of
individual portfolios
through data collection,
administration and
interpretation of
multi-sources educational
information, test results, and
personal records to develop
appropriate curriculum.
Stresses use of data
in the development of
individual educational plans.
(A fee may be assessed to
cover the cost of consumable
materials.) Prerequisites: SE
510, SE 520, and Consent of
Instructor.

SE 562 Assessment in Special
Education (Middle 
School/Secondary School)  (3) 
Survey and analysis of
individual tests and
curriculum-based 
measures applicable to
diagnosing and planning
instructional programs for
children with mild/moderate
disabilities. Emphasis
in on development of
individual portfolios through
data collection,administration
and interpretation of
multi-sourced educational
information, test results, and
personal records to develop
appropriate curriculum.
Stresses use of data in the
development of individual
educational plans. (A fee may
be assessed to cover the cost
of consumable materials.)
Prerequisites: SE 510, SE 520,
and Consent of Instructor.

SE 580 Special Education
Resources Management 
(Pre-School/Elementary School)
(3) 
Study and investigation of
community resources to assist
children with disabilities and
their families. Student will
develop a catalog of services
for children and families
including plans to update the
catalog and disseminate
available services. Students
will conduct in-depth
investigation of selected
agencies, including private
and public preschools,
elementary schools, child and
family guidance centers,
prevocational, vocational, and
vocational rehabilitation
programs, and other programs
which provide school-to-work
transitional programming.
Prerequisites: SE 510, SE 520,
and Consent of Instructor.

SE 582 Special Education
Resources Management (Middle
School/
Secondary School)  (3)
Study and investigation of
community resources to assist
children with disabilities and
their families. Student will
develop a catalog of services
for children and families
including plans to
update the catalog and
disseminate available
services. Students will
conduct in-depth investigation
of selected agencies,
including vocational programs,
and vocational rehabilitation,
and others which provide
school-to-work transitional
programming. Prerequisites: SE
510, SE 520, and Consent of
Instructor.

SE 674 Special Topics in
Special Education (3) 
Topics vary from semester to
semester and will be announced
in advance. SE 674 may be
repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: permission of
Department Chairperson and
Instructor. 

EA 581 Basic Concepts of 
Educational Administration 
(3) 
An introduction to the basic
concepts underlying school
building administration. The
theory and practice of
educational administration is
analyzed and major concepts of
formal organization,
motivation, authority,
leadership, decision making,
conflict in organization, and
organizational change are
analyzed. Prerequisite:
graduate standing. 

EA 583 Supervision and Staff
Development in Schools  (3) 
This course has two purposes:
to improve the instructional
competencies of teachers and
to help those in supervisory
positions develop those
competencies necessary to help
others improve their
instructional performance.
Major topics include the
characteristics of effective
instruction, alternative
instructional strategies, and
alternative supervisory
models. Prerequisite: graduate
standing. 

EA 584 School Finance and
Business Administration  (3) 
This course describes various
forms of school revenue
including ad valorem taxation
and bonded indebtedness;
appropriate methods of school
accounting according to the
Kansas Department of
Education; and models for
effective business management.
Prerequisite: graduate
standing. 

EA 586 School Law  (3) 
The legal rights, duties, and
responsibilities of school
personnel. Specific topics in
this course include due
process, tort liability,
negligence, and contracts.
Basic legal relation-
ships between employer,
colleagues, pupils, and adults
are addressed. Prerequisite:
graduate standing. 

EA 588 The Elementary/Middle
School Principalship  (3) 
The role and responsibility of
the principal in organizing,
administering, and supervising
the elementary school. This
course examines the
multifaceted role of the
building administrator.
Prerequisite: graduate
standing. 

EA 590 The Secondary School
Principalship  (3) 
The role and responsibility of
the school principal in
organizing, administering, and
supervising the secondary
school. This course examines
the complex role of the
building administrator.  
Prerequisite: graduate
standing. 

EA 592 School-Community
Relationships (3) 
Planning for staff and
community education.
Strategies for the
positive resolution of group
conflicts are described in
detail. Prerequisite: graduate
standing. 

EA 593 Practicum in
Educational Administration I 
(3) 
Using both simulation and
field-based experiences,
emphasizes the analysis and
development of techniques of
communication,
decision-making, and conflict
resolution in the
school-community context.
Prerequisite: permission of
Instructor. 

EA 594 Practicum in
Educational Administration II 
(3) 
A series of structured,
field-based experiences in an
elementary, middle or
secondary school to
demonstrate competency in such
administrative areas as:
discipline, scheduling,
counseling, financial
management, line/staff
relationships, professional
personnel, and other
leadership skills.
Prerequisite: permission
of instructor. 

EA 674 Special Topics in
Educational Administration 
(1-3) 
Topics vary from semester to
semester and will be announced
in advance. EA 674 may be
repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: permission of
Department Chairperson and
Instructor. 




PSYCHOLOGY


The Psychology Department
offers a Master of Arts Degree
in Psychology with an emphasis
in Clinical Skills. Program
goals include: 
1. Qualify graduates to meet
Kansas statutory requirements
for employment  in community
mental health centers, clinics
and other agencies where a
person with a master of arts
degree can provide
psychological services.
(Graduates are immediately
eligible for the Kansas RMLP
credential conferred by the
Kansas Behavioral
Sciences Regulatory Board.)
2.  Provide an opportunity for
professionals who are
currently employed to upgrade
their knowledge and skills.
3.  Provide an alternate
career path for students whose
long-term objective is to earn
a doctoral degree in clinical
psychology, but currently find
they are not eligible for
admission into a doctoral
level graduate degree program.

Admission Policy

In order to be admitted to the
graduate program, the
candidate must have a bachelor
s degree from an accredited
college or university, and a
minimum of 15 hours of
undergraduate psychology
courses including a statistics
course, an experimental
laboratory course, and a
course in abnormal 
psychology. Students lacking
required courses may be
admitted on a provisional
basis with the understanding
that they make up any
deficiencies before they are
fully admitted into the
program. Students are required
to submit to the Psychology
Department Admissions
Committee a copy of all
undergraduate transcripts,
three letters of
recommendation, scores on the
Graduate Record Exam (both
general and  Psychology
subject test), and completed
admission forms. Deadline for
submission of all application
materials for fall admission
is March 15. Late admission
requests will be considered on
a space-available basis. 
Further information concerning
the program, including
admission forms and
application procedures, may be
obtained by contacting
the department chairperson.
    Official transcripts of
all college work should be on
file with the Office of
Admissions  before the student
enrolls in his or her first
graduate class. It is the
student s responsibility
to see that transcripts are
transferred, and the
University may drop a student
whose transcripts are not on
file within six weeks
from the date of initial
enrollment.

Academic Status: Full-Time
Graduate  Student 

Graduate students enrolled for
9 or more semester hours are
considered to be full-time
students.

Special Student Admission

Several graduate courses are
available to social workers,
nurses, teachers and other
professional groups eligible
for continuing education
credit. In addition, the
department accepts students as
part-time, non-degree
candidates or students
presently enrolled in other
graduate programs who need
graduate courses in
psychology. Students who wish
to enroll with special student
status need to acquire the
short application form from
the Psychology Department.
Students may enroll for a
total of six credit hours as
special students.

Admission to Candidacy 

After completion of all
required 500 level courses and
the comprehensive exam, the
students work will be
evaluated by the faculty. If
the student is considered to
be a mature, emotionally
stable, and potentially
competent masters level
professional in psychology, he
or she will be admitted to
candidacy status and
will be permitted to begin
internship training.

Post-Candidacy Enrollment

Subsequent to admission to
candidacy, the candidate must
be continuously enrolled until
all requirements for the
degree are completed.
Candidates who have completed
all requirements, including
enrolling in six hours of PY
699, but who still
need to complete their thesis
must enroll in PY 695 each
semester, including summer
sessions. The number of hours
of enrollment each semester
will be determined by the
candidate s advisor and must
reflect as accurately as
possible the candidate s
demand on a faculty member s
time and university
facilities. 

Degree Requirements 

In order to meet graduation
requirements, the student
must:  1. Complete a minimum
of 60 hours including: a) Core
Courses (12,hours) Psychology
501, 502, 510, 511; b)
Clinical courses (21 hours)
Psychology 520, 521, 540, 550,
551, 650, 660; and c) Seminar
(3 hours) Psychology 620.
2. Demonstrate satisfactory
performance on a comprehensive
exam after  successful
completion of all required 500
level courses.
3. Complete six hours of
practicum and 12 hours of
internship. 
4.Complete an acceptable
thesis.

Grades 

The symbols used in grading
for graduate courses are as
follows:
A, excellent; B, satisfactory;
C, unsatisfactory; F failure;
W, withdrawn; I, incomplete.
Practicum, Internship, 
Independent Research and
Thesis will be graded
Pass/Fail. Grades of B
or better are required in all
core and clinical courses.
    Students with two C s or
one F will have their status
reviewed by the Department
faculty to determine whether
or not they will remain in the
program. 

SUGGESTED SCHEDULE FOR THE
MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE 
    First Year 
Fall      Spring 
Semester       Semester       
(15 hrs)  (18 hrs) 
Psychology 501       
Psychology 502 
Psychology 510       
Psychology 511  
Psychology 520       
Psychology 521 
Psychology 580       
Psychology 581 
Psychology 550       
Psychology 540  
Psychology 590       
Psychology 551
     Psychology 591
    
Second Year    
Fall      Spring 
Semester  Semester 
(15 hrs)  (12 hrs)
Psychology 601       
Psychology 601  
Psychology 650       
Psychology 620 
Psychology 660       
Psychology 699 
Psychology 699    

COURSE OFFERINGS

Prerequisite for admission to
all professional courses is
graduate standing in the
Psychology Department.  Only
those courses with
prerequisites listed as
consent are open to senior
psychology majors and students
with special student status. 
Consent may be obtained by
contacting the Psychology
Department prior to
registration.

PY 501 Advanced General
Psychology I  (3)
Survey of fundamental areas of
psychology including learning,
perception, motivation,
emotion, etc. Prerequisite
Consent. 

PY 502 Advanced General
Psychology II  (3) 
Continuation of PY 501.
Prerequisite: Consent.

PY 510 Intermediate 
Statistics  (3) 
Survey of basic statistical
principles including
parametric and
non-parametric
hypothesis-testing techniques,
correlation, and an
introduction to computer
statistical packages.
Prerequisite: Consent.

PY 511 Design and
Interpretation of
Psychological Research  (3)
Emphasis on methodological
principles underlying
experimental,
correlational, single-subject,
and quasi-experimental
research. Prerequisite:
Consent.

PY 520 Intellectual and
Diagnostic Assessment of 
Adults  (3) 
Introduction to
administration, scoring, and
interpretation of
tests of intellectual and
neurological function,
objective personality tests,
projective techniques, and
screening measures.
Emphasis on assessment of
adults. Must be taken with
PY580.Prerequisite: Graduate
standing.

PY 521 Intellectual &
Diagnostic Assessment of
Children  (3) 
Continuation of Psychology
520, with emphasis on
assessment of children and
adolescents. Must be taken
with PY 581.Prerequisite: PY
520.

PY 540 Advanced 
Psychopathology  (3) 
Theory, research, and clinical
approaches to problems of
adulthood and childhood.
Prerequisite: Consent.

PY 550 Introduction to 
Psychotherapy Techniques  (3) 
Theory and practice of skills
in interviewing, basic therapy
skills, and crisis
intervention. Must be taken
with PY 590. Prerequisite:
Graduate standing and
concurrent enrollment in (or
completion of)  PY520.

PY 551 Individual Adult 
Psychotherapy (3) 
Theory and practice of
specific intervention skills
in the management of ongoing
individual therapy. Must be
taken concurrently with PY
591. Prerequisite: PY520 &
PY550. 

PY 580 Assessment 
Practicum I  (1.5) 
Students will be expected to
demonstrate and master a
variety of clinical
techniques involving
assessment skills being taught
concurrently in PY520.
Prerequisite: Must be taken
concurrently with PY520. 
 
PY 581 Assessment 
Practicum II  (1.5) 
Students will be expected to
demonstrate and master a
variety of clinical
techniques involving
assessment skills being taught
concurrently in PY521. 
Prerequisite: Must be taken
concurrently with PY521. 
 
PY 590 Psychotherapy 
Practicum I  (1.5) 
Students will be expected to
demonstrate and master a
variety of clinical
techniques involving
therapeutic skills being
taught concurrently
in PY550.  Prerequisite: Must
be taken concurrently with
PY550. 
 
PY 591 Psychotherapy 
Practicum II  (1.5) 
Students will be expected to
demonstrate and master a
variety of clinical
techniques involving
therapeutic skills being
taught concurrently
in PY551.  Prerequisite: Must
be taken concurrently with PY
551. 
 
PY 601 Internship  (6) 
(To be repeated to a maximum
of 12 hours credit toward the
degree)  Field training
experience oriented toward the
development of skills in
assessment and therapeutic
intervention, consultation
experiences, preventive
applications and group and
family interventions.
Prerequisite: Admission to
candidacy status
and consent of instructor. 

PY 620 Seminar in 
Psychology  (3) 
(May be repeated with
different topics) Selected
topics of relevant
psychological, clinical, and
professional issues.
Prerequisite: Consent. 

PY 650 Child, Family and
Marital Therapy  (3) 
Theory and practice of
interventions in marital,
family, and child management
problems. Prerequisite: PY
551. 

PY 660 Theories of  
Psychotherapy  (3) 
Survey of the major
psychodynamic, humanistic, and
behavioral schools of
psychotherapy. The historical
development, therapeutic
applications, and empirical
support of each will be
discussed. Prerequisite:
Consent.

PY 695 Independent 
Research (1-3) 
Independent supervised
research. Prerequisite:
Completed 6 hours
in PY699 Thesis. Does not
count toward graduation. 

PY 699 Thesis  (3) 
(To be repeated to a maximum
of 6 hours credit toward the
degree)  Independent
supervised research.
Prerequisite: Admission to
candidacy status.